Plans (2) BUP2021 -00266
RECEIVED o
v � m
JUL 2 6 2021 '-
W
U)
CITY OF TIGARD
BUILDING DIVISION' — a ;
t O
V a) 0
Lifest nceF E -d
Lu c
W co
pI �• 0 m N
0 m 10
N U N
HEALTH W
W
11117-
aOC
Tt�: NANT IMPROVEMENT F WW U
22 0
10" LJ.
= 0 LI.
U N.
9600 SW OAK ST, ST 500
TIGARD OR 97223 P-
�1144
GENERAL NOTES CODE SUMMARY PROJECT SUMMARY �
• GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY LEASE DIMENSIONS, EXISTING DIMENSIONS, EXISTING 57RUG7URAL ELEMENTS, AND CEILING CRITERIA REQUIREMENTS CODE REFERENCE 7HI5 WORK CONSISTS OF THE INTERIOR ALTERATIONS FOR A BUSINESS IN AN EXISTING VACANT TENANT SPACE ON THE FIVE FLOOR OF Design and construction tlocunnents as
HEIGHT CLEARANCES, ETC,. AND REPORT TO ARCHITECT ANY INCONSISTENCY PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION.
AN EXISTING FIVE-STORY BUILDING. THE WORK INCLUDES COMBINING EXISTING TENANT SPACES 500 AND 520. Met udencee of service are property
of
o0nlitlsnos entl remsln Me property of
GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ANY WORK IN TENANT SPACE BELOW, ABOVE AND OR ADJACENT WITH THAT TENANT TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION 11-5 (FULLY 5PRINKLERED) IBC, SECTION 601 Christopher F. Make.ArWbc[ The use
THE WORK INCLUDES: THE LIMITED DEMOLITION OF INTERIOR NON-LOAD BEARING PARTITION WALL5; THE CONSTRUCTION OF NEW of this design and these construction
AND LANDLORD. WORK TO TAKE PLACE OFF HOURS AND INCLUDE SECURITY AS REQUIRED BY TENANT AND OWNER. NUMBER OF FLOORS (EXISTING) 5 FLOORS INTERIOR NON-LOAD BEARING PARTITION WALLS; THE CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION OF NEW INTERIOR FINISHES INCLUDING specific pr for purposes nein then Me
specific project nemstl herein Is strictly
LAY-IN GEILIN65 AND LED LIGHT FIXTURES; THE MODIFICATION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, AND PLUMBING SYSTEMS; a-- expressed• DIMENSIONS NOTED (WIDTH 4 HEIGHT) ARE TO BE MAINTAINED EXCEPT WHEN NOTED BY A +/- DIMENSION. LOCATION OF WORK 5 TH FLOOR AND ALL NECESSARY AND PERTINENT ITEMS AS DIRECTED AND SPECIFIED BY THE TENANT. of Christopher F. Works, Architect.
• DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. REQUEST CLARIFICATION FROM THE ARCHITECT TO RESOLVE DISCREPANCIES OR TO SUPPLY BUILDING HEIGHT (EXISTING) / NO CHANGE (PROPOSED)
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
• GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CLARIFY ANY INCON515TENGIE5 WITHIN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS WITH THE ARCHITECT PRIOR USE AND OCCUPANCY GROUP B - BUSINESS (PROFESSIONAL OFFICE) IBC SECTION 302 / 304 DRAWING INDEX
TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION. REVISIONS - - - - - - - - -
• GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO VERIFY THAT THE MECHANICAL AND ELEGTRIGAL CONTRACTOR 15 SUPPLYING AND GVR COVER SHEET
INSTALLING THE SPECIFIED ITEMS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR 15 TO CLARIFY ANY INCONSISTENCY BETWEEN ARCHITECTURAL AREA AND OCCUPANT LOAD CALCULATIONS 4032 SQ FT (EXISTING) IBC 1004.1.2 / 1004.2 ARCHITECTURAL
PLAN AND MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS PRIOR TO ANY INSTALLATION. OFFIGE5 (e,cueicAL oFrh:Fa: 100 GRO55 5Q FT PER OGGUPANT= 40 OCCUPANTS IBC SECTION 506 L51.0 LIFE SAFETY
• GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUB TRADES TO MAKE EVERY EFFORT TO PURCHASE MATERIALS FROM LOCALLY TOTAL SQUARE FEET / TOTAL OCCUPANTS 4032 5F / 40 OCCUPANTS IBC TABLE 1004.1.2 01.0 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN
EXTRACTED AND MANUFACTURED SOURCES (WITHIN 500 MILE RADIUS).
Did DEMOLITION CEILING PLAN
• ALL WOOD PRODUCTS USED FOR FRAMING, ETC., THAT ARE NOT CLASSIFIED AS "INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS" ACCORDING TO AI°0 FLOOR PLAN
CODE SHALL BE FIRE PRESSURE TREATED LUMBER. EXITS REQUIRED / EXITS PROVIDED I (REQUIRED) / 2 (PROVIDED) IBC TABLE 1006.3.1
ALI CEILING PLAN
• PROVIDE FIRE BLOCKING AND DRAFT STOPPING AS SPECIFIED IN CODE CONGEALED WALL SPACES, IN CONGEALED SPACES EGRE55 WIDTH REQUIRED: 8" REQUIRED IBC SECTION 1005.3.2 A2.0 FINISH PLAN
OF STUD WALL5 AND PARTITIONS, INCLUDING FURRED OR STUDDED OFF SPACES OF MASONRY OR CONCRETE WALLS, AT THE 40 OCCUPANTS x 20" INCHES PER OCCUPANT =
CEILING, FLOOR, OR ROOF LEVELS. A3.0 ENLARGED PLANS 4 INT. ELEVATIONS/ DETAILS
EGRESS WIDTH PROVIDED
• PENETRATION THRU RATED WALLS AND FLOORS SHALL BE SEALED WITH A MATERIAL CAPABLE OF PREVENTING THE PASSAGE (2) DOORS x 34" EACH 68" PROVIDED A3.1 WALL TYPE5/ DETAILS
OF FLAMES AND HOT GASES WHEN SUBJECT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE TEST STANDARD SPECIFIED FOR FIRE STOPS A32 SCHEDULES
A5TM-E-814.
A4.0 ACCESSIBILITY
• LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE SUPPORTED INDEPENDENTLY OF SUSPENDED CEILINGS SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITHIN 6" OF EACH MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE: 300'-0" MAXIMUM IBG TABLE 101-1.2 A5.0 SPECIFICATIONS
CORNER OF FIXTURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH A57M G-636 7b. REFER TO DETAILS IN PLANS.
• EXIT AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING - EXIT AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING SHALL BE ADEQUATE HOWEVER THE CITY RESERVES THE MAXIMUM COMMON PATH DISTANCE: 100'-0" MAXIMUM IBC TABLE 1006.2.1 A5.1 SPECIFICATIONS DONT.
RIGHT TO MAKE FINAL DETERMINATION ON SITE.
A5.2 SPECIFICATIONS CONT.
• INTERIOR FINISH - CERTIFICATION OF "FIRE RATING" SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT BY THE TENANT FOR PLUMBING CALCULATIONS IBC TABLE 2902.1 MECHANICAL A PLULBNG
CARPETING AND OTHER INTERIOR FINISH MATERIAL REQUIRED BY CODE PRIOR TO THE ISSUANCE OF OCCUPANCY PERMIT. MLO MECHANICAL LEGEND, SCHEDULES 4 DETAILS
• COMPLY WITH SPECIAL WORKING CONDITIONS RELATING TO THE PROJECT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITB: TOILETS - I PER 25 / LAVS - I PER 40ED TO REQUIREMENTS FOR MDI.O MECHANICAL DEMO PLAN
TEMPORARY PROTECTION, TRASH MANAGEMENT, NOISE, LIGHT, DUST AND POLLUTION CONTROL, AND LIMITATIONS ON WORKING TOILETS ; 40/25 = I°b LAVS : 40/40 = I (SEE NOTE 1) REQUIRED:
HOURS 2 TOILETS / I LAV M2.0 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN
• ALL SUBMITTALS SHALL BE SENT TO GBRE PROJECT MANAGER FOR PROCESSING. DO NOT INCLUDE ARCHITECT ON ACTUAL FIXTURES PROVIDED (SEE NOTE 2) M: 2 TOILET / 2 LAV / 2 URINAL F: 3 TOILET / 2 LAV MPLO MECHANICAL SPECIFICATION5
INVITATIONS FOR PROGORE OR SIMILAR TRACKING SYSTEMS MP2.0 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONT
CODE NOTES APPLICABLE CODES PLO PLUMBING 5GHEDULE5, DETAILS 4 NOTES
• WHEN SUBMITTING A SUBSTITUTION, A SEPARATE PACKAGE MUST BE CREATED WITH A REQUEST TO SUBSTITUTE COVER LETTER.
THE SUBMITTAL SHALL INCLUDE THE ORIGINAL DESIGN GUTS SHEETS/ SPECIFICATIONS AND THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION OUT 1. PILI`BONG FACILITIES CALCULATED A5 B - 13U51NE-55/1 ZONAL OFFICE. OCCUPANCY USE 2019 OFMSON 1lrGHANIGAL SFEGIALTY CODE P2.0 I PLUMBING PLAN
SHEETS HIGH-LIGHTED TO SHOW EQUAL. THE REQUEST MUST BE INDEPENDENT FROM OTHER SUBMITTALS. FAILURE TO GROUP 15 DECIDED BY TENANT BUSINESS OPERATION Ai RE PRGFEBSIONAL COJr LING OFFICE 2017 OREGON PLUMBING SPECIALTY CODE ELECTRICAL
SEPARATE OR SHOW AS A SUBSTITUTION WILL BE REJECTED. 15 THE PRIMARY OPERATION 4 SERVICE. 2019 OREWN FIRE CODE
2014 OREGON E EGTRG SPECIALTY GOD£ (NFPA 70) ELO ELECTRICAL LEGEND, SCHEDULES 4 DETAILS
2. 91A8ING FIXTURES ARE PROV DED 1N THE C04-ION SPACE BE7114EEN SUITES. SHARED FIXTURES 2019 OREGON STRUCTURAL SFLGIALTY CODE
ARE EXISTING AND NOT TO BE OHANGEV WITH THI5 TENAN7 IMPROVB�ENT. 2019 GRE55GN ZERO ENERGY READY COMM`RGIAL CODE E1.1 El EGTRIGAL DETAILS
ANY AND ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE, REGIONAL 4 E01.0 DEMOLITION PLAN
FEDERAL CODES AND RE9JLATION5. E2.0 LIGHTING PLAN
E3.0 POWER PLAN
54.0 El EGTRIGAL SPECIFICATIONS Q„
E4.1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS CONT. V
Lti
'U
LL
LL
O
VICINITY MAP SITE MAP CONTACTS NOTHANDLEDBDDiN(515 BY YTITIEATARCHITECT)
RONLYI ) IS
ARCHITECT MECHANICAL ENGINEER ELECTRICAL ENGINEER
ONYX CREATIVE BLUE STREAK CONSULTING BLUE STREAK CONSULTING
25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 400 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 420 25001 EMERY ROAD, SUITE 420
t
6UIN (see above) TEFANO TEFANO
� � -- GOeTAGATN STACEY CONTACT: D CONTACT: D
PH N 216-223-3226 0 PH N 216-223-328115 PH N 216-223-328115
8 8
? >a " '-
'- _ J E s n® restive cons E tdlstefonoobluestreok-consult om E° tdistefono@L)Iue5treok-ron5ulting.com N se
oguin onyxc Ings Ings pc
t � � TENANT REPRESENTATIVE MUNICIPALITY W
GBRE RETAIL PROJECT MANAGEMENT CITY OF TIGARD, OREGON �_
CLEVELAND, OH 13125 5W HALL BLVD.,
CONTACT:
JIM WITT TIGARD 9
OR 722
m
01 0,1 1'M ' / / lm PH: 216-755-4480 PH: 503-639-41713
\, ! / ( E: jIm.wltt®obre.com Ill LLI
Z W
W N
e - 'ani
�� � , ��� y ��, � �, � �Y �� � Y � �a > r �Y REQUIRED VENDOR � � Y
El O O
Norhz' : p re r d b v4u 0:
ARCHITECTURAL CEILINGS FLOORING LIGHT FIXTURES / DIMMERS zaCo
ARMSTRONG CEILINGS SHAW CONTRACT MAR5 ELECTRIC SUPPLY Z
i JET V j DEBORAH PICKENS TAMMY JACKSON AT THE LIFESTANGE CONTACT: PHIL HARRELL W P�
sz: „ „ PH: 480-695-9053 CUSTOMER 5ERVIGE HOTLINE: PH: 216-470-3592 ~ ~
- E. dlplckens®armstrongcellings.com PH. 844 cince@sha E: harrell®mars-electric.com
P
k ra E: lifestance®shawinc.com
mviect No.
':a,, -". �4 T. , �:. 7 "� r/ ' 1 875
" - v / ; OFFICE DOOR SIGNS WALL BASE ACCENT LIGHTING
��j Drawn By. Q(
WruN.olfkeslgncornpay°aom TARKETT RBA
i/ � , ROUND ROOM NUMBER SIGNS - ADA BRAILLE REFERENCE NPN#609712 E: sales®rbw.com pets
�Qil"l a 4a DIAMETER 07/1312021 BWPwffdt
r.-
MILLWORK
0
y THE LEIDEN CABINET COMPANY, LLC (2385
E0I50N BLVD TWIN55l1Rb, OH 44087)
MARK
WHI
�M@LrlDE-
NOMPANY.GOM 234-bO40.
-' y- \\�\ r� %/,, eke : ✓i 'H//�//�
\ r
OFACE
COPY
k
C
OF
IGAM
My
` r
y j/ REVIEWED FOR CODE CpMPj„IANCS 1�1.
m S\ v
s
UT rove&� j
N L I FESTANGE HEALTH N pe mat —
q&00 SW OAK ST Aaaeva:
TIGARD OR �fi1225 FIFTH FLOOR
Suite#a A
VALIDITY OF PEHI:?iT • Sy: �_ Daft l l�,�_,$ -2,,,�I (v_ V
a.c THE ISSUANCE OF A PERMIT
VO
BASED ON CONSTRUCTION
Ory
EW `e
DOCUMENTS AND OTHER
DATA SHALL NOT PREVENT
THE CODE OFFICIAL FROM COVER SHEET
`m REQUIRING THE CORRECTION
ma` s
x'oma
OF ERRORS. OSSC 105.4
�o
EXIT WIDTH CALCULATIONS ~ o
EMERGENCY LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE " >
EXIT NO. EXIT SIZE CLEAR WIDTH RfiQ. YWD1N FACTOR CAPACITY PROVIDED W
Cn
I 2
36" 34" 00" C34 I /02An0lel) 1 10 LOAD CAPACITY �-- N
❑ m
_ �
TYPE LAMP WATTAGE VOLTAGE DRIVER DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER GALMATM — o v i
36" 34" 020" "/QMII) = 170 LOAD CAPACITY _ O `O
�/ r
5ELF CONTAINED UNIVERSAL MOUNT LED EXIT 516N WITH DUAL LITHONIA (} `0 o
A LED 3 / _ ' WHITE THL�MOPLASTIG HOUSING, QUANTITY OF FACES AND LHQM-LED-R-SD OCCUPANCY LOAD CALCULATIONS W m al
DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AS SHOWN ON PLAN5, SELF DIA&NO5TIC5 oZ N
SUITE NAME AREA 5F LEE aAf5IF. 5F/CX,CUPANT TOTAL o m to
SELF CONTAINED UNIVERSAL MOUNT LED EXIT SIGN, WHITE LITHONA N U N
THERMOPLASTIC HOUSING, QUANTITY OF FACES AND DIRECTIONAL LQM-5-W-3-120/27T-ELN-5D 520 d 500 OFFICE / SUPPORT 4032 5Q. F7.1 m51NE55 I SEE CODE SUMMARY W
X2 LED 2 Lw - ARROWS AS SHOWN ON PLANS, SELF DIA&N05TIG5 ON GVR Cg
OCCUPANCY NOTE5: W
5ELF CONTAINED WALL MOUNTED EMERGENCY LI&HTIN6 UNIT WITH LITHONIA I: TOTAL 5GUARE FOOTAGE 15 LINKED TO THE 6RO55 AREA OF THE TENANT Z
DUAL HEAD5, WHITE THERMOPLASTIC HOUSING, SELF DIA6NOSTIG5 ELM2L-WOLT-5DRT SPACE FOR OCCUPANCY GROUP B - BUSINESS. d
EM LED 2 UNV - p W
i—
H
GENERAL NOTES :
I. ANY AND ALL POINTS OF EGRESS WITHIN THE SPACE ARE TO NOT V.
EXCEED THE VALUES OF TRAVEL DISTANCE REQUIRED BY CODE:
300'-0" MAX FOR OCCUPANCY GROUP B, FULLY-5PRINKLERED
2. INSTALL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS IN CABINETS AS DIRECTED ON AI.O. '`D
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS TO BE TYPE ABG, 10 POUNDS, WITH 2 DEVICES
MINIMUM. FINAL QUANTITY AND LOCATIONS TO BE COORDINATED INtv
w "'
FIELD Yy/ FIRE MARSHALL AND GBRE PROJECT MANAGER. REFER
AI.O FOR CONTENT. x * rn
3. REFER TO CODE SUMMARY ON COVER SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL x a
INFORMATION x - wa
Al
uaalal nd p tructlan documents as
Instraraame of service are given In
aanlWaneo sed remain the property at
Christopher F. clerks,Architect The"
of this design and these construction
documents for purposes other than tlro
specific project nerned herein Is strictly
pre.-- WNW MOm w m
of Christopher F. miarks, Architect.
#
\
,4}
} \
}
\\ OFFICE 1\ I
\
E OFarncE a OFFICE a
OFFICE 4
\
opm
\
\ IDZ
ICO
♦} � � 104
♦
4 ,
♦
,
# , ,
I I
,
♦
♦ \
A
`\
}
,\
\ I
7
ri
`4 \
Fm
\ \ \
I
,
\ I
\\ \ \
\
♦ `# \
v\
}
,\
I I
\ \
#
\
}
o-
,
`
,
, # \
I I I
♦\ \\ } I
q 7
} ♦
II\
1
DIS
,
} RV I
u
# 1 II 1
♦
\ \
i.
15 '
\ raP
♦,\ \
I tic o L i I I
�`\ I i T
\ IIAII
4
1 M I
,
,
„
,
, ,
MWE's, ,, ,\ \ \ I
\ \ \ T
\ _ \ \
,
TELECOIIII} \ Ivor
\
I I
F
I
�\ \
Emil
I
o 0
1
I 001i
,
,
♦
\
i
,
v
\\ ♦\ `\ I
\ ♦ ♦, `. -\ ♦ \ \ ♦ \ -- ...,,.\ } OFFICE fl
,
PORTA.BLE-1 0 I D
\ \ \ \ O
# IE.INEENNERION1lC�IpN O
\
`
`\ i
W ARNO ap
\
I
I
I
ROOr
, I
w i I I
I
F--]
I
}
I
\
POR
TABLE F
T
I
\
\
,
♦ \ jj
♦
\ }
\ l
\\ \ W
\ I
\`\ ♦ \
\ I
}
�,'♦ w LLI
\
N
\
`\ W
h I
\ ,
Q
\ .
- N
I >
`r
W
OR _ _—_
iv T L
\ O
W
, \
#
.E 2
\
+„♦
i Q
\ I
'\ \ 4♦ \ '4} a. oC
fffffillK
O
♦
4\
\\
oarefiw
\ now
\
4,\ oFFtcE to
,
\
\ }
\ o
}
Z Q
♦\
u
\\ \
\
I
Z
\ W
,
4 \
\ `
i 1
n
\
,\
\
} \
1
\ ``\
tet
I
\
♦
♦ \
}
eek
Y'
1
##
♦♦\
1
,\
♦'}
110011
I
\
I No0. 18876
\
l \
\ \ � ooulasno
E�
\
}
\ \ }
#
♦
,
♦
♦♦
\� '^\ \+.. , \ \ ♦ \ •.,,\ \,.,, \;'` III
\ \ ♦ \ '� \ Drallm CK
l \ Q�
#
, ♦
, 1
\
\
,
\
�
I�\, \ Dant
♦
i
IS
.� TRVL D
,
,
, ♦
`
\
, \ \ \
, 1
}
\ ,, ,., ♦,, \ •::.. , , , � ♦\ � \ ``�� 30 IPJ 1 MAX (GQMP I� � . 07►[i kPerfrltt
\ \ \ � * *� ♦.\#,� \, - £2021 B
\ \
I
I i
♦
i I I
1
\
♦\
} \
,#
#
\
#
`\
♦\
♦
I
} \
l
\
`1
\
\
\
I
4
t
4.
\
\
4 4
O \ \ \ I
,
O 5'
#
,\
`\
\
C
#
I
\ \
,
}
'4 \
\
_I
\ 1
♦`
\ \
,\ \
\ ,
#
\,♦
, \t
4\
``♦
\
,\ IM\
♦ �4
OFFICE 14
I�
,\
\
I
`\ }
O 4 \
\
,}
W m COUlEI
,
4`
pFID<0 Y
}
,
_ _ --------
Cc _ -_ -
O
m
O
v
0
I-
N
s
O
3
w
n
m
O
o a. LIFE SAFETY PLAN L S 1 m 0
_s
� ,gg
W m :�
., ao.
v 1/8' - p-0•
gmc'�
1.Qm LIFE SAFETY PLAN
i 0 X't
DEMOLITION CODED NOTES DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES O E
O O
A. G.G. TO VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND DIMEN51ONS IN FIELD PRIOR TO BID AND U It
OREMOVE EX15TIN6 KAIL.LS, DOORS, SIDELIGHTS, FRAMES, INTERIOR GLAZING, NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY INCONSISTENCIES. L1J m
MILLWORK, AND GUBLES SHOWN DOTTED THROUGHOUT SPACE. m m
B. G.G. TO REMOVE AND PROPERLY DISPOSE OF ALL ELEMENTS TO BE DEMOLISHED. a X
OEXISTING WALLS TO REMAIN. G.G. TO VERIFY CONDITION OF WALL E REPORT ANY a a c
DAMAGES TO GBRE PROJECT MANAGER. PREPARE SURFACES FOR NEW FINISHES. G. G.G. TO REMOVE ANY EXISTING BUR.6LAR ALARM SYSTEM d ASSOCIATED DEVICES. _ o
T L
O
D. G.G. TO REMOVE ANY EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, THERMOSTATS, SMOKE U m O
O REMOVE EXISTING, FLOORING THROUGHOUT SPACE. DETECTORS, AND DATA CABLING THROUGHOUT SPACE. REFER EDI.O FOR CONTENT. w co
O j N
OG INDICATES ADJACENT COMMON AREA AND TENANT SPACES TO REMAIN. NO E. FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS TO REMAIN ACTIVE 3 TO BE PROTECTED DURING Q o m co
SHADIN4 CONSTRUCTION. IF, FOR ANY REASON, THE ALARM SYSTEM 15 TO BE DISABLED N U N
NEW WORK TO OCCUR IN THIS LOCATION. DURING CONSTRUCTION, THE LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT MUST BE NOTIFIED.
O
ADDITIONALLY, TEMPORARY EVACUATION OF THE BUILDIN6 OR A FIRE WATCH MAY cc W EXISTING, STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, BUILDING, ENVELOPE, AND DEMISING WALL TO BE REG2UIRED PER 2015 IFC 901.-f.
REMAIN. PREP TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. = Y
F. EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO REMAIN OPERATIONAL. MODIFY HEADS AS Q,
OEXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN. REFER SHEET ALO FOR HARDWARE NOTES. REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN COVERAGE W
KEY PLAN 6. G.C. TO PROTECT AND PRESERVE EXISTING BLINDS / WINDOW TREATMENTS s ~ —
POCKETS DURING CONSTRUCTION. GLEAN d COORDINATE STORAGE LOCATION WITH H
V18' - ?-W O REMOVE EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD FROM TENANT SIDE OF DEMISING WALL AT GBRE PROJECT MANAGER
DIMENSIONED AREAS. REMOVE EXISTING INSULATION S PREP FOR NEW INSULATION. lz
REFER TO WALL SECTION EX - A3.1. _
V LL
OREMOVE EXISTING SIDE-LITE S FRAME. PREPARE CONDITIONS TO INFILL W/ NEW
FRAMING d GYPSUM BOARD.
OREMOVE EXISTING SINK. REMOVE PLUMBING BACK TO SOURCE AND GAP. REFER TO r
PLUMBING ;
130
• � ^ w La � t`1
- va
G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD ON ANY MATERIALS
THEY WI5H TO SAVE FROM THE SPACE PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. 13, - w
THESE ITEMS ARE TO BE PRESERVED IN A LOCATION OF THE
LANDLORDS DESIGNATION.
Deelph see oarhwWn A•ehnmb r
Imtrumnts Of service w elm M
oontenhee whe rvnhnh to peFnty N
rle- -Plhr F. 111oft Arisen. 7b hr
of Oft aeelph w4 Nese conmuoticc
doomNnb for Ineymse o0w Uln the
.. .. ._:. . ... .. .. ...._.. .... . . .. .. .... .. . . ..s.. .. . ..
peeft j -a rmwA lhereeh Y suety
enlee
el lghrNtoyesr F. YMree,AraNleet.
Moo
\ `
TYP I � I'
` 9 I �IN BASE TYP IN BASE pC�IN BASE I IN BASES{ �aIN BASE I I
\ \\,t`• TMP Q TMP
+66 3 14 3 3
II I T,� III I TYP
II II II I �
IL
\ \ INN
III - -
\ \ \ 1 Z�—
` TYP 1 I II L
D FGI 9 � �p
TYP q I I
\ \ \ X tF +4B +48 +SI TYP
� - II I
*• NN N,\ FCI w
\ \ \ \ III II
\ +60
�4 +60
3
\ \ \ 3 ( I 3 I TYP
TMP I I I I I
,
+6
IN
IN
TYP
..,\ \\ , \.... XN
41 5
co
LU
2 W
\ \ � \ ` \ \ � \ \ \\ , \ \ 3 \ \ • W > N
TO Y W
a. 0
mmj C,
\ \ \ \\ \\ \ Z W O
Z Q
Leo \Lo \\ moo \Lo
\ \ \ \ \ \, \ Protect Na.' am
\ \ ..... \\ \ \ \ \ I \ \ \ Drawn BY CK
Oft YMN
TYP
48 TYP
\ I �
y \ \ \ \\ \ \ I 6 TYP
\ \ \ \
a �v v -per
y
b
b
O
Q
O
D1 . 0
a
a3ep
aO�Y
iaW e`
Ap%d o
;w-sm DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN
�wma;
a `• 1/4' - T-ll' DEMOLITION
xx�o FLOOR PLAN
DEMOLITION CODED NOTES DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES O E
O O
A. &.G. TO VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD PRIOR TO BID AND U �
\ REMOVE ALL CEILING, &RIDS, HEADERS, LAY-IN TILES, LI&HTIN6, DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY INCONSISTENCIES. W m
AND EXHAUST FANS SHOWN DOTTED THROUGHOUT SPACE. to w m
B. S.C. TO REMOVE AND PROPERLY DISPOSE OF ALL ELEMENTS TO BE DEMOLISHED. v o
OREMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXI5TIN& EMERGENCY FIXTURE5 THROUGHOUT SPACE IN — o
2 PREPARATION FOR NEW EMER6ENGY FIXTURES. REFER EDLO FOR CONT. G. 6.G. TO REMOVE ANY EXISTING BURGLAR ALARM SYSTEM d ASSOCIATED DEVICES. _ ¢ o
T00
\ D. S.C. TO REMOVE ANY EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS THERMOSTATS, SMOKE V m
O
E c`�
NOT USED D
B ETECTORS, AND DATA CABLING, THROUGHOUT SPACE. REFER EDI.O FOR CONTENT. w �
O > N
2r = E. OFFER ANY ITEMS BEIN6 REMOVED DURING DEMOLITION TO LANDLORD PRIOR TO Q O m
£„ 5HADIN6 INDICATES ADJACENT COMMON AREA AND TENANT 5PACE5 TO REMAIN. NO ' -
4 DISPOSAL. N (J N
O NEW WORK TO OCCUR IN THI5 LOCATION.
F. FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS TO REMAIN ACTIVE S TO BE PROTECTED DURING W
CON5TRUGTION. IF, FOR ANY REASON, THE ALARM 5Y5TEM 15 TO BE DISABLED W
- DURING, CONSTRUCTION, THE LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT MUST BE NOTIFIED. = Y
ADDITIONALLY, TEMPORARY EVACUATION OF THE BUILDING OR A FIRE WATCH MAY
BE REQUIRED PER 2015 IFC 4101.1. W
EY PLAN 6. EXISTING, SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO REMAIN OPERATIONAL. MODIFY HEADS AS
Kyease
K � f-0' REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN COVERA&EVie' _
Z e
V �
G.G. TO COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD ON ANY MATERIALS � � x
THEY W15H TO SAVE FROM THE SPACE PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. '" a
THESE ITEMS ARE TO BE PRESERVED IN A LOCATION OF THE
LANDLORDS DE516NATION.
a r. PV
Design meed oonsbuodw dodesenN r
Instrumento of oerrtee are siren In
oon110wge ons remekt the property of
OeYeepr F. kl ria,Arddmot. TM use
of DrN design erre tlmn oorntruatbn
documents for purposes odw Dmr the
prdtlsd.Apart mpeeeed wpsar osaae
of CkrlstopMr F. YNrke, Areklteet.
P - p - 2 - III I oTyr H H I I 1 11 n F1 P I I I A I1 A n I F1 P II ] I I I 1 A I-1 LI LI 1
CHH Al 11111 ( IIII 11— T -11111- -11111-11-1III III III III
III I - II II UTYP LI IL J J LI L� Ll LU LI 1 _ J LII LI U LI Ll
2 _IZ2 1 2 —
\ , Lt -TMs TYR
I _ I Ll I I s I 1 I 11 \� 11 A 7
\ rT moi T11 \1 �- \ \ \ =RH �I II II I� �I II II 1�
\\ \ 2FIT-
I - - L 1 \ JLLI I I
- 1 H W H-H- - I � h ��\ I \ 1111 \ III III 111 1
\ \ 1 \ �H _ - I I -�I Ill 1� \1 1111
\ 1 \ \ T � H \ IL] Ll \ 1 I II � L I I \
\\ �T I L I I IIII I I ISI I I fi l FlI 7 1 I \/ T� 2 T 1f1
\ 1±17H \ -1 \\\ \ � + -1 - \ -1I I- \ \\-
\, p p _ H P I 7111 if] I ISI I-1 11 I-1
2 -
{E=1 - �- - - - - 1111 - - - - 11111 - - III IIIIIIII� � � j f� � � � � LI >fiD71
j LI
\.\ \ TYP
LI - LCL - LL - - LL -I - LL L -1 - 4- -1 - 1 LL1 � I � � 1 - \ J
L Z L 4- \ � —
\ \ \#* .,.\ \ \\ \ LI LI Ill LI LI LI LI LI
` j �\ I I I I I 1 1 1 2
. A \ 1 II II I 1 II II 1
\ \\ \ I LI U LI L AU/ LI U
``\ \` \ \ _ I I _ \ I I - \SIJ I \ \ I o
\\ \ ., \ Tf11 I T��\ T� I \ rt I T_- —T fi W
\\\ \\ \ -
\ 5
\, ' \ \ �IIIII� \ —II1111�\ �III1I� fi �
LIu - dL - SLI - -I - � � n
\ \ \ \ }. �\ � , I I I I I I I _ _I I III III 1 `• 4c Lu> rnN
W
a.
NX, A L11
\ - \1 II 111— A111 IL AII 111 Ilk III II I�
\ \ \\ ` ; \ Z to C7
` \ \ W I%
P. NIL
\ \ \ \\ \\\ \ \\\\ \ I \ I I \ Dmm emr. CK
\ \ \ \
LI LI LI LI
III III
J L I I I I I LI LI
LI UI I J LI rrrl _ LI LI
\ assess
-------------
H
n
O
Q
O
a .q. D1m1
v
a�a
aOtiY
a' e DEMOLITION CEILING PLAN
F-9b o
y0g >
m 1/4' . T-0' DEMOLITION
x z €
CEILING PLAN
-�a
0 0
- - - - -- -- FLOOR PLAN CODED NOTES GENERAL NOTES w m m
NEW RECEPTION DESK COUNTER IN RECEPTION AREA. PURCHASE FROM MILLWORK
REFER TO WALL SECTIONS ON A5.1 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS. CRO55 REFERENCE EACH OFFICE TO HAVE ONE SIGN PER ROOM. 6.C,. TO PURCHASE DOOR SIGNS FOR 12 A. 6.C. TO VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS IN FIELD PRIOR TO BID AND -d v X
O WALL TAG, TO PARTITION TYPE. O EACH OFFICE DOOR FROM FROM WWW.OFFICE516NGOMPANY.COM; ROUND ROOM NUMBER O VENDOR AND INSTALL AT LOCATION SHOWN ON PLAN. REFER DETAILS ON A3.1 FOR NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY INCONSISTENCIES. 0 .4
SIGNS - ADA BRAILLE 4" DIAMETER, BLACK (OPAQUE) WITH WHITE TEXT, FONT: FUTURA CONTENT. _ 01 .0 0
- - OG.G. TO VERIFY EXISTING WALL INSULATION 4 REPORT TO GBRE PROJECT MANAGER. MOUNTING OPTION: DOUBLE SIDED THIN TAPE. VERIFY NUMBER W/ CBRE PROJECT13 INSTALL NEW 5LIDIN6 WINDOW HARDWARE AT RECEPTION DE5K COUNTER. B. G.G. TO VERIFY INSULATION CONTENT OF EXTERIOR WALLS AND CEILING CAVITY. V m O o
IF NOT PREVIOUSLY INSULATED, 6.C,. TO INSTALL BLOWN-IN INSULATION FULL HEIGHT MANAGER. 6.0. TO MOUNT EACH SIGN ON LATCH SIDE OF DOOR AT 63" AFF TO TOP WHERE NOT ADEQUATE 6.C,. TO PROVIDE NEW INSULATION TO MEET ALL LOCAL E o
i OF WALL. INSULATE ABOVE GEILIN6 24" ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL FOR SOUND. SEE OF SIGN Al EQUAL SPACE BETWEEN DOOR FRAME AND EDGE OF SIGN. IF AVAILABLE GORES AND ORDINANCES. " `�
1 I WALL TYPE EX / A3.1 FOR DETAILS. SPACE IS INSUFFICIENT, COORDINATE LOCATION IN FIELD W/ CBRE PROJECT 14 NEW MILLWORK AND SINK IN BREAK ROOM. REFER A3.0 FOR CONTENT. Q. o i
MANAGER. REFER ELEV A ON A3.3 FOR DETAILS. G. 60 TO PATCH AND REPAIR GYPSUM BOARD TO LEVEL 5 FINISH IN ALL AREAS m
15I"I HOSPITALITY COUNTER. REFER TO A3.0 FOR CONTENT. AFFECTED BY DEMOLITION. SKIM GOAT IN AREAS WHERE WHERE EXISTING
OREMOVE GYPSUM BOARD, REPLACE INSULATION WITH ROCKWOOL 5AFE'N'50UNO FINISHES LEAVE RESIDUE .
3 INSULATION FROM FLOOR TO 12" ABOVE GEILIN6 AND REINSTALL NEW 5/8" GYPSUM EACH STAFF ROOM TO HAVE ONE "STAFF ONLY" SIGN. 6.C. TO PURCHASE 516N5 FOR ag W
BOARD. TAPE, MUD, SAND AND FINISH. O EACH STAFF ROOM FROM WWW.OFFIGESIGNCOMPANY.COM; ROUND ROOM NUMBER SIGNS - 16 WOOD WINDOW SILLS TO REMAIN. PATCH AND REPAIR AS NEEDED FOR DEMOLITION
-_ _ _ - _ _ ADA BRAILLE 4" DIAMETER, BLACK (OPAQUE) WITH WHITE TEXT, FONT: FUTURA AND CONSTRUCTION OF DEMISING WALLS. PAINT P-2. TYP. E. DOOR ROUGH OPENING ARE 2" FROM ADJACENT WALLS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. = Y
OMOUNTING OPTION: DOUBLE SIDED THIN TAPE. SIGN TO READ "STAFF ONLY" ON LINE ONE
SHADING INDICATES SHARED COMMON AREA AND ADJACENT TENANT SPACE. NO NEW d
WORK TO BE DONE IN THI5 AREA. WITH NO TEXT ON LINE TWO. 6.C,. TO MOUNT EACH 516N ON LATCH SIDE OF DOOR AT I 1 INSTALL BLACKOUT FILM ON INTERIOR 51DE OF GLAZING. COORDINATE WITH WALL 0 W
63" AFF TO TOP OF SIGN W/ EQUAL BETVNIEEN DOOR FRAME AND EDGE OF SIGN. IF LENGTH. BID ALTERNATES:
O NOT USED AVAILABLE SPACE IS INSUFFICIENT, COORDINATE LOCATION IN FIELD W/ CBRE
KEY PLAN 5 PROJECT MANAGER. REFER ELEV A ON A53 FOR DETAILS. I. IF INSULATION DOES NOT EXIST TO FULL HEIGHT OF DEM151N6 WALLS THROUGHOUT H
V78' - T-W SPACE, 6.C. TO INSTALL BLOW-IN INSULATION TO FULL HEIGHT OF ALL EXISTING
WALLS FOR SOUND. _
ODOOR FRAME TO ACCEPT ELECTRIC STRIKE FOR ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM (BY 10 NOT USED v LL
TENANT). REFER ELECTRICAL DRAWIN65 FOR CONTENT.
PIED MONT PLUS O INSTALL CONTINUOUS 1-1/2" X 1-1/2" CLEAR STAINED WHITE OAK WOOD TRIM !"1'-2"
CONTACT: PROVIDE SEMI-RECESSED CABINET AT FIRE EXTINGUISHER LOCATION. MOUNT 11 THROU6H-OUT HALLWAYS, TYP. REFER TO ELEVATION #/A3.0
RITZ INTERIORS O CABINETS AT 24" AFF TO BOTTOM OF CABINET. PURCHASE FOR EACH CABINET, (xi) 44
8125 ODESSA PLACE MPIO (IOIb) TYPE ABG EXTINGUISHER AND PLACE IN CABINET. CABINET TO BE a _
DOUGLA5VILLE, GA 30134 LARSEN5 VERTICAL DUO WITH CLEAR ACRYLIC, AL240q-R4 MPIO CAPACITY, as rs
csldy®rltzlntorlorsnot 5EMI-REGE55ED 3.5" WITH 1-1/2" SQUARE TRIM. PURCHASE AND INSTALL ONE SIGN t a
6"18.310.06"11 6'78.8"(8.0404 TYPE
TYPE PTD-152 PER MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. REFER A5.3 SECTION 10 4400 G y r tt3
FABRIC, LAYER FACING AWAY FOR ADDITIONAL STANDARDS. a
.............. ........... ... ............. FROM MULLION x _ w P
.... :::::...:::::........:..:..
" �C9
11
EXISTING STOREFRONT GLAZING
AND FRAMING 1.
.......... .. .. ..... __ 1_ " 511 '- " 4 l/8" i_ " - 511 " 5 I/8" Crtp rtl rrt/rtlr tleattMnb r
CONT. BEAD ACOUSTICAL 14 1 I/2 9 I I/8 q 8 3/4 q 8 1/4"
SEALANT. BOTH SIDES OF WALL Instruments of service are Aron in
o
I I I I rf ime re room n»property of
aoolyn re t
SILL. LOCATION VARIES �r F u.Jl.Amec.ot Mom
of UN design oastrvouon
doomento for purposes other doon Itis
AI.D AI.O AI.O AI.O specific nowed, I r Jnr
Pdrue.Nrn wund•MM oa..e
CONT. 3-1/2"xl-1/2" PREF. 0.050" METAL
of CMNteFMr F. YNrto•AroNloot.
W/ HEMMED EDGE 4 MASTIC FULL HEIGHT
OF STOREFRONT (TYP. OF BOTH SIDES) —
COLOR: WHITE \`
\ `, Ib Ib Ib Ib Ib Ib
3-5/8" METAL STUD FRAMING �offil
'' COUN LING TYP TYP TYP TYP TYP TYP
! 16' O.C. REFER DETAIL �\ OFFICE 1 COUNSELING COUNSELING CO NSELING COUNSELING
B Ib
B/A3•I \ \ \ \ \ l01 OFFICE 2 B OFFICE 3 ICE 4 ICE 6
` � TYP
ROCKWOOL "SAFE'N50UND" ` \ \ D _ 106 n =
102 103
B -
INSULATION, REFER DETAIL B/A3.1
,
5/8" GYP. BD. (TYP. OF BOTH SIDES) �\ \ \
p.
COUNSELING I I
\ \ 3 I OFFICE 7 I I n
TYP3
5. Flo-F] B I I AI.O
101 102 103 104 06 101 I u�
PARTITION WALL
1 DETAIL @ STOREFRONT '' ; \ B 8
EX ip �
��1/2' . T-o• � \ 11: : . � � II to
2 TYP
11-2 1/4" v
801
HALL e
TYP v
B
002 401 u,
�Ao los I
EXISTING STOREFRONT \` \\ , \� \, B b 6 B ELECOM s" B
l08
SYSTEM TO REMAIN. \ ;\ ROOM q 8 ALO
�� ,, � .,\ \ \ • 18'-3 I/2" b' O" _ v 13'-6" _.......51-011........... 12'-b I/8"
ul
401/8
- :511 5. 511
PIEDMONT PLUG \ , \ m 601 .. .... I6 O
5 2
CONTACT: `\ iA IS 2'-II" O
RITZ INTERIORS \ \,, \ — — — — — — — — — — COUNSELING
TYP
8125 OVE55A PLACE
- DOU6LASVILLE, 6A 30134 `. \ ` � ` B m I COUNSELING COPPICE S
a ndt�ritzlntariorsnet \ ry II OFFICE 5
618310.0671 618.818.0404 108 B
II 13 RECEPTI N r ...........
WAITING 601 1oq —
` ROOM I B 2
+ SILL. (LOCATION VARIES) �\ _ I 12 O
\ - FO-0-1-1QIL 12'-101/8 w A3.O ALO
\ \ eq I I — 16 -
"SAFEWSOUND" INSULATION, \ \ \ \ ` 2 EX n EX T B O COUNSELING
REFER DETAIL B/A3.1 \ 001
OFFICE 9 Eli
3-5/8" METAL STUD FRAMING
® Ib" O.G. REFER DETAIL 12'-6 1/8"
5/8" GYPSUM BOARD. RETURN \ EX \ p
,
TO EXISTING MULLION. \ \```,. �• ` ,.., ` `\ • . \ �' ' \ I 14 ..............
, \
,
„
,
,
,
,, \ \ mTYP
PARTITION WALL ! STOREFRONT \' ...... \ 8 .... .
IL 302 .......
2 PLAN DETAIL
, \ 5/95, " o
� � f
\ \ \, \ \ \\ �i
RT.8. '.... \ \
\., ,,` \,., ` '`,\\ \ \, � B 721 � ROOM I o
30l 11 COUNSELING
OG
oo uo
� q T� B — —
in
_1j ILL u
MR,
, `,. `,. •`,., , ' . ' to
W
CONT. NARIESPA-I/1' PREF.0,0500 ....,\ \\ \,., \ ............� \� \• 511 2
`\ III
\ ........, \ \ \.. m ALO
METAL r✓HEMMED EDGE t MASTIC RILL
\.. \
HEIGHT OF STOREFRONT FROM MJLLION \ ` ,..' •� �\
TO GORFER OF WALL.COLOR: WHITE t, \`
EXISTING STOREFRONT .�, \ \ .,., \ \` 8":: ...... .... _j W W
., ,. ',., `,� `\`` EX 2 112 16 _ J 2
SYSTEM TO REMAIN. * , ` \ '...\ ` - _
PIEDMONT PLW �� ` \ ... ....... ... .............. .. 1'YP W H
\ �` EALT < N N
\,
\ \ ,
TELEH
Z INTERIORS
8125
\ \ , \ Ex ROOM 12 m > Y W
W
_..... 81]5 ODE55A PLACE
\.,. \ ` • `�,, n2 � COUNSELING = a
-......:. :.. ........ __ ._... DOUGLASVILLE,GA 30154 ........... `\ \........\�\\, ., \ A O
aidwrltzuiterlorenet ,� �\.... � , \ � `,. , � . •, �.\\ � �``` � B OFFICE 11
678310.0671 6'!86"18D404 ............ `\ ,., \ `\ ........,., ``� \ .. '\ \ \ \� \ ... \ \ .............. ....._ III 2 H
,
SEALANT \ ,� \ , \ ..,,, \ , � `� \ , r Z N Q
INSULATION,REFER DETAIL B/A3.1 , \ \ ` \\ • \ \ \\ ,� N ........ ...... = W
AI
in
3-5/8' METAL SND FRAMINGSAM
a Ib' O.C.REFER DETAIL -
\ . . \
I
5/8' GYPSUM BOARD. RENRN `,, •....,.,, \ ` r
\ \ to m PJaJeCt No lB76
TO Ex1snNG wLLION. .,
...,., \
� `'� \ `` �\ 8 8 � Drawn CX
_ BY
LINE OF SILL NARIES) \\ \, ,\ \ - \'. �\ ` ` `, N in
\ �\ Data Mus
PARTITION WALL ! STOREFRONT \ \ \` DI IIs u4 g 07e�emu
3 PLAN DETAIL \ \ ., \ ' \\
`,\ ....... • 3'-3 3/4'� I
RON
-vr . T-0. I 2
TO R.O. I ALO
a �
g
OUNSELING .... ..................... �o
OFFICE 14 Ib
0
I\x
\ COUNSELING F114 TYP
\\# \ \. ., \ DI OFFICE 15 —
v........., \ ,...,
us COUNSELING
I6 — I 16 OFFICE 13
`\
`
TYR — — — — TYP — — TYP 113
\\00000 J��s tA N�
N
O
y I 2
0
AI.O AI.O
\\\NN
'MA
c
g I41'-1 5/8" 0'-2 1/8" 14'-1 3/4" A 1 . 0
5 511
45'-8 I/211
O�
Z 1i
o FLOOR PLAN
a i V4' . T-0• FLOOR PLAN
a .
moo`
r o 0
_CEILING PLAN CODED NOTES GENERAL NOTES c)
m >
O
A. 6.C. TO VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND DIMEN51ON5 IN FIELD PRIOR TO BID AND LUI in m m
PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW LAY-IN CEILING AT EXISTING CEILING, HEIGHT. (+/-8'-O" m NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY R INGONSISTENGIES.
AFF). REFER MATERIAL SCHEDULE ON A3.2 FODETAILS. m o T
B. 6 .C. TO VERIFY INSULATION CONTENT OF EXTERIOR WALLS AND GEILIN6 CAVITY. _ ¢ o cc
2 PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW LAY-IN LITHONIA LED FIXTURES. REFER ELEC. DRAWINGS WHERE NOT ADEQUATE 6.0. TO PROVIDE NEW INSULATION TO MEET ALL LOCAL > 00
FOR CONTENT. V m o
CODES AND ORDINANCES.
Eo
�
W
N c -
I LL m c7
INSTALL WRAPPED GYPSUM BOARD SOFFIT 2" BELOW CEILING LINE. FRAME INTO G. 6.0. TO PROTECT AND PRE5ERVE EXISTING WINDOW TREATMENTS, SHADES, ETC. o m N
N
3 ADJACENT WALLS. PAINT P-b (CEILING, WHITE) STORE AWAY ON SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION # NOTIFY GBRE PROJECT MANAGER < o m o
OF STORA6E LOCATION UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION. N U N
OSHADING INDICATES COMMON AREA AND ADJACENT TENANT SPACE. NO NEW WORK D. 6G RESPONSIBLE TO CONTRACT DIRECTLY WITH THE SPRINKLER/ FIRE ALARM eg W
TO BE DONE IN THI5 LOCATION. DESIGNER FOR THE DESIGN, PERMITTING AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE SPRINKLER/ W
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. Z
OPROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW EMERGENCY COMBO FIXTURES AS REQUIRED IN WHITE, CL
TYP. REFER ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR CONT. C W
H
KEY PLAN O 6YP5UM BOARD SOFFIT AT 8'-0" A.F.F W/ RECE55ED CAN LIGHTS. PAINT P-b BID ALTERNATE5: y
I. IF INSULATION DOES NOT EXIST TO FULL HEIGHT OF DEMI51N6 WALLS THROUGHOUT C9
O SUPPLY DIFFUSER. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS SPACE, G.C. TO INSTALL BLOW-IN INSULATION TO FULL HEIGHT OF ALL EXISTING =
ORETURN GRILLE. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS WALL5 FOR SOUND. v LL
OHOSPITALITY SOFFIT TO BE FULL WIDTH TO MATCH COUNTER DEPTH. REFER TO A3.0 1 '
10 BULKHEAD SOFFIT ®7-b AFF. PAINT P-b
II INFILL GRID AND TILES BACK T W
NEW DEMISING ALL ON ADJACENT TENANT SIDE. -
��'
12 OPEN TO ABOVE. L16HTING TO BE WALL MOUNTED STRIP LIGHTING. REFER TO 4
ELECTRICAL FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.
I I I n 11 a m.urreu.r dooms m.
13 GYPSUM BOARD GEILIN6 AT 8'- " AFF PAINT P-b.
IMIrYNf1b OI MIN we ow"b
OpI.. I rd roam M prgorty of
Qoritrp' F. 1rM.AnliR rem
N Oily dnipi r~Imo ealn- -
domom for p pom odw Im lw
Waft fool Mom Mr@M Y OVA*
-.. _ pdrINdoopmW wYn mult
o1 CkfttopbW F. WWkl,Ar@WWL
,
— PL-- PI — PI — = PI PI
\ - — -
\�` COUN ELING I' -0 r I -O
v I
\ OFFICE 1 - MEIN, MEINO COUNSELIN7COUNSELING OI 23
OFFICE 4 IOb
Ioa OFFICE 6
\ TYP I 5 I S I I TYp 51 I SI
\ t ..__... 2 2 2 2 COUNSELING
` \ " 2 o OFFICE 7
6-3 I/4 TYP TYP TYP .. I'
.........
IT Io-r
P ....
52 52
u7_77-7-7-7=1,
TYP HALL NP s2 3
801
- 002
Ea
\ TELECOM
\ 00
12 52 8
\ \
2
TYP
=-1114 TYP
\ \ \ C1 4'-0" Ea
O O I_3 = I I COUNSELING _ " COUN LI
4 OFFICE 5 4 o OFFICE
` \ \ ........ b iv 108 PI
\: — — P2
2
_._..__ RECEPTION '
! WAITING O �, 601
...
_ i - n
--
AFFIX FRAMING
T O OR BOTTOM OF \ ' ,.,\ .`\`\......,.... `,.... ? 001 5 O 2 L....___.
EXISTING STRUG .
5U5PEND FROM STRUCTURAL _. TYP —8'-5.7<8" I TYP. , s2
DECKING ABOVE.
I
w COUNSELING
FIC -
\
SEEM
3-5/8" FRAMING ® Ib" O.G. TYP.
,
INSTALL GEILIN6 AS SHOWN ON
\`\
,
- »: \ \
= All
.
\
\
\ 8
, \ 5
s2
\ \
TYP
,
YVRAP FRAMING WITH 5/8" \\ BREAK .. .. 2 ... i....
, `\, \� `� �, ,,\ `, �, '`, ,, ,, `\� _ _ ROOM
\. ,. \ \
w'.
GYPSUM BOARD ON EXTERIOR \
\\\ \ '` .� ....... COFFICELIOG_ ANA
RECESSED DOWN-LITE.
\ \ \.. ... \ , \ \, \ 301 P 4' "
COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL. `� ''. '` �, �--a� \ .......... \ �` `\ i I10
RECEPTION WALL - CONSTRUCT ...... --- — 51
AS NOTED ON AI.O. \ \ \\ TYP
RECEPTION SOFFIT
,
A SECTION DETAIL . �,, W
\ \ \ s2
r . -r-o- --- ")
2
,
\, \ ' 4-
\ \
, T EHE L
N
CD
.__
12
\, \ E Its a 13 COUNSELING � o. < 2
5:2OFFICE 1 O
`
AFFIX FRAMING TO BOTTOM OF \ `•, \\.. \ \
' 1
EXISTING STRUCTURE OR \ `• `\\ PI, IL
`
t _
,
TYP
3
SUSPEND FROM STRUCTURAL \,, = 51 g Z
DECKING ABOVE. ,., \' \\ \ \ tn' W H
a ,
\ \, H
\ \
' 3
,
L I I L ' \ 2 Prefect N0.
N
I
r
\
,
X876
3-5/8" FRAMING ® Ib" O.G. TYP. TYP
52 _ Dash BIr. CK
..................L... Dots lore
, IDIS
B d%m-dt
,
INSTALL CEILING AS SHOWN ON
_. 52 .
ALT. \
m \ \ \ \ p
W
' I
SI m I
m 2
•
e
`
4 _..._...._ . I _.. TYP
WRAP FRAMING WITH 5/8" ` ` \4 \ ' T 8
\, .........
GYPSUM BOARD ON EXTERIOR \ ` \ \., \ ` \\�� \ O CEL 4G TYP. TYP
P P
W RECESSED DOM-LITE. ,,\ \ 2 COUN Ll II4
\ \ TYP OFFI 1 I. -0. -0..
a
i 2-0 COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL. \, ` � , \\ ......... ............................................
\ OU LIN
IIS C G
RECEPTION WALL - CONSTRUCT ,,..t ,,w . \ � � \
PI o v OFF E 13
AS NOTED ON ALO. \
,
I I
HOSPITALITY SOFFIT
B SECTION DETAIL
N 1 . 1
xa
/Y
00
Yf
I LL
CEILING PLAN
`m CEILING PLAN
a; V4' - f-0'
a .
�s
I I � O E
r/ �k 0 0
-- - --- -- --- -. V 0
I LLI m m
� N
5 v x
— 0 a T
2 0 0
LO O
U m 0
E o
w is n
b m N
x 3 \ y4 0O > N
g`
_m f0
N U N
+� W
w .v
-- I — -- - -
a GC
O IW
1KEY PLAN H
oc
s
vLL
IT I
a x 0
w
c
L ` i
C � .. ,r on
F` :w ; .d Drs �.
v � w
.r. :L ,w 64 _�_-
_ w
,�
': , � " .��
4 - 6
Design and Construction documents es
ONCE (521 CENTERED ABOVE ROOM SIGN.
nstruments o ■ery ce ere 0 ven n
oan■desoe res remsln the DroPertY of
REFER TO ELECTRI CAL �■ph■F• Mate,Arc itect The m■e
DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL
o earn sn t ese constructon
docunMtb for pl■peses other 7ham ton
IL INFORMATION. pectile project named herein Is strictly
... .:. .. ..,. .. .., , .. ..... . .. .. .. . .. ""W WOW expressed writ m ca■ed
of Christopher F. Mlerke, Arohlteot.
�- -r_. _ ....._ __.
\ _
...., _ —_ - - -
\ '. \
...
_ .-....- ......___ _..._ .__.._..... - ....... ...._ .... ... _._... ......... .-...... ......... .... .......: .................. ..
.: ......... __- ___...... .. - ......... ....... . ......... _.._.._.._ .................. .. .......... ...... ..... ..............
-I/2 x -I/2 WOOD PURCHASE FROM - -
\ _
-- - -
-- ■
I MILLWORK VENDOR AND INSTALLED BY \ \, \ \\ \, -�` P-3 - -- ___._:— ._ - _ --
--:- .:
---- -........
I G.G. \.......
_.
..._..._COUNSELING COUNSELING _ x ,x ...... I.:::
\ \ COUNSELING -- --
\ - P-3 til» ....:::: P-3 - P-3 ------
\ `\ 101 :::: _-.... OFFICE 3 OFFICE 4 P s OFFICE 6
- AINT DOOR FRAME P-5 \ \ _-
- - _. .......
\ \ ` ---- - - - 102 03 T' LVT-I -
\ \ \ .. _ 0 -......r :::. O6
\ LVT-I .-.. _.. _...
L \ \ 104 \
\ \ - ._. --
x
.... — —
\ \ LVT I LVT I
_. —
......: _.... LVT—I _.............. .............. ..... . ..........:,..................:....
:.... .... ::c: ...... _.. .__ .... _ ........
,.,. ``,. \. \ . . :_. I - .... ..._ LVT I .... ....... ._. . .... ........ ...... x.. ..::: .... ....x - — :: r ._ €_::
ry , __ - - - . ..... . .._... ....... ....
Ii _ -
\, \ \
ITE OAK VENEER PANELS, \ _ r _ -
-,..:
I i MMI WORK `� ',, -- '------ _— _:: x -:: . ...::... _.�. _...._ `P-3 .... .... ,
I PURCHASE FRO LL \, \ .� \ .. _::_ -__- :,:,: 107 ...
- -
x
, VENDOR AND INSTALL BY GG
._.. .' .._ . ....... -- ..._...._ - ........ ... ...iiia. - ..x.:.... ..... �: .:x:: . ':,....x.t..
I
xiiia...
-
- -- --
... \, — : T_. _iiia _. _-.
- . ice:::.� s�.
\ \
Ii - - - - -
i , iiia. ..._ -___ iiia... iiia.. _ _ _iiia. .. iiia :..: iiia. iiia. ...:.:....
i ... .,, iiia.. . -.. .. ._ •.. -' :_. .. .......... _::' .........._ _ r n...:: t ��" � �� �:. ".x' .:::
.. , ,. iiia iiia ._::r...... ................ '
.. \. _ _. tar_ ........_:_ .. ..iiia. ::::::. ..::; : .. iiia.:.................... ....... ... .............. iiia.. : .:.:::::r ......... . ..t............. ......: t ::::: t.................. ... ._
\ . \, _ — — _._.__.. ........iiia.. ........._.._ _ _ ....
L BASE AS V — V -- V V — T V IyI I --
- — — _ —
.__ iiia. ::.
�._: ;
... . .. ... _iiia_ .. iiia. iiia.. iiia. ...__iiia -:. ...... . 1�!
.__
�WAL _. . .. . . .... . -iiia__... _._ _
- x
L \,
___
_ '\ ',, \ ... \ - -- _ _ _ _::::..__.. ._::'- - - s �.:: VTI =z'. .
, • LVT I :::. . . - L -
\ \ -:.i: LVT-I _ _ .. _ _ [ .-- .., ....:... . .
\ \ : '
— —: _
P-4 ::: -- _-
x ..-iiia-:.:iiia ..
FINISHES COUNSELING OFFICE \ ___. . RB3 iiia. P
\ \, — HALL
: ,...._. _ ...:.._:...
iiia... \ iiia. \ iiia, -. —_-:::. _ i::__ ;iiia iiia ........ _ -: ._ _iiia... �.:: ........... ... � '' _ .. .:.-..:::: V 1 .: .:......... , .,:....... y iiia.x.. iiia... ...: ......... ......... x ....... . iiia. ;,....... ._..�.._.
\ \ \, \ _ -- - _ _ --- -- -
801 - - -- -
A INTERIOR ELEVATION ` '' -- --_--_ - \ -
' ,'*\ , ..° .:: - , _ ::: 002 :: rr w--w� a rrr:ri:iwr■ .. .. ::ysr r-w--- 1 m.ranwmararm.m,amrww:www�eawar iiyimmmx
\ \ ■ ..::::: ._iiia.:: .:: iiia::::: .::: ... .::::: .::::Y:: ..::::::: - -I I- - ■ ,iiia.... ..:::::..: ...:■ : .:::: ...........5..-iiia. ..:.. .....f.......... [...f..:.... —t....... .
1/2e - T-0e ■ - :: ■ .. -I-I I-I-
■ P-4 -I-I SDT—I I_I_I r ,. ■ -
r :_ - :: : :. I_I_I -I-I- - -
.: :: _ :: . ..:: iiia ..: ■ -::. _.:: -I- -I
\., ., ._.. iiia iiia.. - , .:iiia I_I _I_ ::::: :r ': . ::... iiia ......... ..:.:..:r..::::::..: ■::::::,iiia .t..... -
—_ - -I I-I-I- P 4 s -
` \ \ x -I-T-I 401 -I-I r r ...
\. \ \ \ \ \ , , ... iiia. III - - -I -I- ■ _ _ t . _ ..t... --
V1
FINISH PLAN \ \ ❑ -
\ \\ \. e - - - - -
P 4 -
\ \ \ -
\ ■
.. -- _ -- - -;_ . ::: -- -- -_x - .- LVT—I x..-- -:::
iiia \. - - - iiia._ iiia.. __- _ y
r _
\ _
GENERAL NOTES \\\ x
\ - -
:
\ \ _ .:. . COUNSELING
`\ \ \
\ \\'` , - -: --: ....._ .... _.. — :. C UNSEEING___ : .:
A. G.G. TO VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND \\ ,. , - :::: = ^IF , OFFlCE S
Q !:
DIMENSIONS IN FIELD PRIOR TO BID \ '' \ \ \, ■ .. "- I — P 3
AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY `, ' . FIC 08
— —
NGON515TENGIES. \ ';\\ \ `< a
r
\ \ \ \., — iiia. T LVT—I e t --
`,, jt . P 4 CEPTIQN 1
$. REFER TO MATERIAL SCHEDULE AND `,. _,... - - - -�- - - -- s
r --
- .:._ :: :::_
LVT-I ■ _- -._..
\ \. >— , : WAITI LVT-I - .._ , .
ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE ON A3.2 FOR \\\ N¢ -- 601 \L
FINISH DETAILS AND. \ \ \ I - ■ -
■ _ Ht301 _
,, _ .. iiia .. ,_ ._. s - ,
s
G. PAINT ALL WALLS P-2 UNLESS NOTED ■ ::.. _:. . P-4 s
P
■ _. ... .__ iiia. . . iiia..............................c. ......... _......._
\ \ P-4 --- — _ I I ■t iiia
OTHERWISE. \ \ ■ — - , iiia. - -
_. V 1 -:
\ iiia, \ s _ _.. --_ .:... :...
I ,
y iiia..: LVT-I
■
----
D. ALL WALLS TO RECEIVE VINYL $ASE. \ ._.._ 1 ,, u
...
■\ \.,.. \ ■ - - .iiia. - ........_t
REFER TO A3.2 FOR ADDITIONAL \ __ _ ___
\ \ - -
s _.
NFORMATION. \\\ ' iiia \ \ \ ,,. , ::: - ........_... r iiia.. .: COUNSELING
\ , ..`.., `, \ *iiia.. - -_ --
\ , --- _ _ ' :, OFFICE 9
E. EXISTING AND NEW GYPSUM BOARD:
FINISH GYPSUM BOARD IN \, \� ` \ ., \ ' iiia., \,` \ r P_g
ACCORDANCE WITH LEVELS DEFINED \ \ \'t , \ \ \.. ....., \\ \ \,, \,.., - T - - - - - ■
N ASTM 6840, AS FOLLOWS: \ \'. \\\\, '\ \ \ \ \ `\ \ \\ ,., \,iiia\ i -
\\ \
ti",
\ \ \ \
Oq
I. LEVEL 5: WALLS AND GEILIN65 EX \ \ `..., \ ....: ..............................,...,..... _-! :.. . ��. �.
\ ` \ , \ \\
2.LEVEL 2: IN UTILITY AREAS, \ \ \ \ \ \ \,,
\ ,
......;, ..............................._.......
\ \ \ \\ , ., , \ \, \., , - ',\ .... .__. ..--.iiia.. ......_... x. ■ ......... ....... ........., - -
BEHIND CABINETRY, AND ON \ \
\ \ \,\ \ . .� ,\ , \, iiia. . ...:r: .. iiia. t.
BACKING BOARD TO RECEIVE IEE
,, \ \ \. \ \ \ ,. ., ,.. 'iiia. \,
FINISH. ...\ , \\ \ \ \\ \, \ ....... ... \ \ \ \, , \\ r ' .., ...x t .....x .t
\ r r
S. LEVEL I: WALL AREAS ABOVE
,.,` , iiia.. iiia,\ ,� - . iiia..., -. iiia.. ,.:. , - _ r - -
FINISHED GEILIN65 WHETHER OR \ `, \ - -
, ,
\ \ , \ \\ \ \ ::' _ _.. : LVT-I i:: L
NOT ACCESSIBLE IN THE \ \ \ \ \ \ ■ V
COMPLETED CONSTRUCTION. \ \\, \ `. \ \.
\ �\ \ \ -
\ \
\ \ *.. \ \ \ }, ' \ `, \ \ iiia.,, \\ \ ,
\ ` ,\ \ \. \ \ \\ BREAK r
\ \� \ \ ' \ \ \ ,. ` \ \ \ ROOM 1 COUNSELING :::
` `'., `, , , aw?twwaawr■w.wa .w:
�.\\ \ = r OFFICE 10
\ \ ,, \ \
r r
\ \ \ \ \ \ \ , i:::_: 301 r
\ , \ ' \ \ -- , P-3 0
\ \ `
MATERIAL LEGEND \ \ \ . . \ \ \ ■
\ \ \ \ \ \ ;
,, `
\ iiia \ \ \ ..., \ , P-4 s i - -
`'\ \ \ �\
\ `\. \ I . La
\ A ITY \ \,t \ \ \\ \ \ \iiia, \ •,t _ \\ RB 3 If - - H
GEILING G V \ -- _
\ \, \ \ -
\, , ,
\ LOGATION: REFER A / A2.0 \ \ \\� \ \ \, \. \ `\ y , i
\ 'iiia.,\ \ ti \.. " ' - y
DOLOR: REFER TO A3.2 \, \' ` \ \ _
, \ \
P-2 \ \ \ ...,\ I r
\ \ \ _ -
\\
iiia. ii ........- -
\ \ '\ `\ \, iiia.
P
Z
, \ \ EX' ■ r u I
.., , \ \ iiia.. ..,
FIELD WALL PAINT \ \ \ \ \, , \�. \` \ \., ,... \, ■ _._ LVT
\ LOCATION: REFER A / A2.0 \ ''\ \ \\ \ ., \ \ TELEHEALT , - — ® > w N
\ \ ' `' \ W
COLOR: REFER TO A5.2 ,, '\ \ \ � � \ \ ROOM 12 i I n
`, \, \
,
r
P-5 \ \ , ``,.\ \ \ \ \�\ , ` , P s n2 — COUNSELING = a a
\ \ , \ \ \.. , \ , \moi r --_ OFFICE 11
` ' ' \, \ _ _
\ 'I v O O
ACCENT WALL PAINT \ , LVT , 3-_
'1
\ , � \ \ ......... __..........., - — - F ...................�_.....:......... ,- .._� III H- 3
K (TINS d \ \. \ \ �1—.. .._ - _ _I \ 0 U p
C - LOCATION DES S WA \ , , \ \ :. _ Z 2
BREAK PER A2.0 \ :::
,iiia, \ iiia.. �, � iiia .......... .......... b:w.rrrrs.'arrrc wearrarrarraaratwrras■ .: .:::... iiia.' iiia. ,.,. LLY Q
DOLOR: REFER TO A3.2 \ \ \ - _.:': -_ - Z
C7
W
\ \ n
\ t ,
----- —
\ ,. . _ , '... iiia � x -
\ \
, ,
P4
e r \ \. \ \, '� `, \ -_ `- . ', \ \ , iiia -
\ \ _ -
s e
AGGENT WALL PAINT
\ \
__ _ _
\, iiia , ',, ' —�
e e ',, `�\ , ' ` ..::: t , No: 18876
a-_--_a LOCATION: HALL PER A2.0
,iiia , ,.. :.
Protect
_iiia. _. _ .
DOLOR: REFER TO A3.2 \ \. — LVT-I :
\ \ \
\. \ \�\ \ V-I V_I BY
\ \ iiia.., \ \... ,k , ,,,
-�
PS ,.\ ,,. ,. ,... ,., \ ',,.. \ \ _, iiia... �..,..,. '... ,, .,,M1 111. .._:. �..._ .,.L :.' :: .. . iiia. . iiia.. ............ T: iiia_ — . :::: __._ ..: _-:W. ---_-,��__— :C '�: DBM Itzsue
\ \ VI
,
AGGENT WALL PAINT \ \. \
iiia \ ;:. ........ ,.
• iiia
\ \ \
O ATI N: INSIDE OF ARCHES DOOR \ \ \ \
L JLC o \, \ \ ,\ ,, .. _.. ....:........._
\ \ \, , \\
FRAMES ABOVE DOOR PLAQUE, \ \ _- - -
AGGENTS
■ \ \\ - \,
... iiia. .. .:: ::: . 'I:: ... L 'T...
,
\ \
i \ `, ` .
r DOLOR: REFER TO A3.2 \ -
'.., ,.,,. ''., .`,. \ (.: _.. ':r..................._-... iiia.._ ..s: :.. ::: ... .:- :':.:: -: _. .. _. _.:.---x-..._............--.::::::::r:- . ___. .:
\� T
,
\ \ \ `` — —— r z.
\ ::. ..
GEILING SOFFIT \ \ \ ``, \ `'\\ ,
0 \ \ - - iiia. L�_I iiia.. . - -
- -
r LOCATION: AI.I \ \ ,e ` \`,\'\, - _ ■ r COUNSELING : — -
U
DOLOR: REFER TO A3.2 \ — ____ _ r - - -_—.x
--_ OFFICE 14
', ` '`... , - \ ~ ,. `',, ,;... `\ \. \ , \ . :-- • ' iiia.. V _-.::: - :: =- .:_:':tx:
\ , \ ...._.. LVT I .. -_-.. -_-___
\ `' `` \ ,,` \ \ \ \ COUNSELING LVT-1 u4
N
\ ,., \ i \ \ \ _iiia_ _—..........:..............-..............:........_� ■ �::
\\.\ \ , \. \ - E: - :_ ,__,. ____ — —:. .. _OFFICE 15
`,. , , , ... T..
O V-I ..., \. \\. \..., ,\ \,.. �..
\\ , , \, .. ... ._...iiia.. .__... _
., _... ._. iiia
LAMINATE WALL PANEL \ \ {{ II5 -_
\ \ \ \
L\\
REFER TO ELEV. A / A2.0 \ \ '`, ` \ ,\ \\,
\ \� .,
\ \\ \ \ \
Y \ ,\ \, ,\\\` \\4\ - 113 -:E
_
g LVT- \ iiia -
,, iiia ..—_.. ._•- .. .. .
h LAMINATE VINYL TILE
DOLOR: REFER TO A5.2
Q WOOD-LIKE INSTALLATION.
a MIN. 6" OVERLAP OF TILE5.
e
o
eo 3a II�I sIII SDT-
_y ap -I-I-I- ■
I Y o O -I-I-I
%I-I-I- STATIC DISSIPATIVE TILE
2 , yy. I�I7 �I
w e .o DOLOR: REFER TO A3.2
0 ;Q,
2-0
�m�� FINISH PLAN
a =m w FINISH PLAN
a
0 o x x 1/4• - T-0'
MILLWORK & INTERIOR ELEMENTS ~ o
� U
THE LEIDEN CABINET COMPANY, LLC Lu
2385 EP15ON BLVD .
TWIN5BUR6 OH 4408-1 I— N m
ti v x
o v g,
CONTACT: MARK WHITTAKER c
E: MWHITTAKER®LEIDENGOMPANY.GOM = -0 o
PH: 234-804-8155 (� m o
Ecn
MILLWORK FURNISHED BY TENANT. 60 w O �
RESPONSIBLE TO RECEIVE AND INSTALL: Q oo 0 0
GONGE [52] CENTERED IN WOOD PANELING. RECEPTION DESK, BEVERAGE COUNTER, N U N
6G TO PURCHASE FROM BOTTOM OF FIXTURE ®80" AFF. REFER TO OAK WOOD TRIMS, OAK SLAT WALLS, BLUE
MILLWORK VENDOR ELECTRICAL DRAWING5 FOR ADDITIONAL DOOR TOPPERS, AND BREAKROOM W
AND INSTALL INFORMATION. CABINETS {p
IL IIZ
Q C W
2X4 FRAMING ® b" O.G. L-1/2" X 1-1/2" WOOD TRIM. MATCH N OWNS
W/ "WHITE OAK" LAMINATE "WHITE OAK" VENEER. W C
VENEER. MOUNT ® 45" ( CONTINUOUS IN HALLWAY.
TENANT TO FURNISH, G.C. TO INSTALL.
2X4 FRAMIN6 VV V Y.
"WHITE OAK" LAMINATE
VENEER _ p OOR Al FULL LITE AS
SCHEDULED
r O
i
ELEVATION 2X4 FRAMING ® W O.G. —(01/2"x5-1/2" WOOD BOARDS W/ t �It
�
W/ „WHITE OAK" LAMINATE / "WHITE OAK" LAMINATE VENEER w a G
VENEER. MOUNT a 45°
PROVIDE I/8" GAP BETWEEN DOOR �
FRAME d EACH BOARD. TENANT TO - ? .
q• 61 b" 2X4 FRAMING YV FURNISH, S.C. TO INSTALL.
"WHITE OAK" LAMINATE - w
PLAN VENEER AALL BASE AS
SCHEDULED. TYR
CLEAR FINISH OPENING
10" x 3/4" FLOATING
NEW SINGLE SINK AND "
(V WOOD FAUCET, REFER PLUMBING hM411NI1G OI NMO. p MTM r
SHELF, FULL WIDTH OF � r�..AroldwLr u. roo«t a
I„ EQ EQ EQ EG 1• kL.COVE. DW65 FOR ADDITIONAL eoa..nr.for wwi..«odw�TM am
° i
INFORMATION f■ e dodgm and moo°0"a°°°ti0A
moMr aq -mmd Tran Is writ
patem offm spoors Mom amiss
NEW METAL STUD ENCLOSURE HALLWAY DOOR PL-3 of
�tWm F. rut"'"w"'°''
- LAMINATE COUNTERTOP
o " CABINETS rV PULLS ON G WALL TYPE DETAIL 7 ELEVATION DETAIL ON 25" x 1 1/2" PART BD TOP, d)
ALL DOORS APRON, AND 5AGK5PLA5H ON
A
in SCALE v2 - T-0 SCALE 1/2• . T-0 2x4. FRAME 2,-0" _
�o
3,-0" FIXED PANEL
I'-6" I /8" METAL STUDS WITH
I-1/2' G CHANNEL P166Y-BACK.
ENLARGED WRAP sGYPSUM BOARD TO
12" ABOVEVE CEILING. SECURE ----- s--
SLIDING RECEPTION WINDOW r —
E HOSPITALITY COUNTER ELEVATIONf. HARDWARE TO BOTTOM OF PL-I ° °
Vr . Y-0' 4 STUB-0UT ADA COMPLIANT
p SINK BASE CABINET ---------- -
SCALE: °
— -------
"
in IDIN6 WINDOW HARDWARE, PROVIDE INSULATION AT ALL 0 0
SUPPLY AND DRAIN LINES
- MIDDLE SECTION FIXED (XJ
EITHER ONE 51DE OPERABLE
RECEPTION DESK WH --' '
ACCE5515LETIO SECTION (0). SURFACE MOUNTED AT OPEN TO FLOOR FOR EEL CHAIR 0 "
TOP, COORDINATE OPENING ACCESS WHEN DOORS ARE OPEN ° °
Q ❑ ❑ SECTION DETAIL DIR. IN FIELD Al TENANT AND °
" 4 RECEPTION MILLWORK GBRE PRO.�GT MANAGER. °
° °
SCALE: 1/2• . T-0' DOORS WITH INTEGRAL TOE KICK
5/4" °
(V
5„ EQ EO 6'-0„ Ea EQ GUEST SIDE EMPLOYEE SIDE
SURFACE MOUNTED TRACK FOR `r
SLIDING GLASS WINDOW.
E
3'-O"
ao/As SECTION DETAIL
ENLARGED EQ oY 2 BREAKROOM MILLWORK
A HOSPITALITY COUNTER PLAN '�" " RECEPTION
`SOSCALE 1-1/20 . T-0'
SCALE: Ur . T-0' Pi 1,� NOTE: PURCHASE FROM MILLWORK VENDOR
5
Aa2
3, O„ 1,41
in
D
11-611 I Q A9.0 0
° °
ADJUSTABLE FULL DEPTH
4 SHELF.
Aa2
n 2'-8" I SECTION DETAIL
m 0 6 RECEPTION MILLWORK
(V "
SCALE 1' . T-0' PL-2 CABINETS W/
3 1/2" SATIN CHROME WIRE
PULL ON ALL DOORS AND O o
DRAWERS p
GEPTION DESK BY N ka
MILLWORK VENDOR,
INSTALLED BY GC 3-0 H
41 5
PLASTIC LAMINATE PL-3
ENLARGED BAGKSP33PARTICLE BOARD LASH J z Q
D RECEPTION ELEVATION S,
ENLARGED - . S > 0 N
SCALE 1/2' . T-0' m O
B RECEPTION PLAN - x a
SCALE 1/2' . T-0' q'_10• PLASTIC LAMINATE PL-3 2 O O0
" ON 2'-0" x 3/4" PARTICLE BOARD TOP
4-0 2-5 3-0 2=5' 2-0ZIt
W I
VA8.0 2/A&0 1/Aa0 8/A9.0 R PL-3 W n C9
DRAYEH PL-I H
CABINETS AlW/ 3-I/2'
RICHELIEU CONTEMPORARY
I-_ BMETAL LACK PULL (5632) - MATTE �F TABP LL DEPTH �� gyp(
PL-2 UNDER-CABINET Dd° �°
° °
STORAGE SHELF 07ta A021 BMPem k
° °
ELAY FAUCET °
(LKAV5021MB)
�-
o PL-3 LAMINATE ADA COMPLIANT PI CABINETS ° O
° °O d BAGKSPLAS . W/ 31/2" SATIN CHROME WIRE PULL ON
n
ELKAY QUARTZ DROP-IN ALL DOORS AND DRAWE
SINK (EL6RI3322) °lip I
°
PL( CABINETS W/ 3-I/2" ° °
e a N
p0
RICHELIEU CONTEMPORARY °
o ry I I I METAL PULL (5632) - MATTE ° °
5a 4'-0' 2'-3" 3'-0" 2'-3" 2'-0" BLACK VINYL BASE RB-I 3/4" °
e
0 CABINETS W/ 3-1/2
PL-2 " AT ALL BASE CABINETS °
ICHELIEU CONTEMPORARY
e w �_I METAL PULL (5632) - MATTE
REFRIGERATOR VINYL BASE BLACK
° CONGEAL P SUPPLIED BY TENANT AT ALL BASE CABINETS,
y� WITHIN TYP. NOTE: CABINET INTERIORS
Yo'm TO BE WHITE LAMINATE. 3/4"
.30
„o A9A
vQy ENLARGED ENLARGED SECTION DETAIL A 3 ■ 0
C BREAKROOM PLAN B BREAKROOM ELEVATION 1 BREAKROOM MILLWORK
Q a
O �tiY
�`qWo
SCALE 1/2• . T-0' SCALE 1/r . T-0" SCALE 1-1/r _ T-0•
ENURGM FLANs a
k O o 1
/»Q INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
0 E
0 0
U a
Lu
0o v i
¢ o `o
0
10
U m ° 0
FRAMING ® w c rNi
8" O.G. O `l)
Q O j N
0 0 t0
-5/8" 206A ® 8" O.G., WHERE N C5 N
FRAMING ® FRAMING ® _ _ _ — — CONNECTING TO CURVED FRAMING.
— — IDE BUILT-UP HEADER, SPANNING O P2 P2 P2 eg W
-5/8" 206A ® 8" O.G., WHERE OPENING. P1 W
CONNECTING TO CURVED FRAMING. I S1 =
IDE BUILT-UP HEADER, SPANNING O CL
ALCOVE. I W
PROVIDE
4 TINAL TRACK
SUPPORT F'OR(BUILT-UP HEADER. _ in
m IMPSON STRONG TIE RLI50 206A V LL
5TL ANGLE, OR EQUAL. m
O m
IMPSON STRONG TIE RLI50 206A
5rL ANGLE, OR EQUAL.
t4
p I II I I TYPICAL OFFICE ELEVATION TYPICAL HUDDLE/PHONE ROOM ELEVATION TYPICAL RECEPTION DESK ELEVATION a tfs
FRAMING TYPGYPSUM .
ENCLOSURE ON
v:
"Y N
/8" GYPSUM BOARD ENCLOSURE ON Ib" O.G. FRAMING PER
FRAMING. TYP. WALL TYPE SHOWN ON ALO. vh u�F��►
206A ® 16" O.G. FRAMING PER CLEAR FINISHED OPENING ENLARGED
WALL TYPE SHOWN ON ALO. �ra oowufruw eorwnn w
6'-0" F I TYPICAL LIGHTING ELEVATIONS
CLEAR FINISHED OPENING lwMllr.r- OI..I.lfl. m ylvw ti
oanflawe.rr wrin mo ProirlY of
SCALE Vr . T 0' of Dft and �� iw w
of m AOMP M Mow w Sm do
prpew.eller M-llr
spoom Yl.Ioef owned tirn b blotly
FRAMING DETAIL FRAMING DETAIL of f>n�l.fovllr It. 00*0.MOMML
ow.e
3 HOSPITALITY COUNTER ARCH 2 RECEPTION ARCH
SCALE 1/2' . T-0' SCALE: 1/r^. T-0•
CLEAR FINISH OPENING
GYPSUM BOARD ARCH
GYPSUM BOARD ARCH.
WIDTH TO MATCH
COUNTER
A
m
NON-RATED HORIZONTAL
ASSEMBLY
ADD 14 GA. PLATE FOR WALL
10" x 5/4" FLOATING p PARALLEL TO DECK RIBS
r HOOD r
SHELF, FULL WIDTH OF
EQ EQ EQ EQ ALCOVE.
�Q O - SLOTTED DEFLECTION
TRACK ANCHORED TO ROOF DECK.
SECURE STUDS (THRU SLOTS) TO
iv h SLOTTED TOP TRACK.
O Q 0 CABINETS N/ PULLS ON n
m / / ALL DOORS in
PROVIDE 1 1/2" GOLD
ROLLED CHANNEL NITHIN
12" OF DEFLECTION
TRACK
"CEPTION DESK
D
MI LLWORK VENDOR, RL �TIONLAINNDON9 TYPICAL DEFLECTION CLIP AT TOP OF WALL
INSTALLED BY GC CEWMR PANEL FIXED D1 I DETAIL
CLEAR FINISH' OPENING 11/2•.1'-0'
ENLARGED ELEVATION ENLARGED INSTALL SMOKE CONTAINMENT AT
E HOSPITALITY COUNTER ELEVATION D RECEPTION WINDOW ELEVATION CEILING LINE - TYP.
SCALE: Vr - T-0' SCALE: Vr - T-0' FULL MOTH SOUND BATT INSULATION
(TYP) MTL. STUDS ® Ib" o.c. OR AS
SCHEDULED (TYPJ
GYP. BD. EACH FACE OF HALL CONT. MTC. RUNNER TRACK
FASTENED AS SCHEDULED (TYP) MECHANICALLY FASTENED TO GONG.
SLAB. (TYPJ
!ru
GONG. FLOOR SLAB (TYP)
TYPICAL RUNNER TRACK
D2 DETAIL
1.1/x.1'-0•
GENERAL WALL A55EMBLY NOTES:
NOTIFY GBRE PROJECT MANAGER IF ANY HALL CANNOT BE
TAKEN TO SPECIFIED HEIGHT.
D STRUCTURAL DECKING, ROOF DECKING, TYP. ROOF DECKING, TYP. ROOF DECKING, TYP.
D� STRUCTURAL DECKING, DI ACOUSTICAL SEALANT, DI ACOUSTICAL SEALANT,
A5.1
TYP. A5.1 •rYp, A5.1 TYP A5.1 TYP.
STRUCTURAL DECKING, p
TYR LONG LE6 DEFLECTION LONG 1_E6 DEFLECTION
STRUCTURE
OF _ UNDERSIDE STRUCTURE OF UNDERSIDE STRUCTURE 0� _ UNDERSIDE OF UNDERSIDE OF TRACK SECURED TO ROOF UNDERSIDE OF TRACK SECURED TO ROOF W
1 STRUCTURE �STRUGTURE DECKING, TYP. TURE 1 DECKING, TYP.
VERIFY EXISTING DEMISING ` SEGURE FULL HEIGHT SECURE FULL HEIGHT milmo
5
WALL EXTENDS TO DECK, STUDS TO EX STRUCTURE. 51.05 TO EX STRUCTURE. GYP BD TAPED N/2 COATS GYP BD TAPED N/ 2 GOATS ce
Tom_' WALL HEIGHT SOUND INSULATING BATT. TO 562TI50-54 TOP TRACK SOUND INSULATING BATT. TO DRYA&L COMPOUND. 5ANDIN6 DRYWALL COMPOUND. SANDING
SOUND BATT. GLN6 +I'-O> SOUND BATT. SOUND BATT EXTEND 24" MINIMUM, BOTH SOUND BA BATT. a L HALLS SOUND BATT r EXTEND 24" MINIMUM, BOTH NOT REQUIRED ABOVE CEILING. NOT REQUIRED ABOVE CEILING. 2 Z W
MIN. 24" NOTIFY GBRE IF LE55 Q MIN. 24" MIN. 24" SIDES OF WALL. Q MIN. 24' MIN. 24" MIN. 24" SIDES OF WALL. G�EILIHEIGHTEFEAI G� EILIN ZEFER AI
i J 2 M p
GES AHE_I6H� GES AHI If REREFER TO ALI REFER ALI NEN 2x2 LAY-IN NEW 2x2 LAY-IN NG HEIGHT$ ®MENEM
W 0 N N
2x2 LAY-IN ACOUSTICAL 2x2 2x2 LAY-IN ACOUSTICAL AGOUSTIGAL CEILING, ACT-I ACOUSTICAL CEILING, ACT-I = I Y
R-13 SOUND ATTENUATION BATT CEILING, ACT-I; REFER TO GEILIN6, ACT-I;REFER TO 7PROVIDE METAL TRACK ® PROVIDE METAL TRACK ® 2 O Q
ON TENANT 510E OF WALL, MIN. - O
724" FROM WALL ALI FOR DONT. ALI FOR DONT. CEILING LEVEL FOR CEILING LEVEL FOR
SMOKE CONTAINMENT, TYP. SMOKE CONTAINMENT, TYP. Z 3
PROVIDE METAL TRACK ® PROVIDE METAL TRACK
2x2 LAY-IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING LEVEL FOR SMOKE PROVIDE ALTERNATING ST SOUND INSULATING BATT. TO CEILING LEVEL FOR Z Q
STUD ANGLE BRACING BACK PROVIDE ANGLE BRACING
CEILING, ACT-I CONTAINMENT, TYP. EXTEND 24 MINIMUM, BOTH SMOKE CONTAINMENT, TYP. BACK TO ROOF STRUCTURE H n
TO STRUCTURE 0 48" O.G. 51DE5 OF WALL.
3 5/8" 20 GA. MIN. BTL ® 48" O.G. d WHERE NEEDED.
5 5/8" 20 GA. MIN. STL 2x2 LAY-IN ACOUSTICAL STUDS SYSTEM SECURED
EX. GYP. BD. TO REMAIN, UNO STUDS SYSTEM SECURED CEILING, ACT-I; REFER TO Q TO EX. STRUCTURE REMOVE EXISTING
ON DI.O. REPLACE EXISTING AS TO EX. 5TRUGTURE ALI FOR CONT. w V z iQ Q INSULATION AND � 10876
REQUIRED N/ 5/8" 6YP.BD. PROVIDE METAL TRACK ® Q d Y O INSTALL NEW aUm By, CK
FIN15H AS SCHEDULED. ) z ROGKNOOL "SAFE #
CEILING LEVEL FOR Q N z SOUND" BATT p� (nue
SMOKE CONTAINMENT, TYP. w H w wz INSULATION FULL 071Gf= Bwevvi[
EX MTL 5% STUD SYSTEM In z Q p O p HEIGHT OF WALL
TO REMAIN O 4
J z K Of
w � o � o
H Q 5-5/8" 20 GA. MIN. STL STUD 5-5/8" 20 GA. MIN. STL STUD z ~ 5-5/8" 20 GA. MIN. BTL 57Wz SYSTEM ® 16" O.G. MAX. SYSTEM ® Ib" O.G. MAX. w SYSTEM ® Ib" O.G. MAX. NEW 5/8" GYP. BD. TYP.
w 6.G. TO VERIFY BATT
FINISH AS SCHEDULED.
oq INSUL. FULL HEIGHT OF
: z WALL. IF NOT PREVIOUSLY 5/8" GYP BD TAPED VVI 2 5/8" GYP BD TAPED LV 2
H O 5/8" GYP BD TAPED YV 2 5/8" GYP. BD. TYP. EXISTING GYP. BD. TYP.
�v z f INSULATED. PROVIDE GOATS JOINT COMPOUND. COATS JOINT COMPOUND.
w f w QUOTE TO GBRE PROJECT SANDING NOT REQUIRED ABOVE GOAT' DRYWALL COMPOUND. SANDING NOT REQUIRED ABOVE FINISH AS SCHEDULED.
Po U C1 MANAGER FOR BLOWN-IN CEILING. 5ANDIN6 NOT REQUIRED ABOVE CEILING.
" m CEILING. 5-5/8" 20 6A. MIN. STL STUD EXISTING STL STUD SYSTEM
H� w INSULATION. SYSTEM ® 16" O.G. MAX.
ii O i NEW ROCKNOOL "SAFE f NEN ROCKWOOL "SAFE E NEW ROGKWOOL "SAFE 3
we D2 SOUND" BATT IN5UL. FULL BOUND" BATT INSUL. FULL D2 SOUND" BATT IN5UL. FULL D2 NEW ROGKNOOL "SAFE D2
xQ A5.1 HEIGHT OF WALL HEIGHT OF WALL A5.1 HEIGHT OF WALL AB.I t SOUND" BATT INSUL. •I
FULL HEIGHT OF NALL
So CONT. RUNNER ANCHORED POWERS FASTENERS TR-5 -IT GS., CONT. RUNNER ANCHORED CONT RUNNER ANCHORED CONT. RUNNER ANCHORED
TO FLOOR SLAB STRAIGHT, SMOOTH ESR-3215 TO FLOOR SLAB T-0 5.0.6. TO B.O.S.
fq y
Om
y 14 1/8" 4 1/8" 4 1/8" d..14 1/8" 4 1/8"
00
Alls'oea
c,=Y
Val
g EXISTING DEMISING NEW METAL STUD NEW METAL STUD (ALTERNATE) NEW METAL STUD ENCLOSURE NEW DEMISING EXISTING DEMISING W/ NEW GYP
"° ` EX WALL TYPE DETAIL B WALL TYPE DETAIL B WALL TYPE DETAIL B1 WALL TYPE DETAIL D WALL TYPE DETAIL D1 WALL TYPE DETAIL
P2dV
x a SCALE: 1/2' - T-0' SCALE: 1/r - T-0' SCALE: V2' - T-0' SCALE 1/2' - T-0' SCALE 1/2' - T-0' SCALE: 1/2' - T-0' WALL TYPES, SIGNAGE
le-S•�o
DOOR & FRAME SCHEDULE MATERIAL SCHEDULE
� o
oa
DOOR DOORS FRAMES MATERIAL SYMBOL DESCRIPTION NUMBER COLOR MANUFACTURER 0
NO. LOCATION 0 >
TYPE DESCRIPTION SIZE FINISH TYPE FINISH I FIRE RATINGHARDWARE SET COMMENTSGEILING BRITE
PAINT EPEGGSHELL 516700-1 5HERWIN WILLIAM5 HALLWAY ABOVE WOOD TRIM
001 SUITE ENTRANCE EX EXISTING SOLIDGORE 3'-0" X 8' TE
-O" BUILDIN6 EX BUILDING _ 6.0 RE-FINISH DOOR TO BUILDING STANDARD. ADD FULL LITE 6LA55 KIT CONSERVATIVE o v ;
WOOD W/ NEW FULL LITE STANDARD STANDARD P-2 EGGSHELL SA6185 5HERWIN WILLIAM5 HALLWAY BELOW WOOD TRIM/ NOOKS
EXISTING SOLID BUILDING BUILDING GRAY = IY o 0
002 EMPLOYEE ENTRANCE EXB V-0" X 8'-O" EX - 5.0 RE-FINISH DOOR TO BUILDING STANDARD OLYMPIC a L o
GORE WOOD STANDARD STANDARD P-3 EGGSHELL 5167750 RANGE 5HERWIN WILLIAM5 ACCENT WALLS IN HALLWAY, DESK WALL5 IN OFFICES t GROUP ROOM5 (, m O o
SOLID GORE w/ WHITE E o N
101 COUNSELING OFFICE B 3'-O" X 7'-O" CLEAR A P-5 - LI ---- OLYMPIC w c
LAMINATED FULL LITE EGGSHELL W/ EPDXY SW7?50 SHERWIN WILLIAM5 NET WALLS IN BREAK ROOM t RESTROOMS � m �
102 COUNSELING OFFICE 2 B `-OLID GORE w/ WHITE 3'-0" X 7'-O" CLEAR A P-5 - LI ---- RANGE Q o m N
LAMINATED FULL LITE P-4 EGGSHELL SA6206 OYSTER BAY 5HERWIN WILLIAM5 HALLWAY BELOW WOOD TRIM/ NOOKS/ ACCENT WALL5 N U
103 COUNSELING OFFICE 3 B SOLID GORE w/ WHITE 3'-0" X 7'-0" CLEAR A P-5 - 1.1 ----
LAMINATED FULL LITE W
104 COUNSELING OFFICE 4 5 SOLID GORE w/ WHITE 3'-O" X 7'-0" CLEAR A P-5 - 1.1 ---- W
LAMINAR FULL LITE P-5 EGGSHELL SW6531 IND160 5HERWIN WILLIAMS IN51DE OF ARCHES t ACCENT WALL5 =
05 GOUN5ELING OFFICE 5 B SOLID GORE w/ WHITE 3'-0" X T-0" CLEAR A P-5 - 1.1 ---- d
LAMINATED FULL LITE CASHMERE PEARL 5A6531 INDIGO 5HERWIN WILLIAM5 DOOR FRAMES t SEMI-CIRCLE PLYWOOD ABOVE OFFICE DOORS
06 COUNSELING OFFICE b B 50LID CARE w/ WHITE 3'-0" X 7'-0" CLEAR A P-5 - 1.1 ---- C W
LAMINATED FULL LITE P-b FLAT WHITE FOR CEILINGS 5HERWIN WILLIAM5 CEILINGS AND SOFFITS F
107 COUNSELING OFFICE 7 B SOLID GORE w/ WHITE 3'-0" X 7'-0" CLEAR A P-5 - 12 ----
LAMINATED FULL LITE
SOLID GORE w/ WHITE 5555
08 COUNSELING OFFICE 8 B 3'-O" X T-0" CLEAR A P-5 - LI ULTIMA TEGULAR CLNG TILE W/ 9/I6" 1912 WHITE ARMSTRONG CENTER GRID IN ROOM UNLESS NOR OTHERWISE ON GLN6 PLAN AL1.
LAMINATED FULL LITE ACOUSTIC GEILING TILE ACT-I = e
SOLID GORE w/ WHITE SUPERFINE WHITE GRID- 24"X24" PURCHASE FROM REQUIRED VENDOR.
109 COUNSELING OFFICE 9 B LAMINAR FULL LITE 3'-O" X 7'-O" CLEAR A P-5 - LI ---- V LL
SOLID GORE w/ WHITEULTIMA TEGULAR GLN6 TILE W/ 9/Ib" MIS WHITE ARMSTRONG CENTER GRID IN ROOM UNLE55 NOTED OTHERWISE ON GLN6 PLAN AIJ
110 COUNSELING OFFICE 10 B 5._O.1 X 7-0CLEAR A P-5 - ---- SUPERFINE WHITE GRID- 24"X48 PURCHASE FROM REQUIRED VENDOR.
LAMINATED FULL LITE ULTIMA TEGULAR GLNG TILE W/ 9/Ib"
423 WHITE ARMSTRONG CENTER GRID IN ROOM UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON GLN6 PLAN AI.1
SOLID GORE w/ WHITE „ 1 „ i 7
III COUNSELING OFFICE II B 3-0 X 7LAMINATED FULL LITE -0CLEAR A P-5 - ---- SUPERFINE WHITE GRID- 6"X48" PURCHASE FROM REQUIRED VENDOR.
LAMINATED FULL LITE a _, x
SOLID GORE w/ WHITE _ t
112 TELEHEALTH ROOM 12 B 3'-O" X 7'
-0" CLEAR A P-5 - 1.2 ---- x
HEAVENLY M15T
113 COUNSELING OFFICE 13 B `-OLID GORE w/ WHITE 3'-0" X 'I'-O' CLEAR A P-5 - 1.1 ---- LUXURY VINYL TILE LVT-I GORBON LVT VY213 # SHAW PURCHASE FROM REQUIRED VENDOR. t
LAMINATED FULL LITE 26140fill
SOLID GORE w/ WHITEv.
114 COUNSELING OFFICE 14 B 3'-0" X 7'-0" CLEAR A P-5 - 1.1 ----
LAMINATED FULL LITE - -
CD
ar. :ter
SOLID GORE w/ WHITE ---- STATIC D1551PATIVE TIL SDT-I 5DT 51950 MARBLE BEI6E ARM5TRON6 12" x 12" , U - U
IIS COUNSELING OFFICE IS B LAMINATED FULL LITE 3'-O" X T-O' CLEAR A P-5 - LI
201 NOT USED
301 BREAKROOM 5 SOLID GORE w/ WHITE 3'-0" X 7'-0" CLEAR A P-5 - 3.0 ---- WALL BASE RB-I MANDALAY COLLECTION 24 GREY HAZE WG TARKE77 4-1/2" AT AALL5, 3" AT MILLWORK.
LAMINATED FULL LITE PURCHASE FROM REQUIRED VENDOR. Design wal construction documents u
Instrument of service ars elven In
401 TELECOM ROOM A SOLID GORE WOOD 3'-0" X 7'-0" CLEAR A P-5 - 7.0 UNDERCUT DOOR I", PER MECHANICAL PLANS. confldwas rod remain the property of
Chlstoo her F. Werke,Architect. The"
SOLID GORE w/ CLEAR SIZED TO ACCOMMODATE ADJACENT FLOORING. PURCHASE FROM of this design and these construction
501 WAITING ROOM C, 3-O" X T-0" CLEAR A P-5 - 2.0 ---- TRANSITION STRIP RB-3 GTA-XX-D 20 CHARCOAL TARKETT REQUIRED VENDOR documents for purposes other than the
GLA55 FULL LITE specific project named herein Is strictly
pmltlrd waind eo�rered evssro orrrn
601 RECEPTION A SOLID GORE WOOD 3'-0" X T-0" CLEAR A P-5 - 1.3 ---- of Christopher F. Marks. Architect.
701 LAMINATE PL-I MATTE FINISH LAMINATE 5349-58 F0551L FORMICA
801 CLOSET A SOLID GORE WOOD 3'-0" X 11-0" CLEAR A P-5 - 8.0 ---- PL-2 WOOD BRUSH FINISH LAMINATE 8844-WR AGED ASH FORMICA
PL-3 LAMINATE 8812 TINTED PAPER FORMICA
TERRAZZO
PL-4 LAMINATE WHITE FORMICA
FINISH NOTES: ROOM FINISH N07E5:
I. ALL INSTALLATIONS OF MATERIALS ARE TO BE PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS. CONTACT 1. REFER TO A2.0 FOR LOCATION OF ALL INTERIOR FINISHES. PROVIDE
ARCHITECT, CBRE PROJECT MANAGER, AND PRODUCT MANUFACTURER FOR APPROVAL BEFORE DEVIATING FROM AS SPECIFIED AND PER MANUF. RECOMMENDATIONS t SPECIFICATIONS.
SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTRUCTION.
HARDWARE 2. VERIFY FINISH MATERIAL Al GBRE PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO
2. ALL PAINT t STAIN IS TO BE SHOP APPLIED, WHERE APPLICABLE. ORDER AND INSTALLATION. PROVIDE GUT5HEET5 FOR ALL FINISH
MATERIALS t HARDWARE.
SET 0.0 - EXISTING TO REMAIN SET 3.0 - BREAK ROOM
- 6.0. TO VERIFY CORRECT OPERATION OF ALL EXISTING HARDWARE. REPAIR OR REPLACE AS NECESSARY - 1 1/2 PAIR BUTT HINGES: HALER BBI168 (ANSI 156.1, A811) 3. WHERE EXISTING FINISHES ARE TO REMAIN, G.G. TO VERIFY MATERIALS
TO ENSURE PROPER OPERATION. - LEVER LATGH5ET: 5CHLA6E ALIOS (PA55A6E LATCH) W/ 5PRIN6LATGH. BOARDWALK LEVER, COLOR 622 ARE GLEAN AND IN GOOD CONDITION, AND TO GLEAN, REPAIR, OR
(MATTE BLACK) WALL DOOR STOP: IVES W5407CCV U526D (AN5115b.Ib/5HMA L12101) REPLACE AS NECESSARY.
SET 1.0 - STANDARD - ROOM SIGN: EACH STAFF ROOM TO HAVE ONE "STAFF ONLY" SIGN. G.G. TO PURCHASE 516N5 FOR EACH
- 1 1/2 PAIR BUTT HINGES: HALER 5511b8 (ANSI 156.1, A8110 STAFF ROOM FROM Y~.OFFIGE5IGNGOMPANY.GOM; ROUND ROOM NUMBER SIGNS - ADA BRAILLE 4" 4. REFER TO MILLWORK / GASEWORK DETAILS FOR GABINETRY BASE
- LEVER LOCKSET: SGHLA6E AL70PO (CLASSROOM LOCK) W/ DEADLATGH. BOARDWALK LEVER, COLOR DIAMETER, BLACK (OPAQUE) WITH WHITE TEXT, FONT: FUTURAMOUNTIN6 OPTION: DOUBLE 51DED THIN TAPE. FINISHES.
622 (MATTE BLACK). KEYED TO MASTER KEY AND KEYED 5EPERATELY, KEYWAY TO MATCH BUILDING SIGN TO READ "STAFF ONLY" ON LINE ONE WITH NO TEXT ON LINE TWO. G.G. TO MOUNT EACH SIGN ON
STANDARD. LATCH 51DE OF DOOR AT 63" AFF TO TOP OF 516N W/ EQUAL BETWEEN DOOR FRAME AND EDGE OF SIGN. 5. REFER TO MATERIAL SCHEDULE FOR CARPET TILE PATTERNS AND
- GOAT HOOK: 505RICK 8-682 ON IN51DE OF DOOR. COORDINATE LOCATION W/ GBRE PROJECT MANAGER IF AVAILABLE SPACE 15 INSUFFICIENT, COORDINATE LOCATION IN FIELD W/ GBRE PROJECT MANAGER. DIRECTIONS.
IN FIELD. NO SUBSTITUTIONS. REFER ELEV A ON A3.3 FOR DETAILS.
- WALL DOOR STOP: IVES W5407GGV U52bD (ANSI AI5b.1b/BHMA L12101) 6. VINYL WALL BASE TO BE INSTALLED ON ALL WALL5. WALL BASE TO BE
- BOTTOM SEAL: REECE 430A AUTOMATIC DOOR BOTTOM SEAL. NO SUBSTITUTIONS. SET 4.0 TOE STYLE WHERE WALL MEETS HARD 5URFAGE FLOOR FINISHES t
TOELESS STYLE WHERE WALL MEETS CARPETED FLOOR FINISHES.
SET 1.1 - COUNSELING OFFICES - cEVER LAT-61 SET. " 1RA55"6S "T- ` " `PRINS L#,%'1. BOARDi%ALK LEVER, '^ ^R 622
- ALL HARDWARE AS INCLUDED IN SET 1.0 ' "rrTTc B "6w i
- ROOM SIGN: EACH OFFICE TO HAVE ONE SIGN PER ROOM, G.G. TO PURCHASE DOOR SIGNS FOR EACH - PE,A�'B6tT. 5611LASE
65:71
5:7 (ONE rVE19 ^r A DSO T A / 06 P A\i\/ NDI A T^fl) COLOR
622 MATTE TTE I
OFFICE DOOR FROM FROM WWW.OFFIGE5I6,NGOMPANY.COM; ROUND ROOM NUMBER 516N5 - ADA BRAILLE BL-AGiE} REQUIRED VENDORS
4" DIAMETER, BLACK (OPAQUE) WITH WHITE TEXT, FONT: FUTURAMOUNTING OPTION: DOUBLE SIDED THIN 1450 SERIE '(PARAS1 "R\" " T-E R' 6M W4 1)5
TAPE. VERIFY NUMBER W/ GBRE PROJECT MANAGER. G.G. TO MOUNT EACH 516N ON LATCH SIDE OF DOOR - 6,0 0"166' ' ""^ W45\'1 A156.16451I12101)
AT 63" AFF TO TOP OF SIGN W/ EQUAL SPACE BETWEEN DOOR FRAME AND EDGE OF SIGN. IF AVAILABLE
SPACE 15 INSUFFICIENT, COORDINATE LOCATION IN FIELD W/ GBRE PROJECT MANAGER. REFER ELEV A ON PURCHASE SIGNAGE FROM ARCHITECTURAL CEILINGS
A3.3 FOR DETAILS. 15 NATIONAL ACCOUNT VENDOR. ARMSTRONG NATIONAL ACCOUNT (GBRE F91510W:
SET 5.0 - EMPLOYEE ENTRANCE DOORREFER TO A3.2 HARDWARE NOTES
I � LIFESTANGE HEALTH
SET 1.2 - PHONE ROOM - HINGES: VERIFY OPERABILITY OF EXISTING AND REPORT STATUS TO GBRE PROJECT MANAGER. E, IPQ.
- 1 1/2 PAIR BUTT HINGES: HALER 551168 (ANSI 156.1, A811) - LEVER LOGK5ET: MODIFY TO STOREROOM FUNCTION. KEY TO BUILDINGS STANDARD AND TENANTS f r- FOR PRICING CONTACT:
- LEVER LOGK5ET: 5GHLA6E AL50PD (ENTRANGE/OFFIGE LOCK) W/ DEADLATGH. BOARDWALK LEVER, MASTER KEY. ARMSTRONG NATIONAL ACCOUNT CUSTOMER
COLOR b22 (MATTE BLACK). KEYED TO MASTER KEY. KEYWAY TO MATCH BUILDING STANDARD. - DOOR CLOSER: VERIFY OPERABILITY OF EXISTING AND REPORT STATUS TO CBRE PROJECT MANAGER. SERVICE - 800-442-4212
- WALL DOOR STOP: IVES W54070GV U526D (ANSI AI56.16/13HMA L12101) - WALL DOOR STOP: IVES W54070GV U526D (AN5115b.lb/BHMA L12101)
- BOTTOM SEAL: REECE 430A AUTOMATIC DOOR BOTTOM SEAL. NO SUBSTITUTIONS. o LIFESTANCE ACCOUNT CONTACT:
- ROOM SIGN: EACH OFFICE TO HAVE ONE SIGN PER ROOM. G.G. TO PURCHASE DOOR SIGNS FOR EACH SET b.0 - FRONT ENTRANCE DEBORAH PICKENS
OFFICE DOOR FROM FROM WWW.OFFICESI6NGOMPANY.GOM; ROUND ROOM NUMBER 516N5 - ADA BRAILLE - HINGES: VERIFY OPERABILITY OF EXISTING AND REPORT STATUS TO GBRE PROJECT MANAGER. PH: 480-695-9053
4" DIAMETER, BLACK (OPAQUE) WITH WHITE TEXT, FONT: FUTURAMOUNTIN6 OPTION: DOUBLE 51DED THIN - LEVER LOGK5ET: MODIFY TO ENTRANCE FUNCTION. KEY TO TENANTS MASTER KEY ( E: dlplckens®armstrongcellings.com
TAPE. VERIFY NUMBER W/ GBRE PROJECT MANAGER. 6.G. TO MOUNT EACH SIGN ON LATCH 51DE OF DOOR - DOOR OL05ER: VERIFY OPERABILITY OF EXISTING AND REPORT STATUS TO GBRE PROJECT MANAGER.
AT 63" AFF TO TOP OF SIGN W/ EQUAL SPACE BETWEEN DOOR FRAME AND EDGE OF SIGN. IF AVAILABLE - WALL DOOR STOP: IVES W5407GGV U526D (AN51156.16/13HMA LI2101) iyj) OFFICE DOOR SIGNS
SPACE 15 INSUFFICIENT, COORDINATE LOCATION IN FIELD W/ GBRE PROJECT MANAGER. REFER ELEV A ON ygywD{{
A3.3 FOR DETAILS. 5ET 7.0 - STAFF ROOMS �-'
ROUND ROOMER SIGNS - ADA BRAILLE
- 1 1/2 PAIR BUTT HINGES: HA6ER 851166 (ANSI 156.1, A811) 4A DIAMETER
SET 1.3 - RECEPTION - LEVER LOCK5E7: 5CHLA6E AL80PD (STOREROOM LOCK) W/ DEADLATCH AND CONVENTIONAL b-PIN BLACK (OPAQUE) WITH WHITE TEXT
- ALL HARDWARE AS INCLUDED IN SET 1.0 CYLINDER. BOARDWALK LEVER, COLOR 622 (MATTE BLACK). KEYED SEPARATELY AND MASTER KEYED, FONT: FUTURA
- ROOM SIGN: EACH STAFF ROOM TO HAVE ONE "STAFF ONLY" SIGN. 6.C. TO PURCHASE 516N5 FOR KEYWAY TO MATCH BUILDING STANDARD. MOUNTING OPTION: DOUBLE SIDED THIN TAPE
EAGH5TAFF ROOM FROM WWW.OFFICE516NGOMPANY.COM; ROUND ROOM NUMBER SIGNS - ADA 5RAILLE 4" - DOOR CLOSER: LGN 1450 SERIES (PARALLEL ARM), MATTE BLACK. (ANSI 156.4, GRADE 1) TEXT: USE OFFICE NUMBERS (JOT ROOM
DIAMETER, BLACK (OPAQUE) WITH WHITE TEXT, FONT: FUTURAMOUNTIN6 OPTION: DOUBLE SIDED THIN TAPE. - WALL DOOR STOP: IVES W54070GV U526D (AN51I5b.1b/5HMA L12101) NUMBERS), VERIFY WITH GBRE PROJECT
SIGN TO READ "STAFF ONLY" ON LINE ONE WITH NO TEXT ON LINE TWO. G.G. TO MOUNT EACH SIGN ON MANAGER
LATCH SIDE OF DOOR AT 63" AFF TO TOP OF 516N Al EQUAL BETNEEN DOOR FRAME AND EDGE OF SIGN. OFFICE SIGNAGE
IF AVAILABLE SPACE 15 INSUFFICIENT, COORDINATE LOCATION IN FIELD W/ GBRE PROJECT MANAGER. SET 8.0 - MAIL/COPY/CLOSET
REFER ELEV A ON A3.3 FOR DETAILS. - 1 1/2 PAIR BUTT HINGES: HA6ER BBI 168 (ANSI 156.1, A811) A INTERIOR ELEVATION FLOORING
- LEVER LOGK5ET: 5CHLAGE AL70PD (CLASSROOM LOCK) W/ DEADLATCH. BOARDWALK LEVER, COLOR SHAW CONTRACT
SET 2.0 - WAITING AREAS 622 (MATTE BLACK). KEYED TO MASTER KEY AND KEYED SEPARATELY, KEYWAY TO MATCH BUILDING 1/2" m T-Ow
- 1 1/2 PAIR BUTT HINGES: HAGER BBI168 (ANSI 156.1, A811) STANDARD. PRICING AND GENERAL INFORMATION CAN BE
- LEVER LOCKSET: 5CHLA6E AL80PD (STOREROOM FUNCTION) . BOARDWALK LEVER, COLOR 622 (MATTE - DOOR CLOSER: LGN 1450 SERIES (PARALLEL ARM), MATTE BLACK. (ANSI 156.4, GRADE 1) OBTAINED BY GALLING TAMMY JACKSON AT
BLACK). STOREROOM FUNCTION AL80PD. MASTER KEYED, KEYWAY TO MATCH BUILDING STANDARD. - WALL DOOR STOP: IVES W5407GCV U526D (AN5115b.lb/BHMA 1-12101) THE LIFESTANCE CUSTOMER SERVICE HOTLINE:
- DOOR CLOSER: LGN 1450 SERIES (PARALLEL ARM), GLR ANODIZED. (ANSI 156.4, GRADE 1) PH: 844-752-7429
DOOR FRAME TO ACCEPT El EGTRIG STRIKE FOR AGGE55 CONTROL SYSTEM (BY TENANT); PROVIDE 3/4" E: Ilfestance®shawlnc.com
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT ON STRIKE SIDE OF FRAME FROM 42" AFF 5TUB5ED INTO CEILING SPACE, REMOVE fo
DUST BOX. WALL BASE
Uj
TARKETT D
F_
REFERENCE NPNM609772 WHEN ORDERING 5
FOR LIFESTANCE PRICING AND AVAILABILITY
= ZW
III LU
DOOR & FRAME NOTES ACCENT LIGHTING m RBA w
GENERAL NOTES: HARDWARE NOTES: E: sales®rt»v.com = � Q w
a.
REFERENCE LIFE5TANCE FOR DISCOUNTED O S
G.G. TO INSPECT ALL EX. HARDWARE AND SYSTEMS FOR DEFECTS, DAMAGE AND OPERABILITY. IF ANY ITEMS ALL HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES, LOCKS AND OTHER OPERATING DEVICES ON ACCESSIBLE DOORS SHALL HAVE PRICING AND AVAILABILITY
OR ELEMENTS ARE FOUND TO BE INSUFFICIENT G.G. SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE AS NECE55ARY TO ENSURE A SHAPE THAT 15 EASY TO GRASP WITH ONE HAND AND DOES NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR Z CO d
COMPLETE OPERABILITY OF SYSTEM. TWISTING TO OPERATE. It
Z Ln
LaUJQ
6.G. TO FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING OF HARDWARE AND DOOR SYSTEMS. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED FIVE (5) POUNDS, PUSH t PULL.
MILLWORK
SOLID GORE RIFT GUT WHITE OAK WOOD DOORS CLEAR FACTORY FINISH PER PLANS. FRAMES TO BE KEYWAY OF ALL DOORS TO MATCH EXISTING BUILDING STANDARD KEYWAY. IF NO BUILDING STANDARD THE LEIDEN CABINET COMPANY, LLG (2385
KNOCK-DOWN HOLLOW METAL FRAMES, FACTORY PRIMED. ALL DOOR MATERIALS, FINISHES AND STYLES ETC. EXISTS, COORDINATE W/ GBRE PROJECT MANAGER FOR PROPER KEYING OF GORES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ED15ON BLVD, TWINSBUR6, OH 44087) PppJsct ND: X876
ARE TO BE COORDINATED lW GBRE PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. MARK WHITTAKER -
6G TO PROVIDE 10 MASTER KEYS AND 2 DEDICATED KEYS FOR EACH OFFICE. MWHITTAKER®LEIDENCOMPANY.COM - Dnw. By. CK
234-804-8155
ITEMS: RECEPTION DESK, BEVERAGE CABINET, Dees brae
OAK WOOD TRIM, OAK SLATTED WALLS, BLUE 07101= mawft
DOORTYPES FRAME TYPES DOOR TOPPERS, BREAKROOM CABINETS
0 6.0. 15 RESPONSIBLE TO RECEIVE AND
INSTALL ALL FJRNI5HED MILLWORK ITEMS ON
SITE, AS SHOWN IN PLANS.
a 2" 2"
Ile
oy
a_r
OU
ry
x Q Q \/
A X O
Fo
rny
L
JF / \
/ \
3m
:° EX EXB O O
'may EXISTING SINGLE EXISTING SINGLE EX O
SINGLE SOLID GORE SINGLE SOLID GORE A 3 . 2
DOOR AT ENTRY ADD DOOR AT EXIT EXI5TIN6 KNOCK-DOWN
o J RIFT GUT WHITE OAK RIFT GUT WHITE OAK W/
O a Y
,yw e FULL LITE KIT WHITE LAMINATED FULL HOLLOW METAL
ozf
rz_joo LITE
it
ham'
M DOOR AND MATERIAL
OUB ;
"o SCHEDULES
x
CLEAR FLOOR SPACE NOTES: GENERAL SITE NOTES:
1. DOORS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO SWING INTO TURING SPACES (304.4) 00s M l 80' MN 80' AIL ADJONNG SURFACE, t20 t ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES AND ACCESS AISLE SHALL BE LEVEL ~ v o
2. ONE FULL UNOBSTRUCTED SDE OF THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE MUST MAX. COUNTER SLOPE MAXIMUM PERMITTI:[I SLOPE IS t48 (5022 & 502.3) PARKING SPACE IDENTIFICATION RESERVED V m
ADJOIN AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OR ANOTHER CLEAR FLOOR SPACE (905.8) �� �~ 2 ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES MUST BE IDENTIFIED WITH A SOL
& A OLEAR FLOOR SPACE IS REQUIRED AT ANY DEVICE WITH FLARED SDE BEYOND SIGNS IDENTIFYING VAN ACCESSIBLE SPACES SHALL CONTAIN THE sKGNS SHALL BE eo• MINIMUM PARKING W (D Go m
AN OPERABLE PART (3092) DESIGNATION IRAN ACCESSIBLE'. SKIM SHALL BE MINIMUM 80' FROM ABOVE PARKING SPACE SURFACE
� � v `n
LAIDIIO RAMP RUN LANDING RU4 • CURB RAMP THE PARKING SURFACE TO THE BOTTOM OF THE SIBYL (50222 &5022.9) e o v
i .' ; YAM YAN 0
7 RAMP = L
tr 38' 12' LANDING § / (� m° o
MN MN MK (a) COURTIER SLOPE OF SURFACES ADJACENT TO CURB RAMPS X80' MN w atat cr)
ABOVE
( / STRAKRHT Fig. 406.2 20J-0' MN Y pApKlp +C� o m 01
p / \ Ll
NJ
RILL LENGTH OF PUl IF SPACE CURB LINE o-1 SURFACE N U N
! I J b RAMP NOTES: 73 j 4
r J L 1 CHANGEIN tx ii LU
eD 1. MAXIMUM RAMP SLOPE SHALL BE t:t2 (405.2) DIRECTION
r r m UjW
\ 2. MAXIMUM CROSS SLOPE OF RAMP SHALL BE t48 (405.9) RESERVED =
/ 9. MNMILIM CLEAR WIDTH OF A RAMP SHALL BE 38'WDE (405.5) I MATCH CURB
L __ _ _ _ J - - ' 4. RAMPS WITH A RISE GREATER THAN 8' SHALL HAVE RAMP LANDING & I RAMP �m d a I ; PARKING o W
HAIDRALS, AND SHALL COMPLY w/ SECTION 505 (405.8) Fig. 405.7
"" so• PARKING ARKING H
f
Fla. 904.32 Ref. 304.9.1 K g
T-SHAPED SPACE CIRCULAR SPACE �m p2• MN, I I6' WL Or WL I = •
I6' YN 80 Mt*L
VAN ACCESSIBLE r IVAN ACCESSIBLE E;6
LL
TURNING SPACE x + 72' 1r tTD MAX t10 PEON TYPICAL VEHICLE PARKING SPACES & ACCESS AISLE OPTIONAL VAN ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE & ACCESS AISLE VAN
Ref. Section 304 ELOPE DPL ELOPE DPL Ref. Figures 502.2 & 502.3 Ref. Section 502.2 Exception W wi ACCESSisLE
�A�R E 4,
36- a Ref. Section 405.92 FE9. 405.9.1 SURFACE Ix a
• A BARRIER CURB EXTENDED FLOOR OR PUN PASSENGER LOADING ZONE ACCESS AISLE VEHICAL PARKING SPACES & ACCESS AISLE �-
BO' w t a +�°
X MK GROUND SURFACE Ref. Figures 406.3 & 406A Fig. 509.9 Ref. Section 502 tt
x EDGE PROTECTION IDENTIFICATION
Ref. Section 405.9 Ref. Section 502.6
I I �
SOL72 RAMPS CURB RAMPS PARKING & PASSENGER LOADING ZONES D..Ign and construction documents as
Fla. 9057.1 Ref. Section 405 Ref. Section 406 Ref. Sections 502 & 503 Instruments of service are given In
confidence and remain the property of
0.0 tapir F. kNks,Ardeect. The w
CLEAR FLOOR SPACE N ALCOVES
r APPIgACM 1 I-APpnoActf - odocunents for�pohseess other thantthe
APPROACIt -- ' E
specific project nenws hereto Is ctrictly
ases
- - - - TACTILE SIC>t4 NOTES: roject wants&Is strictly
F AC of Ch is expressed!
�. t RAISED CHARACTERS SHALL of Christopher F. felerke, Architect.
I 4'-0 V4• r APPAOAgI _' MN :I :. /.� an I BE LDU LICATEDWITH 7BRAILLE
��
m b 18' CHARACTER SHALLCOMPLYING WITH 9 RAISED
r PEAet rER
I I I I I I 1 v4'-r wr
1 1 I 1 I 1
CIRCULAR MFY mWL A b u •oo :•o °.: INSTALLED N ACCORDANCE WITH
L - - - - J L - - J - -- - M' I „ oo eo 70&4. (7032)
90• 48' ,VJ 2 V4 tie �t 2. BRAILLE SHALL BE CONTRACTED
MAX
v "
HEIGHT OF RAISED (GRADE 2) AND SHALL COMPLY
(e.) (a.) (b.) (a) (a) CHARACTERS POSI710N OF BRALE & BRAILLE SHALL BE WITH 703.3 AND 9.4. (703.3)
CLEAR FLOOR SPACE FORWARD APPROACH PARALLEL APPROACH >v FRONT APPROACH FRONT APPROACK PULL SDE FRONT APPROACH, PUSH SDE FRONT APPROACH, PUSH SDE; PILL SDE :�^�� Fig. 709.2.5 Flg. 709.9.2 BELOW THE CORRESPONDING
Flg. 905.9 N. 905.5 (a) Fla. 905.5 (b) �
DOOR w/ BOTH CLOSER & LATCH ) . 1 BRAILLE SHALL BE PLACED BELOW
HANDRAIL CLEARANCES NON-CRCUJIR HANDRAIL CROSS SECTIONS �/ I TEXT. IF TEXT IS MULTI-UNIED,
\� THE ENTRE TEXT. (703.92)
e _ 4. PICTOMAMS SHALL HAVE A FEW
Fig. 505.5 & 505.6 Fig. 505.72 - I _
MINIMUM CLEAR FLOOR SPACE X�1 1 2r �°
to � HEIGHT of 8 INCFE8 (150 MM)
<• A (�aI
I I 19 MNIMUML CHARACTERS AND
Ref. Sections 304 & 305 -- - d 13 3 1> x L J BRAILLE SHALL NOT BE LOCATED
HANDRAIL SIZES & CLEARANCES I I c� I � N THE PICTOGRAM FELD. (70&8.1
• CENTER LIE 5. PICTOGRAMS AND TFER FELD
1 1 98' ro 42• 1 tl r \\ 18• OF TACTILE SHALL HAVE A NON-GLARE FINISH.
MIN. CHARACTERS PK;TOGRAMS SHALL CONTRAST
J \ WITH THEIR FIELD WITH EITHER A
ON A DARK
V4' Vr Vr (b-) (d) (�) (f,) (�) ? --- LOCATION OF TACTILE
SOS AT DOORS FIELD OR AODARK PICTOGRAM ON
MAX a MAX MAX. SDE APPROACH HINGE APPROACH, PUL SDE NNE APPIROACK PILL WE HINGE APPROACH, PUSH SDE PUSH ON z A LIGHT FIELD. (709.8.2)
ff- _ i .l.
F ik k - - -I TACTILE eo• AFF
/ Q r �4e� some MAz.$
Fig. 3032 Fla. 309.9 Fig. 9022 6 00 1 1 I 1 /
CHANGES IN LEVEL CARPET PILE THICKNESS STARS RAMPS WALKING SURFACES N I /
2r 24 2424 / TACTILE CHARACTER HfK3HlT ABOVE FLOOR
Fla. 505A (a) Fig. 505.4 (b) Fla. 505.4 (c) < MIHL � i I 1!L � I 1!L i L-� F 709.4.1
CHANGES N LEVEL GREATER THAN VL Vr / F
SHALL BE RAMPED, AND SHALL COMPLY w/ MAX I I HANDRAIL HEIGHTS (G) (a.) (h.) (L) (c-) \ TACTILE SIGNS
BECTON 405 OR 408 (608.4) Ref. Section 505 POCKET OR FNGE APPROACH HINGE APPROACH, PUSH SDE; LATCH APPROACH, PULL SDE LATCH APPROACH, PILL SDE; PUSH SDE \\ Ref. Section 709
DOOR w/ BOTH CLOSER & LATCH DOOR w/ CLOSER DOOR w/ BOTH CLOSER & LATCH
LONG DIMENSION - J
PERPENDICULAR TO X T-0' MANUAL SWINGING i
ROUTE OF TRAVEL MN 2' `o �+ �I (9:
5 z I € DOORS & GATES RECESSED DOORS & GATES
❑MIN. �L WL 24' 24' g Ra. 4042 I Fig. 4042.9'�` . TREAD + g + �l°1
y - ❑ 3 MANEUVERING CLEARANCE NOTES: r�1 2010 ADA STANDARDS
O a / (d) t DOORS, DOORWAYS AND GATES PROVIDING USER PASSAGE SHALL I
�' STOP OR LATCH APPROACH
� � COYPLY (208.5)
2. ADJUST DOOR CLOSERS SO THAT THE DOOR TAKES AT LEAST 5 ACCESSIBLE GUIDELINE S
DOORWAYS w/o DOORS, SLDNG G) (k) SECONDS TO MOVE FROM 90 DEGREE OPEN POSITION TO 12 DEGREES
FROM LATCH (4042.8)
OPEHENGS N BOOR OR GROUD BRACE BOTTOM TOP BOTTOM TOP DOORS. GATES & FOLDING DOORS LATCH APPROACK KISH SDE LATCH APPROACH, PUSH SDE (�)
Ref. Section 9025 Fla. 505.10.9 Fla. 505.102 Fla. 4042.42 Dip w/ �O�p 8. FRE DOORS SHALL HAVE MINIMUM OPENING FORCE ALLOWABLE BY THE THIS DRAWING IS A REPRESENTATIVE SUMMARY OF THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE 2010 ADA
BlI<DNG AND FRE CODES. OTHER INTERIOR DOORS, 5 POURS STANDARDS THAT MAY BE APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT. WHERE SPECIFIC DIMENSIONAL
MAXIMN (4042.9) INFORMATION AND CLEARANCES ARE NOT NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, CONSTRUCT TO THE
4. MANEUVEIM CLEARANCES ARE REQUIRED AT AUTOMATIC DOORS CLEARANCES AND TOLERANCES DEPICTED ON ACCESSIBLE GUIDELINES SHEET($). WHERE DRAWINGS
HANDRAIL EXTENSIONS 0 RAMP HANDRAIL EXTENSIONS 0 STAIR MANEUVERING CLEARANCES UNLESS DOOR OPERATION HAS STANDBY POWER (404.92) DOORS & GATES IN SERIES SPECIFICALLY INDICATE DIFFERENT OR CONFLICTING (FORMATION WITH THE STANDARDS, CONSTRUCT
FLOOR & GROUND SURFACES Fla. 505.10.1 Ref. Section 40425 Fig. 4042.6 USING THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENT OR CONTACT THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION.
Ref. Sections 302 & 303
NOTE:
MAXIMUM SLOPE OF A TREADNOTE
SURFACE SHALL BE t48 (504A) ANY OPERABLE PART OF ANY
Sr MN 1/r RADIUS MAX, DEVICE SHALL BE INSTALLED NK T
8'
I-Vr MAX. TYP. FOR ALL WITHIN THE REACHES SHOWN (309)
30'MAX PROFILES 20' MAX >20'-25' 108 100
3r MN. ro) MAX. MAX. +10'-24• -- -
1
SI DING DOOR BEVELED ORCUIIIIVID
y y I I 1
OHM/
060/'
/ tY > E L >r L 25' to
o
/ MAX / WL MAX
(a) FM
(G) F4 NU (b) Fig. 604.6 (c) & (d) ELEVATION PLAN ELEVATION PLAN to
HINGED DOOR FOLDING DOOR ANS® RISER NOSING PROJECTION g08I18 � (a) (b) (a) (b)
Fla. 9082.11 Fla. 90822 Fla. 308111 Fig. 30&32 Fla. 3082 Fig. 3085 2 z w
UNOBSTRUCTED OBSTRUCTED HIGH FORWARD REACH UNOBSTRUCTED SDE REACH OBSTRUCTED HIGH SDE REACH TOE CLEARANCES KNEE CLEARANCES F W W
Ir
FORWARD REACH Q W P N
CLEAR WIDTH OF DOORWAYS STAIRWAYS & HANDRAILS REACH RANGES KNEE & TOE CLEARANCES w > CO
Ra. 40428 Ref. Sections 504 & 505 Ref. Section 908 Ref. Section 306 2 a Q
� O O
NOTES: 40 MAX 3r ALTERNATE DOOR 8' MN TOILET ROOM NOTES:
/ t PROTRUDING OBJECTS SHALL NOT REDUCE THE t A TURNING SPACE PER SECTION i KNEE
FOUNTAIN NOTES F-
I
MN LOCATION t K1� & TOE CLEARANCE COMPLYING � Z 0:
/ REQl1RED WIDTH OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE (307.5) - - - - 304 IS REQUIRED WITHIN A WITH 306 WILL BE PROVIDED (WU) Z to Q
/ \ 2 PROTRUIDNG OBJECTS ON A CIRCULATION PATH TOILET ROOM (6032-1) 2. WHERE A DRNa40 FOURAN IS w ^ C7
SHALL COMPLY w/ SECTKx4 907 (204.1 I PARTITION 2. ONLY THE FOLLOWING OBJECTS H W H
REQUIRED, TWO SHALL BE FRONDED
1 I ARE PERMITTED TO OVERLAP ONE HIGH & ONE LOW (2tt2)
\ I ! I A CLEAR FLOOR
I BARS, DISPENSERS,ED SANITARY SAI Y� S sP�ACE COMPLYSHALL �ir�G wITH Project NIL W76
ANCE:1 _ I f POSRNNED FOR FORWARD APPROACH
- m 1 I �L P �S A SHELVES(60492) AND CENTERED ON UIT (8022) Sir CIC
I
' ! PROTECT SHADED AREA I CLEAR r L - _ I 9 FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE
( I ( I I FROM CROSS-TRAFFIC I WIDTH MAX. Or MK A"ROAcn MAX / 1 AnnoAcx Rete Moue
C I I 6. � LOCATED
ON THE
(T�4� � 5• �5 m1IB1�21 elf�enr+c
'- 1 (a) (c) I 411" YK e0' YIL 4. URINALS SHALL HAVE A CLEAR MAX MIL
4r IfL 58' MN w/ WALL MTD. W.C.
Fla. 8045.1 ELEVATION PLAN FLOOR SPACE COMPLYING WITH
/ 1 x CLEARANCE AT WATER CLOSETS 59• MN w/ FIA. MTD. W.C. 1 305 POSITIONED FOR FORWARD 1
APPROACH AND CENTERED ON cEw
e I WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE TOILET UR (6055) FLOOR
•
AM
e 5. LAVATORIES SHALL HAVE A
WHEELCHAIR ACCESSIBLE TOILET COMPARTMENT COMPARTMENT TOE CLEARANCE AMBULATORY ACCESSIBLE TOILET COMPARTMENT
0 4r MN X 4r MIL 98' MIL X Sr MIL Ref. Section 804 Fig. 804.8.2 Fig. 804.8.2 CLEAR BOOR SPACE COMPLYING L --
< 48' < 48' CANE DETECTION AREA
(RALNG OR BARRICADE) I WITH AR POSITIONED FOR
m Fla. 40352 (a) N. 409.52 (b) FORWARD APPROACH AND
Fig. 9075 Fig. 9072 L ' i f CENTERED ON UR (8082) DRINKING FOUNTAIN SPOUT LOCATION
6. EXPOSED WATER SUPPLY AND Fig 802.5
CLEAR WIDTH$ AT 180 DEGREE TURNS VERTICAL CLEARANCES LIMITS OF PROTRUDING OBJECTS / DRAIN PIPES SHALL BE
o $4' MN 98• MN ;t INSULATED. THERE SHALL BE NO
I MIRROR SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES
a 1 V4e-2' t-Vr ' 42{ MK 12' MAX it MN � �
F s 48• qAR UNDER LAVATORIES (606.5)
mMAYL � T/ GRAB BAR _ \ 7. INSTALL GRAB BARS TO
�� m WITHSTAND NOT LEGS THAN A
i ////-%/ %/////% /%i 9 y / RUSH CONTROL � -C 250 POUR FORCE APPLIED AT 7
3 (OPEN SDE) ANY POINT ON THE BAR (609.8) dj
ACCESSIBLE ROUTE NOTE I- iX
4
THE SLOPE OF A WALKING SURFACE ALONG AN x > 112 $ I i § 36
l - ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL NOT BE STEEPER THAN t20 I
o AND CROSS SLOPES SHALL NOT EXCEED t48 (402) 'WIZAT 77
Ref. 802.7 Rei. 8024
/ / � / A4 . 0
W (b) r 9' t lee tr ;I w
c o Fla. 9075 (e) Fla. 9075 (b) PROrECTNG OBJECTS RECESSED OBJECTS DISPENSER OUTLET saftgu I 1�1 DRINKING FOUNTAIN OUTLET
o CLEAR WIDTHS LOCATION € F HEIGHTS
O FIa. 403.5.1 POST-MOUNTED PROTRUDING OBJECTS SPACING OF GRAB BARS TOILET URINAL LAVATORY
� o F
Fig. 809.9 Ref. Section 805 Ref. Sections 808 & 809.9
'252 ACCESSIBLE ROUTE PROTRUDING OBJECTS TOILET ROOM CLEARANCES & MOUNTING HEIGHTS DRINKING FOUNTAIN ACCESSIBILITY
�o%`. Ref. Section 402 Ref. Section 307 Ref. Chapter 6 Ref. Section 602
SECTION 00 7200 - GENERAL CONDRIONS 3.01 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION C. Products S ecified b Namin One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for reference points during construction. or roofing material manufacturer.
P Y 9 A. Treated Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements of AWPA U1 - Use
FORM OF GENERAL CONDITIONS A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named. F. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make F. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle plastic Category System for wood treatments determined by use categories, expected
AIA Document A201, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, 2007 conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality. D. Specifications are, in general, written to be non-proprietary, however; where no changes without prior written notice to Architect. coverings if possible. service conditions, and specific applications. � 0 0
Edition. 3.10 SYSTEM STARTUP v q
B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. specific products are required, for example a certain size, color, texture, G. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices. 1. F re-Retardant Treated Wood: Mark each piece of wood with producer's stamp
configuration or other characteristic, manufacturer and product information are H. Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and la out b instrumentation and A. Coordinate schedule for start-u of various a ui ment ands stems. indicating compliance with specified requirements. m m
SECTION 01 2000 - PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request rovided on the drawin s in the form of notes or schedules as a ro riate. Y Y P 9 P Y LU
P 9 pp P similar a ro riate means: 2. Preservative-Treated Wood: Provide lumber and plywood marked or stamped rn m 0
1.01 SCHEDULE OF VALUES clarification from Architect before proceeding. PP P B. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper N
1. Substitutions for products so indicated will be considered in accordance with 1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading, fill and topsoil lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions that by an ALSC-accredited testing agency, certifying level and type of treatment i v x
A. Submit a printed schedule on AIA Form G703 - Application and Certificate for D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where "Substitution Procedures" of this s ecification Section. in accordance with AWPA standards. - m v >,
P placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations. may cause damage. o C
Pa ment Continuation Sheet. Contractors standard form or electronic media more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher 2.03 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS ¢ ° a
Y 2. Grid or axis for structures. C. Verif tests, meter readin s, and s ecified electrical characteristics a ree with B. F re Retardant Treatment:
rintout will be considered. standards or more precise workmanship. Y 9 P 9 >, o
P A. Furnish extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software of types and in 3. Building foundation, column locations, ground floor elevations. those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. 1. Exterior Type: AWPA U1, Category UCFB, Commodity Specification H, chemically V 0 o
1.02 APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS E. Have Work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quantities specified in individual specification sections. Deliver and place in 3.05 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS treated and pressure impregnated; capable of providing a maximum flame E -o "
unlit D. Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and W `m ri
A. Form: AIA G702 Application and Certificate for Payment and AIA G703 - q y location as directed; obtain receipt prior to final payment. spread rating of 25 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, with no N
Continuation Sheet including continuation sheets when required. F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as A. In addition to compliance with regulatory requirements, conduct construction tested. evidence of significant combustion when test is extended for an additional 20 Q 0 > a
instructed b the manufacturer. operations in compliance with NFPA 241, including applicable recommendations in E. Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel and minutes both before and after accelerated weathering test performed in � m fO
1.03 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES Y 3.01 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Appendix A. N (J a
G. Secure roducts in lace with ositive anchors a devices desi ned and sized to manufacturer's representative in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. accordance with ASTM D2898.
A. Contractor may propose a change by submitting a request for change to P P P 9 9 A. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: B. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with 3.11 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION a. Kiln dry wood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 ix W
Architect, describin the ro osed chane and its full effect on the Work, with a withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement. 9 P P P manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and so as to avoid waste due percent for lumber and 15 percent for plywood. LU
9 P P 9 1. Has investi ated ro osed roduct and determined that it meets or exceeds
statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on the Contract 3.02 TOLERANCES the ualit level of the s ecified roduct. A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to Owner's personnel prior
q Y P P to necessity for replacement. b. Do not use treated wood in direct contact with the round.
Sum and Contract Time with full documentation and a statement describing the to date of Substantial Completion. 9 =
A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce 2. Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified C. Make vertical elements Iumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise 2. Interior T e A: AWPA U1, Use Cate o UCFA, Commodit S ecification H, low
effect on Work by separate or other contractors. Document any requested P YP 9 rY Y P d
acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate. product. B. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing,
substitutions ass ecified. indicated. temperature (low hygroscopic) type, chemically treated and pressure
P 3. Will coordinate installation and make chan es to other Work that ma be maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at scheduled time, at C� lil
B. Comply with manufacturers' tolerances except where industry standard tolerances 9 y D. Install e p g p y g 1 e ui ment location. im re Hated; ca able of rovidin a maximum flame s read rutin of 25
1.04 APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. qui ment and Hine s Iumb and level, neat) ali ned with ad'acent q P P 9 P P 9 P 9 F
are more restrictive. Should manufacturers' tolerances conflict with Contract vertical and horizontal lines, unless otherwise indicated. when tested in accordance with ASTM E84, with no evidence of significant
A. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified for progress payments, Documents, re uest clarification from Architect before proceeding. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently C. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration combustion when test is extended for an additional 20 minutes. 40
identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining q become apparent. E. Make consistent texture on surfaces, with seamless transitions, unless otherwise for other season within six months.
due. C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in indicated. a. Kiln dry wood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 dr
place. 5. Will reimburse Owner and Architect for review or redesign services associated D. Provide a qualified person who is knowledgeable about the Project to perform percent for lumber and 15 percent for plywood.
B. Application for Final Payment will not be considered until the following have been with substitution. F. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and demonstration and instruction of owner ersonnel. _
3.03 TESTING AND INSPECTION P b. Treat rough carpentry items as indicated.
accomplished: B. Substitutions will not be considered when the are indicated or im lied on sho appearance. o LL
1. All closeout rocedures s ecified. A. See individual specification sections for testing and inspection required. y P P E. Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review c. th not use treated wood in applications exposed to weather or where
P P drawing or product data submittals, without prior written request, or when G. Do not install products that are defective, including warped, bowed, dented, contents of manual with Owner's personnel in detail to explain all aspects of the wood may become wet.
2. Final waivers of lien shall be submitted. B. Testing Agency Duties: acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. chipped, cracked or broken members, and members with damaged finishes. operation and maintenance. C. Preservative Treatment:
1. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in C. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 3.06 ALTERATIONS AND SELECTIVE DEMOLITION F. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when 1. Preservative Pressure Treatment of Lumber Above Grade: AWPA U1, Use IST > f r
performance of services. .,0
A. Perform an en ineerin surve of buildin t t r i
SECTION 01 3000 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 1. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the g g y g o de e m ne whether demolition need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. Category UC3B, Commodity Specification A using waterborne preservative to �
2. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with ro osed roduct a uivalence. Burden of roof is on ro oser. o erations mi ht result in structural deficient or un tanned calla se of an - x
1.02 PROJECT COORDINATION P P P q P P P P 9 Y P P Y 3.12 ADJUSTING 0.25 Ib/cu ft retention. C
specified standards. 2. The Architect will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject portion of structure or adjacent structures. � i 0
A. Provide for mobilization areas of site; for field offices and sheds, for access, A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered a. Kiln dry lumber after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 % .,, w -: - a 6�'
3. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract re uest. B. Drawin s showin existin construction and utilities are based on existin record Q' t ` r.
traffic, and parking facilities. During construction, coordinate use of site and q 9 9 9 9 operation. percent.
Documents. 3.02 OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS documents onl = '
facilities. Y' 3.13 FINAL CLEANING b. Treat lumber in contact with roofin flashin or water roofin + a �+
4. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities or g' g' P g' I - - = w
B. Establish procedures for intra-project communications; submittals, reports and non-conformance of Work or products. A. Owner's Responsibilities: 1. Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as shown. 9 P P c. Treat lumber in contact with mason or concrete. a �. w
A. Execute final cleanin rior to Substantial Com Ietion. Clean areas to be O •?. A
records, schedules, coordination drawings, and recommendations; and resolution 1. Arran a for and deliver Owner reviewed sho drawin s, roduct data, and 2. Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation. d. Treat lumber less than 18 inches above rade. w � a
5. Perform additional tests and inspections required by Architect. 9 P 9 P occupied by Owner prior to final completion before Owner occupancy. 9 `'!
of ambiguities and conflicts. samples, to Contractor. 3. Beginning of alterations work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions. v
6. Submit reports of all tests/inspections specified. B. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous. 1) Treat lumber in other locations as indicated. z
C. Coordinate the use of temporary utilities and construction facilities. 2. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site. C. Keep areas in which alterations are being conducted separated from other areas 2. Preservative Pressure Treatment of Plywood Above Grade: AWPA U1, Use .
C. Limits c Testingo Inspection Agency Authority: 3. Submit claims for transportation damage and replace damaged, defective, or that are still occu ied. Provide, erect, and maintain tem ora dust roof C. Clean interior and exterior glass, surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary
P P rY P Category UC2 and UC3B, Commodity Specification Fusing waterborne
D. Coordinate field engineering and layout work. artitians of constructions ecified in Section 01 5000. labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces,
1. Agency may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract deficient items. P P preservative to 0.25 Ib/cu ft retention. oo•ps.m aef *• Ina re ow r
F. Make the submittals to Architect, where required by the Contract Documents, Documents. vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. inovo..ns. or aarrloa •r•pa•n M
through the General Contractor. 4. Arrange for manufacturers' warranties, inspections, and service. D. Maintain weatherproof exterior building enclosure except for interruptions required D. Remove all labels that are not ermanent. Do not aint or otherwise cover fire a. Kiln dry plywood after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 000lldanaa�q romapi dN prapMp b
2. Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the Work. for replacement or modifications; take care to prevent water and humidity P P percent. a.rmpi F. Mr4Ardom Tioum
1. Allow 10 business days for Architect's review. 3. A enc ma not assume an duties of Contractor. B. Contractor's Responsibilities: damn e. test labels or nameplates on mechanical and electrical equipment. or nd•d*Wp mil dion o•miniadw
9 Y Y Y 9 b. Treat plywood in contact with roofing, flashing, or waterproofing. dowimib r«q.peon o%w Um p,o
1. Review Owner reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. E. Clean a ui ment and fixtures to a sanita condition with cleanin materials
4. Agency has no authority to stop the Work. 1. Where openings in exterior enclosure exist, provide construction to make q �P rY 9 c. Treat I wood in contact with mason or concrete. �'0w° ""~d"'r'aiYitr�'
2.01 PROJECT MEETINGS 2. Receive and unload products at site; inspect for completeness or damage and exterior enclosure weatherproof. appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned. PY ry nom_ uWod■inind.re000w..•
D. Contractor Responsibilities: report damaged, defective, or deficient items to Owner. d. Treat plywood less than 18 inches above grade. or ahrlataphor F. Marto,Arolft"t.
A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work. 1. Deliver to a enc at desi nated location, ade uate sam les of materials 2. Insulate existing ducts or pipes that are exposed to outdoor ambient F. Replace filters of operating equipment. e. Treat wood in other locations as indicated.
9 Y 9 q P 3. Handle, store, install and finish products. temperatures by alterations work. PY
B. Make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, proposed to be used that require testing, along with proposed mix designs. G. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems.
4. Repair T replace items damaged after receipt. E. Remove existin work as indicated and as re uired to accom lish new work.
preside at meetings. Distribute meeting minutes to Owner and Architect. 2. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work and to 9 q P H. Clean site; swee aved areas, rake clean landsca ed surfaces. 3.01 INSTALLATION - GENERAL
3.03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING P P P
2.02 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE manufacturers' facilities. 1. Remove rotted wood, corroded metals, and deteriorated masonry and concrete;
A. Trans ort and handle roducts in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. re lace with new constructions ecified. I. Remove waste, surplus materials, trash/rubbish, and construction facilities from A. Select material sizes to minimize waste.
A. Prepare detailed construction schedule. 3. Provide incidental labor and facilities: P P P P the site; dispose of in legal manner; do not burn or bury.
2.03 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS a. To provide access to Work to be tested/inspected. B. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, 2. Remove items indicated on drawings. B. Reuse scrap to the greatest extent possible; clearly separate scrap for use on
3.14 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES site as accesso com onents, includin shims, bracin g.
A. Submit hoto ra hs with each a lication for a ment, taken not more than 3 b. To obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. 3. Relocate items indicated on drawings. ry p g: g, and blockin
P 9 P PP P Y 3.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION 4. Where new surface finishes are to be applied to existing work, perform A. In addition to the requirements of AIA A201, General Conditions of the Contract C. Where treated wood is used on interior, provide temporary ventilation during and
days prior F submission of application for payment. be tested/inspected. removals, patch, and prepare existing surfaces to receive new finish; remove for Construction, comply with the following: immediately after installation sufficient to remove indoor air contaminants.
2.04 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION RFI c. To facilitate tests ins ections. A. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. 1. Make submittals that are re uired b overnin or other authorities. Provide
( ) / P existing finish if necessary for successful application of new finish. q Y 9 9 3.02 BLOCKING, NAILERS, AND SUPPORTS
A. A standard RFI form shall be utilized, and an electronic version of the RFI form d. To provide storage and curing of test samples. B. Store with seals and labels intact and legible. 5. Where new surface finishes are not s ecified or indicated, atch holes and copies to Owner.
4. Provide testin and ins ection a enc sufficient notice rior to ex ected time P P 2. Com 1 A. Provide framing and blocking members as indicated or as required to support
is available from the architect. 9 P 9 Y P � P C. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or damaged surfaces to match adjacent finished surfaces. py with requirements of Section 01780, Closeout Submittals. finishes, fixtures, specialty items, and trim.
B. Res onse to an RFI is not authorization for a chane in Contract Sum or a for operations requiring testing/inspection services. staining. 3. Notify Architect when work is considered ready for Substantial Completion.
P 9 F. Services (Including but not limited to HVAC, Plumbing, Fire Protection, Electrical, B. In framed assemblies that have concealed spaces, provide solid wood
change in Contract Time. If either are affected, indicate on the RFI or attached 5. Arrange with Owner's agency and pay for additional samples, tests, and 4. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed work
Telecommunications, and Alarm systems): Remove, relocate, and extend existing fireblocking as required by applicable local code, to close concealed draft
documentation, and proceed in accordance with provisions of Section 01 2000 inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements. SECTION O1 7000 - IXECUTION REQUIREMENTS s stems to accommodate new construction. has been inspected, and that work is complete in accordance with Contract
Y openings between floors and between top story and roof/attic space; other
for Modification Procedures. E. Re-testin re uired because of non-conformance to s ecified re uirements shall Documents and ready for review.
9 q P Q 1.01 QUALIFICATIONS 1. Maintain existing active systems that are to remain in operation; maintain material acceptable to code authorities may be used in lieu of solid wood
2.05 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW be performed by the same agency. access to a ui ment and o erational com onents; if necessa 5. Correct items of work listed in executed Certificates of Substantial Completion
A. For demolition work, employ a firm specializing in the type of work required. q P P P ry, modify and comply with requirements for access to Owner-occupied areas. blocking.
A. When the following are specified in individual sections, submit them for review: F. Re-testing required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall Minimum of 5 ears of ex erience. installation to allow access or provide access panel.
y P 6. Complete items of work determined by final inspection. C. w walls, provide blocking attached to studs u backing and support for
1. Product data, Shop drawings, Samples for selection, Samples for verification. be paid for by Contractor. 2. Where existing systems or equipment are not active and Contract Documents wall-mounted items, unless item can be secure) fastened to two or more studs
B. Far survey work, employ a land surveyor registered in state where project is 3.15 MAINTENANCE y
B. Samples will be reviewed only for aesthetic, color, or finish selection. 3.04 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES require reactivation, put back into operational condition; repair supply, or other method of su ort is ex licit) indicated.
located. PP P Y
distribution, and equipment as required. A. Provide service and maintenance of components indicated in specification
2.06 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product C. For field engineering, employ a professional engineer of the discipline required D. Where ceiling-mounting is indicated, provide blocking and supplementary supports
3. Where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced sections.
A. When the followin are s ecified in individual sections, submit them for suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site for s ecific service on Pro'ect, licensed in state where ro ect is located. above ceiling, unless other method of support is explicitly indicated.
9 P P 1 P 1 with new services, maintain existing systems in service until new systems are B. Maintenance Period: As indicated ins ecification sections or, if not indicated,
information: conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, P E. S ecificall , rovide the followin non-structural framin and blockin
D. For design of temporary shoring and bracing, employ a Professional Engineer complete and ready for service. not less than one ear from the Date of Substantial Com Ietion or the len th P y P 9 9 g'
start-up of equipment, test, adjust and balance of equipment as applicable, Y P 9
1. Design data, Certificates, Test reports, Inspection reports, Manufacturer's experienced in design of this type of work and licensed in state where project a. Disable existin s stems onl to make switchovers and connections; of the s ecified warrant , whichever is Ion er. 1. Handrails.
and to initiate instructions when necessary. 9 Y y P Y 9 2. Grab bars.
instructions, Manufacturer's field reports. is located. minimize duration of outages. C. Furnish service and maintenance of com onents indicated ins ecification
B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or P P
B. Submit for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator or for Owner. No 1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS b. Coordinate timing of service interruptions and shut-downs with the sections. 3. Toilet room accessories.
installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written owner and affected occu ants. 3.03 ROOF-RELATED CARPENTRY
action will be taken. A. Comply with Safeguards During Construction requirements as outlined in the P
instructions. D. Examine system components at a frequency consistent with reliable operation.
2.07 NUMBER OF COPIES OF SUBMITTALS International Building Code, Chapter 33, edition as adopted at the project c. Provide temporary connections to maintain existing systems in service. Clean, ad ust, and lubricate as re uired. A. Coordinate installation of roofing carpentry with deck construction, framing of
3.05 CORRECTION j q
A. Documents for Review: Submit one co electronicall in. df file format. location. 4. Verify that abandoned services serve only abandoned facilities. roof openings, and roofing assembly installation.
PY Y P A. Replace Work or portions of the Work not conforming to specified requirements. E. Include systematic examination, adjustment, and lubrication of components.
B. For demolition work comply with ANSI A10.6. 5. Remove abandoned pipe, ducts, conduits, and equipment, including those 3.04 INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION PANELS
B. Documents for Information: Submit one copy electronically in.pdf format. above accessible ceilings; remove back to source of supply where possible, Repair or replace parts whenever required. Use parts produced by the
C. Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and manufacturer of the original component. A. Roof Sheathing: Secure panels with long dimension perpendicular to framing
C. Samples: Submit the number specified in individual specification sections, but not SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES. CONTROLS & SIGNS otherwise cap stub and tag with identification; patch holes left by removal
less than 3; one of which will be retained by Architect. maintain pumping equipment. using materials specified for new construction. F. Maintenance service shall not be assigned or transferred to any agent or members, with ends staggered and over firm bearing.
2.08 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.01 TEMPORARY UTILITIES D. Protect site from puddling or running water. subcontractor without prior written consent of the Owner. 1. At long edges use sheathing clips where joints occur between roof framing
A. Provide and pay for electrical power, lighting, water, heating and cooling, and G. Protect existing work to remain. members.
A. Transmit electronic submittals via a-mail. Include in the a-mail identification of E. Protect areas not undergoing alteration as specified for protection of installed 1. Prevent movement of structure; rovide shorin and bracin if necessa
ventilation required for construction purposes. work. P 9 9 ry' 2. Screw panels to framing; staples are not permitted.
the attachments as a submittal for review or for information. Do not include 2. Perform cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specified for cutting SECTION 01 7800 - CLOSEOUT SUBMffTALS
uestions, comments, information or attachments ertainin to other than the B. Provide, maintain, and pay for telecommunications services including internet F. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissi ate humidit and B. Wall Sheathing: Secure with long dimension perpendicular to wall studs, with
q P 9 P Y. new work. 1.01 SUBMITTALS
connection to field office, through duration of project. ends over firm bearing and staggered, using nails, screws, or staples.
submittal being sent in any submittal a-mail. to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. 3. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work. A. Pro'ect Record Documents: Submit documents to Owner when submittin final C. Communications and Electrical Room Mounting Boards: Secure with screws to
1.02 BARRIERS 1 9
1. MAXIMUM 8MB ATTACHMENT SIZE. G. Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from demolition H. Adapt existing work to fit new work: Make as neat and smooth transition as application for payment.
2. Scans are to be of suitable resolution so as to be legible in all respects, but A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas, to prevent or construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust studs with edges over firm bearing; space fasteners at maximum 24 inches on
access to areas that could be hazardous to workers or the ublic, to allow for possible. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit two sets of final documents in final center on all ed es and into studs in field of board.
not less than 200 x 200 DPI P from dispersing into atmosphere. Provide dust-proof barriers between 9
1. When existing finished surfaces are cut so that a smooth transition with new form.
3. Information ori inall in color is to be scanned and submitted in color. owner's use of site and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties construction areas and areas continuing to be occupied by Owner. 1. At fire-rated walls, install board over wall board indicated as part of the
9 y from damage from construction operations and demolition. work is not possible, terminate existing surface along a straight line ata C. Warranties and Bonds: Submit prior to final Application for Payment. fire-rated assembly.
8. Transmit samples and other submittals that cannot be converted to electronic H. Erosion and Sediment Control: Plan and execute work by methods to control natural line of division and make recommendation to Architect.
format with the Contractor's standard transmittal form. B. Provide barricades and covered walkways for public rights-of-way and to surface drainage from cuts and fills, from borrow and waste disposal areas. D. Certificate of Occupancy: Submit to owner when requesting Substantial 2. Where boards are indicated as full floor-to-ceiling height, install with long
2. Where removal of partitions or walls results in adjacent spaces becoming one, Com Ietion ins ection edge of board parallel to studs.
maintain safe public access to and egress from existing building. Prevent erosion and sedimentation. rework floors, walls, and ceilings to a smooth plane without breaks, steps, or P P
C. The Architect and the architect's consultants will not accept submittals from C. Provide rotection for lants desi nated to remain. Re lace damn ed lants. 1. Minimize amount of bare soil ex osed at one time. 3.01 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 3. Install adjacent boards without gaps.
subcontractors and su tiers P P 9 P 9 P P bulkheads.
PP 3.05 SITE APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT
1.03 FENCING 2. Provide temporary measures such as berms, dikes, and drains, to manage 3. Where a change of plane of 1/4 inch or more occurs in existing work, A. Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual
D. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, approval, water flow. submit recommendation for rovidin a smooth transition far Architect review revisions to the Work: including but not limited to, Drawings, Specifications, A. Apply preservative treatment compatible with factory applied treatment at
A. Commercial grade chain link fence. Provide 6 foot high. P 9
and coordi of Products rmation , field dimensions, th thnt construction Work, 3. Construct fill and waste areas by selective placement to avoid erosive surface and request instructions. Addenda, Change Orders, and reviewed submittals. site-sawn cuts, complying with manufacturer's instructions.
and coordination of information is in accordance with the requirements of the 1.04 EXTERIOR ENCLOSURES silts or cls s.
Y I. Patchin Where the existin surface is not indicated to be refinished, atch to B. Record Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual B. Allow reservative to d rior to erectin members.
Work and Contract Documents. A. Provide temporary weather tight closure of exterior openings to accommodate 9 9 P P P 9
4. Periodically inspect earthwork to detect evidence of erosion and sedimentation; match the surface finish that existed rior to cuttin Where the surface is construction. 3.06 TOLERANCES
1. Submittals not bearin the contractor's a roval will be returned with no acceptable working conditions and protection for Products, to allow for P g
9 PP promptly apply corrective measures. indicated to be refinished, atch so that the substrate is read for the new 3.02 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
action taken. temporary heating and maintenance of required ambient temperatures identified P y A. Variation from Plane (Other than Floors): 1/4 inch in 10 feet maximum, and
in individual specification sections, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. I. Noise Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to minimize noise produced finish. A. For Each Product or System: List names, addresses and telephone numbers of
E. Make submittals that require field verification or field measurements only when Provide access doors with self-closing hardware and locks. by demolition or construction operations. Comply with local requirements for J. Refinish existing surfaces as indicated: Subcontractors and suppliers. 1/4 inch in 30 feet maximum.
progress of the work is complete to the point where verification and noise control.
measurements can be erformed and such information is included on the 1. When the project site or portions there-of is to be occupied during 1. Where rooms or spaces are indicated to be refinished, refinish all visible B. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and -
P construction, provide temporary insulated weather tight closure. J. Pest and Insect Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent pests existing surfaces to remain to the specified condition for each material, with component parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable SECTION O6 2000 FINISHED CARPENTRY
submittal. and insects from damn in the work. a neat transition to ad acent finishes. information. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
F. For each submittal for review, allow 10 days for response. 1.05 INTERIOR ENCLOSURES 9 9 1
A. Provide tem ora artitions and ceilin s as indicated to se arate work areas K. Rodent Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent rodents from 2. If mechanical or electrical work is exposed accidentally during the work, C. Drawin s: Su lement roduct data to illustrate relations of com onent arts of A. Finish car ent items.
G. Clear) identif variations from Contract Documents on the submittal. P ry P 9 P 9 PP P P P P rY
Y Y from Owner-occu ied areas, to revent enetration of dust and moisture into accessing or invading premises. re-cover and refinish to match. a ui ment and s stems, to show control and flow din rams. Do not use Pro'ect
P P P q P Y 9 1 B. Wood door frames, glazed frames.
H. Identify Product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful Owner-occupied areas, and to prevent damage to existing materials and L. Pollution Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination K. Clean existing systems and equipment. Record Documents as maintenance drawings.
erformance of the com leted Work. a ui ment. of soil, water, and atmos here from dischar a of noxious, toxic substances, and C. Wood standing and running trim.
P P q P P 9 L. Remove demolition debris and abandoned items from alterations areas and D. For Each Product, Applied Material, and Finish:
I. When revised for resubmission, identi all chan es made since revious B. Construction: Framin and reinforced of eth lene sheet materials with closed pollutants produced by demolition or construction operations. dis ose of off-site; do not burn or bu 1. Product data, with catalo number, size, com osition, and color and texture D. Plastic laminate panels.
fY 9 P 9 P Y Y P rY• 9 P
submission. joints and sealed edges at intersections with existing surfaces, unless otherwise 1.03 COORDINATION M.Comply with all other applicable requirements of this section. designations. 1.02 SUBMITTALS
J. Submittals not requested in the specifications will not be recognized or indicated on the drawings. Maximum flame spread rating of 25 in accordance A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the 3.07 CUTTING AND PATCHING 2. Information for re-ordering custom mixed or manufactured products. A. Shop Drawings: Indicate materials, component profiles, fastening methods,
with ASTM E84. 1 Y q 3. Manufacturer's instructions for Care and Maintenance. 1 9 q Y
processed, and may be returned ar discarded at the Architect's option. Pro'ect Manual to ensure efficient and order) se uence of installation of ointin details, and accessories. Provide the information re uired b
1.06 SECURITY interde endent construction elements, with rovisions for accommodatin items A. Perform whatever cutting and patching is necessary to:
P P 9 AWI/AWMAC/WI Architectural Woodwork Standards.
installed later. 1. Complete the work. E. Moisture protection and weather-exposed products; Provide manufacturer
SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work, existing facilities, and Owner's 2. Fit products together to integrate with other work. recommendations for inspections, maintenance, and repair. B. Samples: Submit two samples of wood trim 6 inch long.
1.01 SUBMITTALS operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. B. Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements.
3. Provide openings for penetration of mechanical, electrical, and other services. F. For Each Item of Equipment and Each System, provide the manufacturer's 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE p
1.07 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING C. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment p
A. Desi n Data: Submit for ro'ect record, for the limited ur ase of assessin 4. Match work that has been cut to ad'acent work. installation, operation and maintenance manuals. Include test and balancing
9 P 1 P P 9 are com atible with buildin utilities. Coordinate work of various sections havin 1 p A. Fabricator Qualifications: Company specializing in fabricating the products 'a
conformance with information iven and the desi n conte t ex ressed in the A. Comply with regulations relating to use of streets and sidewalks, access to P 9 9 re orfs.
9 9 P P interde endent res onsibilities for installin connectin to, and lacin in service, 5. Repair areas adjacent to cuts to required condition. specified in this section with minimum five years of experience. W
contract documents. emergency facilities, and access for emergency vehicles. P P 9. 9 P 9 3.03 WARRANTIES AND BONDS
such equipment. 6. Repair new work damaged by subsequent work. H
B. Certificates: When specified in individual specification sections, submit B. Coordinate access and haul routes with governing authorities and Owner. 7. Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested. A. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible 5
D. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and 2.01 FINISH CARPENTRY ITEMS W
certification by the manufacturer and Contractor or installation/application C. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants. 8. Remove and re lace defective and non-conformin work. Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. Except for items put into use with
electrical work that are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing P 9 Owner's ermission leave date of be innin of time of warrant until the Date A. Qualit Grade: Unless otherwise indicated rovide roducts of ualit s ecified b
subcontractor to Architect, in quantities specified for Product Data. D. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets. shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs B. Execute work by methods that avoid damage to other work and that will provide P 9 9 Y Y P P q Y P Y = Z LU
1. Indicate material or roduct conforms to or exceeds s ecified re uirements. of Substantial completion is determined. AWI/AWMAC WI Architectural Woodwork Standards for Custom Grade. Z W
P P q E. Provide tem ora arkin areas to accommodate construction ersonnel. When parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility a ro riate surfaces to receive atchin and finishin In existin work, minimize / H W W
Submit su ortin reference data, affidavits, and certifications as a ro riate. P ry P 9 P PP P P 9 9• 9
PP 9 PP P site space is not adequate, provide additional off-site parking. for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. damage and restore to original condition. B. Surface Burning Characteristics: Provide materials having fire and smoke J � Q �
2. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, 1.08 WASTE REMOVAL E. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring C. Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform cutting for weather exposed SECTION 06 1000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY properties as required by applicable code. a Q W N
but must be acceptable to Architect. within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish and moisture resistant elements; em to skilled and ex erienced installer to 1.01 SUBMITTALS W n
A. Provide waste removal facilities and services as required to maintain the site in P Y P 2.02 SHEET MATERIALS O Y �
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE clean and order) condition. elements. perform cutting for other sight exposed surfaces. A. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certif that wood roducts su lied for rou h = Q Q
Y Y P PP� 9 A. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1; composed of wood chips, sawdust, or flakes of 0. �
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: F. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections. D. Examine areas to be cut or core drilled for resence of concealed utilities and car ent meet or exceeds ecified re uirements. O
B. Provide containers with lids. Remove trash from site periodically. P P rY P q medium density, made with waterproof resin binders; of grade to suit � O
1. Prior to start of Work, submit agency name, address, and telephone number, G. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of structural elements including piping, electrical distribution, reinforcing steel and 1.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING application; sanded faces. 3
and names of full time re istered En ineer and res onsible officer. C. If materials to be recycled or re-used on the project must be stored on-site, ost-tensiansin cables. Utilize x-ra a ui ment where necessa � p
9 9 P P 9 defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to P 9 Y Q P rY• P p g pp 8. Medium-Densit F berboard MDF ANSI A208.2, Grade 130. Z W Q
rovide suitable non-combustible containers; locate containers holdin flammable A. General: Cover wood roducts to rotect a ainst moisture. Su ort stacked
2. Submit copy of report of laboratory facilities inspection made by NIST minimize disru tion of Owner's activities. E. Cut ri id materials usin mason saw or core drill. Y ( )'
material outside the structure unless otherwise approved by the authorities P 9 9 rY products to prevent deformation and to allow air circulation. rA a
Construction Materials Reference Laboratory during most recent inspection, with F. Restore work with new roducts in accordance with re uirements of Contract 2.03 PLASTIC LAMINATE MATERIALS Z 0 Vr
memorandum of remedies of any deficiencies reported by the inspection. having jurisdiction. 2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS p q B. Fire Retardant Treated Wood: Prevent exposure to precipitation during shipping, W n
3. Qualification Statement: Provide documentation showing testing laboratory is D. Open free-fall chutes are not permitted. Terminate closed chutes into A. New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and Documents. storage, or installation. A. Plastic Laminate: As indicated on drawings. H 0) H
accredited under IAS AC89. appropriate containers with lids. work for patching and extending work. G. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations B. Laminate Adhesive: Type recommended by laminate manufacturer to suit
1.03 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS 1.09 FIELD OFFICES 3.01 EXAMINATION through surfaces. 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS application; not containing formaldehyde or other volatile organic compounds. PmOd No: �6
A. For roducts and workmanshi s ecified b reference to a document or A. Office: Weathertight, with lighting, electrical outlets, heating, cooling equipment, A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for H. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, A. Dimension Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and requirements of specified grading 2.04 FASTENINGS
P e P Y and a ui ed with sturd furniture, drawin rack and drawin dis la table. subse uent work. Start of work means acce tante of existin conditions. com letel seal voids with fire rated material to maintain fire ratin Drawn DC
documents not included in the Project Manual, also referred to as reference q PP Y 9 9 P Y q P 9 P Y 9• agencies. A. Adhesive for Purposes Other Than Laminate Installation: Suitable for the purpose;
standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid B. Provide space for Project meetings, with table and chairs to accommodate 10 B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of I. Patching: 1. If no species is specified, provide any species graded by the agency specified; not containing formaldehyde or other volatile organic compounds. Date yp�
requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. persons. new work being applied or attached. 1. Finish patched surfaces to match finish that existed prior to patching. On if no grading agency is specified, provide lumber graded by any grading
B. Conform to reference standard of date of issue current on date of Contract 1.10 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an agency meeting the specified requirements. B. Fasteners: Of size and type to suit application; use corrasion resistant fasteners 07►D�1021 Sl�amd
Documents, exce t where a s ecific date is established b a licable code. sections. assembly, refinish entire unit. 2. Gradin A enc : An radin a enc whose rules area roved b the Board for exterior locations.
P P Y PP A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Substantial 9 9 Y Y 9 9 9 Y PP y 2.05 ACCESSORIES
C. Obtain copies of standards where required by product specification sections. Completion inspection. D. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning 2. Match color, texture, and appearance. of Review, American Lumber Standard Committee (www.alsc.org) and who
fabrication 3. Repair patched surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other provides grading service for the species and grade specified; provide lumber A. Lumber for Shimmin and Blockin Softwood lumber of an a ro riate s ecies.
D. Maintain copy at project site during submittals, planning, and progress of the B. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. 9 9 Y PP P P
o s ecific work, until Substantial Com Ietion. E. Verf that utilit services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the imperfections due to patching work. If defects are due to condition of stamped with grade mark unless otherwise indicated.
P P C. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. Y Y substrate, re air substrate rior to re airin finish. B. Primer: Alkyd primer sealer.
correct locations. P P P 9 B. Lumber fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted.
g E. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request D. Restore new permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 4. When finish cannot be matched, refinish entire surface to nearest 2.02 DIMENSION LUMBER C. Wood Filler: Solvent base, tinted to match surface finish color.
clarification from Architect before proceeding. 1.11 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN F. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including intersections.
elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After A. Sizes: Nominal sizes as indicated on drawings, S4S. 2.06 FABRICATION
F. Neither the contractual relationships, duties, or responsibilities of the parties in 3.08 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. One painted sign, 48 sq ft area, bottom 6 feet above ground. uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work. B. Moisture Content: S-d or MC19. A. Sho assemble work for delive to site, ermittin assn a throw h buildin
Contract nor those of Architect shall be altered from the Contract Documents ry P P 9 P 9 9 9
B. Content: Be innin of cuttin or atchin means acce tante of existin conditions. A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a
by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. 9 9 9 P 9 P 9 openings.
clean and orderly condition. C. Miscellaneous Blocking, Nailers, and Furring. Lumber: S4S, No. 2 or Standard
1. Project title, logo and name of Owner as indicated on Contract Documents. 3.02 PREPARATION Grade. Boards: Standard or No. 3. B. Ca
1.06 TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCIES AND SERVICES p exposed plastic laminate finish edges with material of same finish and
a B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and
0 2. Names and titles of Architect and Consultants. A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance. 2.03 CONSTRUCTION PANELS pattern.
A. Owner will employ services of an independent testing agency to perform certain other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space.
3. Name of Prime Contractor. B. Seal cracks or o enin s of substrate rior to a I in next material or
g code required special testing and inspection. P 9 P ppY 9 C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and A. Roof Sheathing: Any PS 2 type, rated Structural I Sheathing. Bond C. When necessary to cut and fit on site, provide materials with ample allowance
substance. Classification: Exterior. San Ratin 60. Performance Cate o 3 4 PERF CAT. for cutting. Provide trim for scribing and site cutting.
y B. Contractor shall employ and pay for services of an independent testing agency continue cleaning to eliminate dust. P 9 9 rY /
to erform others ecified testin and ins ection. SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or
g P P 9 p D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trash rubbish from site B. Wall Sheathing: Any PS 2 type. Bond Classification: Exterior. Grade: Structural I D. Apply plastic laminate finish in full uninterrupted sheets consistent with
C. Em to ment of a enc in no wa relieves Contractor of obli ation to erform 2.01 PRODUCTS conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond. / Sheathin San Ratin 24. Performance Cate o 5 8 PERF CAT. manufactured sizes. Fit corners and oints hairline; secure with concealed
3 P Y 9 Y Y 9 P periodically and dispose off-site; do not burn or bury. 9• P 9� 9 rY� / 1
m 3.03 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. A. Existing materials and equipment indicated to be removed, but not to be fasteners. Slightly bevel arises. Locate counter butt joints minimum 2 feet from
n 3.09 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK C. Wall Sheathing: Glass mat faced gypsum, ASTM C1177/C1177M, square long
4 D. Contractor Employed Agency: re-used, relocated, reinstalled, delivered to the Owner, or otherwise indicated as A. When required in individual specification sections, convene a preinstallation sink cut-outs.
to remain the property of the Owner, become the property of the Contractor; meeting at the site prior to commencing work of the section. A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations. edges, 5/8 inch. At Assemblies Indicated with Fire-Rating: Use type required by
1. Testing agency: Comply with requirements of ASTM E329, ASTM E543, ASTM indicated tested assembly.
o remove from site. B. Re uire attendance of arties direct) affectin or affected b work of the B. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control
C1021, ASTM C1077, ASTM C1093, ASTM D3740. q P Y 9. Y.
B. Provide new roducts unless s ecificall re uired or ermitted b the Contract s ecific section. activity in immediate work area to prevent damage. D. Communications and Electrical Room Mounting Boards: PS 1 A-D plywood; 3/4
>. 2. Inspection agency: Comply with requirements of ASTM D3740, ASTM E329. P P Y q P Y P inch thick; flame s read index of 25 or less, smoke develo ed index of 450 or A 5 ■ O
ego 3. Laborato Authorized to o erate in urisdiction of ro ect location. Documents. 3.04 LAYING OUT THE WORK C. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of P P
rY- P J P J less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84.
aux 4. Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals either by NIST or using 2.02 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work. openings.
an NIST established Measurement Assurance Program, under a laboratory A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any D. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, 2.04 ACCESSORIES
B. Do not scale drawings. Request clarifications from the Architect. A. Fasteners and Anchors: Metal and Finish: Hot-di ed alvanized steel er ASTM
°g measurement quality assurance program. product meeting those standards or description. damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet PP 9 P
,-jm B. Products Specified by Naming One ar More Manufacturers: Use a product of one C. Promptly notify Architect of any discrepancies discovered. materials. A 153/A 153M for exterior, roof related and preservative-treated wood locations,
xa of the manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or D. Contractor shall locate and protect survey control and reference points. E. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or unfinished steel elsewhere. SPE104WATIONS
�8 substitutions allowed. E. Protect survey control points prior to starting site work; preserve permanent activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing 2.05 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT
SECTION 06 2000 - FlNISHED CARPENTRY (CONTINUED) substrate board of 5/8 inch. achieve watertight seal , exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, or do not cure. A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Provide hollow metal doors and frames from SDI corner. 1. Applicable provisions of federal, state, and local codes.
2.07 SHOP FINISHING J. Seal joint between back/end splashes and vertical surfaces. Certified manufacturer: www.steeldoor.org/sdicertified.php. 2. ADA Standards for Accessible Design.
o E
3.03 ADJUSTING 2.01 JOINT SEALANT APPLICATIONS 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING SECTION 08 1416 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS 3. ANSI/ICC Al7.1, American National Standard for Accessible and Usable
A. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. o
B. Apply wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations. j A. Scope: A. Comply with NAAMM HMMA 840 or ANSI SDI A250.8 SDI-100 in accordance 1.01 SUBMITTALS Buildings and Facilities. V m m
A. Adjust installed work. pY / ( )
1. Exterior Joints: Seal open joints, whether or not the joint is indicated on the with specified requirements. 4. Applicable provisions of NFPA 101, Life Safety Code. W W
C. On items to receive transparent finishes, use wood filler that matches B. Adjust moving or operating parts to function smoothly and correctly. A. Product Data: Indicate door core materials and construction; veneer species, U Co m
P drawings, unless specifically indicated not to be sealed. Exterior joints to be B. Protect with resilient packaging; avoid humiditybuild-upunder coverings; prevent type and characteristics. 5. Fire-Rated Doors: NFPA 80. �_ " `o
surrounding surfaces and is of type recommended for the applicable finish. 3.04 CLEANING sealed include, but are not limited to, the followingitems. P 9 g' 9 P _ -d - x
corrosion and adverse effects on factory applied painted finish. B. Shop Drawings: Show doors and frames, elevations, sizes, types, swings, 6. All Hardware on Fire-Rated Doors: Listed and classified by UL as suitable for a a
D. Finish work in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI Architectural Woodwork Standards, A. Clean casework, counters, shelves, hardware, fittings, and fixtures. a. Wall expansion and control joints. the purpose specified and indicated. _ ¢ 0 0
undercuts, beveling, blocking for hardware, factory machining, factory finishing, t
Section 5 - Finishing for Grade specified and as follows: b. Joints between door, window, and other frames and adjacent ' �
0
f 2.01 DESIGN CRITERIA cutouts for glazing and other details. 7. Hardware for Smoke and Draft Control Doors: Provide hardware that enables U m 0
1. Transparent: construction. door assembly to comply with air leakage requirements of the applicable E v r"i
SECTION 12 3600 - COUNTERTOPS C. Samples: Submit two samples of door veneer, 4x4 inch in size illustrating wood w
a. System - 12, Polyurethane, Water-based. C. Joints between different exposed materials. A. Requirements for Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: code. _ m M
y y 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 1. Steel used for fabrication of doors and frames shall comply with one or groin, stain color, and sheen. 8. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified b UL as 0 m N
b. Stain: As indicated on drawings. d. Openings below ledge angles in masonry. PY 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE q 9 Y Q 0 m to
A. Wall-hung counters and vanity tops. e. Other joints indicated below. more of the following requirements; Galvannealed steel conforming to ASTM suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. N v N
C. Sheen: As indicated on drawings. A653/A653M, cold-rolled steel conforming to ASTM A1008/A1008M, or A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products D. Function: Lock and latch function numbers and descriptions of manufactures
2. Opaque: 1.02 SUBMITTALS 2. Interior Joints: Do not seal interior joints unless specifically indicated to be P
1 P Y hot-rolled pickled and oiled (HRPO) steel conforming to ASTM A1011/A1011M, specified in this section with minimum three years of experience. � W
A. Shop Drawings: Complete details of materials and installation; combine with sealed. Interior joints to be sealed include, but are not limited to, the series all as shown on the drawings.
a. System - 4, Latex Acrylic, Water-based. P 9 P Commercial Steel (CS) Type B for each. W
following items. B. Installed Fire Rated Door and Transom Panel Assembly: Conform to NFPA 80 for
shop drawings of cabinets and casework specified in other sections. 9 E. Electrically Operated and/or Controlled Hardware: Provide all power supplies, _
he
b. Color: As indicated on drawings. 2. Accessibility: Comply with ICC A117.1 and ADA Standards. fire rated class as scheduled.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE a. Joints between door, window, and other frames and adjacent power transfer hinges, relays, and interfaces required for proper operation; O.
C. Sheen: As indicated on drawings. construction. 3. Door Edge Profile: Manufacturers standard for application indicated. 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING provide wiring between hardware and control components and to building power
E. Back prime woodwork items to be field finished, prior to installation. A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing work of the type b. Other joints indicated below. 4. Typical Door Face Sheets: Flush. A. Package, deliver and store doors in accordance with specified quality standard. connection. C W
specified in this section, with not less than three years of experience. 5. Glazed Lights: Non-removable stops on non-secure side; sizes and F. Finishes: Identified in schedule. H 2
3. Da not seal the following types of joints. 9 P B. Accept doors on site in manufacturer's packaging. Inspect for damage. H
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING configurations as indicated on drawings. Style: Manufacturers standard. P P 9 g' P 9
3.01 EXAMINATION a. Intentional weepholes in masonry. 2.02 HINGES
A. Store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging until read for installation. 6. Hardware Preparations, Selections and Locations: Comply with NAAMM HMMA C. Protect doors with resilient packaging. Do not store in damp or wet areas; or in
A. Verif adequacy of backing and support framing. P P P 9 9 Y b. Joints indicated to be treated with manufactured expansion joint cover P SI areas where sunlight might bleach veneer. Seal to and bottom edges with A. Hinges: Provide hinges on eve swinging door.
Verify q y 9 PP g• 830 and NAAMM HMMA 831 or BHMA A156.115 and ANSI/SDI A250.8 9 9 P 9 9 9 every 9 9 =
cc
B. Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, and materials used with or some other type of sealing device. tinted sealer if stored more than one week. Break seal on site to permit 1. Provide five-knuckle full mortise butt hinges unless otherwise indicated.
B. Verify mechanical, electrical, and building items affecting work of this section solvent-based materials, in accordance with requirements of local authorities (SDI-100) in accordance with specified requirements. 90 LL
are laced and read to receive this work. q C. Joints where sealant is specified to be provided by manufacturer of ventilation. 2. Provide ball-bearin hinges at All doors unless otherwise indicated.
P y having jurisdiction. product to be sealed. B. Combined Requirements: If a particular door and frame unit is indicated to 9 9
P 1.04 WARRANTY
3.02 INSTALLATION 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONScomply with more than one type of requirement, comply with the specified 3. Provide hinges in the quantities indicated.
d. Joints where installation of sealant is specified in another section. requirements for each type; for instance, an exterior door that is also indicated A. Interior Doors: Provide manufacturer's warranty. Interior Hollow Core Doors: One 4. Provide non-removable pins on exterior outswin in doors. "
A. Install work in accordance with AWI AWMAC WI Architectural Woodwork Standards 9 9 T
A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within e. Joints between suspended panel ceilings/grid and walls. as beingsound-rated must comply with the requirements specified for exterior '
PY q P (1) year. Interior Solid Core Doors: Life of installation.
requirements for grade indicated. limits recommended b manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install 5. Where electrified hardware is mounted in door leaf, provide power transfer t��
y P B. Exterior Joints: Use nonsa non-staining silicone sealant, unless otherwise doors and for sound-rated doors; where two requirements conflict, comply with hinges.
9 9 B. Include coverage for delamination of veneer, warping beyond specified installation
B. Set and secure materials and components in place, plumb and level. products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits. the most stringent. ,_ a a
indicated. tolerances, defective materials, and telegraphingcore construction. u �
2.02 HOLLOW METAL DOORS B. Butt Hinges: Comply with BHMA A156.1 and A156.7; heavy weight, unless , . t a °
C. Carefully scribe work abutting other components, with maximum gaps of 1/32 1. Lap Joints in Sheet Metal Fabrications: Butyl rubber, non-curing. otherwise indicated. Provide hinge width required to clear surrounding trim. , „
inch. Do not use additional overlay trim to conceal larger gaps. 2.01 COUNTERTOPS 2. La Joints between Manufactured Metal Panels: But I rubber, non-curing. A. Exterior Doors: Thermal) insulated.
P y g Y 2.01 DOORS AND PANELS C. Quantity of Hinges Per Door: �_A v da
D. Install trim with appropriate mechanical fasteners. A. Quality Standard: Custom Grade, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or 3. Control and Expansion Joints in Concrete Paving: Self-leveling polyurethane 1. Based on SDI Standards: ANSI/SDI A250.8 (SDI-100). � 4' � •
A. All Doors: See drawings for locations and additional requirements. 1. Doors From 60 inches High up to 90 inches High: Three hinges. -rtv�le
x a.
AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), unless noted otherwise. "traffic-grade" sealant. a. Level 3 - Extra Hea dut ._ 'W
E. Install panels with concealed fasteners. vy- y. w. � a
1. Quality Level: Custom Grade, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI Architectural 2. Doors 90 inches High up to 120 inches High: Four hinges. v U `�3.03 PREPARATION FOR SITE FINISHING B. Solid Surfacing Countertops: Solid surfacing sheet or plastic resin casting over C. Interior Joints: Use nonsag polyurethane sealant, unless otherwise indicated. b. Physical Performance Level A, 1,000,000 cycles; in accordance with Woodwork Standards.continuous substrate. ANSI SDI A250.4. 2.03 PUSH/PULLS
A. Set exposed fasteners. Apply wood filler in exposed fastener indentations. Sand 1. Wall and Ceiling Joints in Non-Wet Areas: Acrylic emulsion latex sealant. / r
p ppy p 2. Wood Veneer Faced Doors: 5-ply or 7-ply unless otherwise indicated.
.Zit r
work smooth. 1. Flat Sheet Thickness: 1/2 inch, minimum. 2. Wall and Ceiling Joints in Wet Areas: Nonsag polyurethane sealant for C. Model 2 - Seamless. A. Push/Pulls: Comply with BHMA A156.6. On solid doors, provide matching push
2. Solid Surfacing Sheet and Plastic Resin Castings: Complyingwith ISFA 2-01 continuous liquid immersion. d. Door Face Metal Thickness: 16 gage, 0.053 inch, minimum. B. Interior Doors: 1-3/4 inches thick unless otherwise indicated; flush construction. plate and pull plate on opposite faces. Dowfin hoe con.unounn aoamn.nm e
B. Before installation, prime paint surfaces of items or assemblies to be in contact 9 9 q 9 9
Fire Rated Doors: Tested to ratings indicated on drawings in accordance with 2.04 LOCKS AND LATCHES enrummm� nr .mare. prehr.ne
with cementitious materials. and NEMA LD 3; acrylic or polyester resin, mineral filler, and pigments; 3. Floor Joints in Wet Areas: Nonsa of urethane "nontraffic- rode" sealant 2. Core Material: Manufacturers standard core material construction and in evn°°m10'■b remain A■o t Timm
m
homogenous, non-porous and capable of being worked and repaired using 9 P y 9 / NFPA abet UL t ou or UBC Standard 7-2-94 ("neutral pressure"); UL or WH of Oft do F. 1e■4 Nest Tlmimr
9 P P 9 P 9 suitable for continuous liquid immersion. compliance with requirements. A. Locks: Provide a lock for every door, unless specifically indicated as not or uu.a..q�mitl m...oorouuoten
3.04 TOLERANCES standard woodworking tools; no surface coating; color and pattern consistent (ITS) labeled without any visible seals when door is closed. requiring locking. °oa■a■f■1or F■Fonoo ether than■n
A. Maximum Variation from True Position: 1/1 6 inch. g 4. Joints between Fixtures in Wet Areas and Floors, Walls, and Ceilings: 3. Door Thermal Resistance: R-Value of 2.5. spoomr pallet n.noa hmoe In coeur
throughout thickness. 2.02 DOOR AND PANEL CORES ���
Mildew-resistant silicone sealant; white. 1. Hardware Schedule indicates locking functions required for each door. .■■cera
a. Color, Finish and Pattern: As indicated on drawings. 4. Door Thickness: 1-3/4 inch, nominal. or Christopher F. Mhrk%Architect.
B. Maximum Offset from True Alignment with Abutting Materials: 1/32 inch. 5. Narrow Control Joints in Interior Concrete Slabs: Self-leveling epoxy sealant. A. Non-Rated Solid Core and 20 Minute Rated Doors: Type particleboard core (PC), 2. Trim: Provide lever handle or pull trim on outside of all locks unless
3. Other Components Thickness: 1 2 inch, minimum. 5. Top Closures for Outswinging Doors: Flush with top of faces and edges. lies and faces as indicated above.
P / P specifically stated to have no outside trim.
6. Other Floor Joints: Self-leveling polyurethane "traffic-grade" sealant. 6. Weatherstripping: Refer to Section 08 7100.
4. Back and End Splashes: Same sheet material, square top; minimum 4 inches PP 9' B. Fire Rated Doors: Mineral core, Type FD, plies and faces as indicated above; 3. Lock Cylinders: Provide key access on outside of all locks unless specifically
SECTION 06 4100 - CASEWORK high. D. Interior Wet Areas: restrooms; fixtures in wet areas include plumbing fixtures. 7. Door Finish: Factory primed and field finished. with core blocking as required to provide adequate anchorage of hardware stated to have no locking or no outside trim.
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES C. Natural Stone Countertops: Stone slabs bonded to substrate; use as large 2.02 NONSAG JOINT SEALANTS B. Interior Doors, Non-Fire Rated: without through-bolting.
B. Lock Cylinders: Manufacturer's standard tumbler type, seven-pin interchangeable
A. Specially fabricated cabinet units. pieces as possible with inconspicuous adhesive joints. A. Non-Staining Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Uses M and A; not 1. Based on SDI Standards: ANSI/SDI A250.8 (SDI-100). C. Hollow Core Doors: Type Institutional (IHC/FIHC); plies and faces as indicated core. Provide cams and/or tailpieces as required for locking devices required.
B. Countertops. 1. Stone: Granite without cracks, voids, or pin holes . expected to withstand continuous water immersion or traffic. a. Level 2 - Heavy-duty. above.
1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 50 percent, minimum. C. Keying: System as directed by Owner.
2. Color: As indicated on drawings. P Y� P 2.03 DOOR FACINGS
C. Cabinet hardware. b. Physical Performance Level B, 500,000 cycles; in accordance with 1. Include construction keying.
3. Stone Thickness: -
N
St
-St
N
2
3/4 inch. . Non-Staining To Porous one: Non-staining to light-colored natural stone
/ ANSI/SDI A250.4. A. Wood Veneer Facing for Transparent Finish: Species as scheduled on the 2. Coordinate to existing keying system where one already exists.
D. Preparation for installing utilities. when tested in accordance with ASTM C1248. 9 Y 9 Y Y
4. Surface Finish: As indicated on drawings. C. Model 1 - Full Flush. drawings, veneer grade as specified by quality standard, plain sliced, book
1.02 SUBMITTALS 3. Dirt Pick-Up: Reduced dirt pick-up compared to other silicone sealants. veneer match, running assembly match; unless otherwise indicated. 3. When providing keying information, comply with DHI Handbook "Keying systems
A. Shop Drawings: Indicate materials, component profiles, fastening methods, 4. Color: Match adjacent finished surfaces. 1. Vertical Edges: Any option allowed by quality standard for grade.
5. Exposed Edge Treatment: Stone bullnose, 1/2 inch radius. d. Door Face Metal Thickness: 18 gage, 0.042 inch, minimum. and nomenclature
jointingdetails, and accessories. 6. Back and End Splashes: Some material, same thickness; for field 2. Door Thickness: 1-3/4 inch, nominal. 2.05 CYLINDRICAL LOCKSETS
attachment. B. Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Uses M and A; single 2. Pairs: Pair match each pair; set match pairs within 10 feet of each other
3. Door Finish: Factory primed and field finished. when doors are closed.
1. Provide the information required by AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI component, mildew resistant; not expected to withstand continuous water A. Locking Functions: As defined in BHMA A156.2, and as follows:
(NAAWS . D. Natural Quartz and Resin Composite Countertops: Sheet or slab of natural immersion or traffic. C. Fre-Rated Doors:
) quartz and plastic resin over continuous substrate. B. Veneer Facing for Opaque Finish: Any material allowed by quality standard. 1. Passage: No locking, always free entry and exit.
B. Product Data: Provide data for hardware accessories. 1. Flat Sheet Thickness: 1/2 inch, minimum. 1. Color: Clear. 1. Based on SDI Standards: ANSI/SDI A250.8 (SDI-100). 2.04 ACCESSORIES 2. Privacy: F76, emergency tool unlocks.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE2. Natural Quartz and Resin Composite Sheets, Slabs and Castings: Complying C. Polyurethane Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Uses M and A; single or a. Level 2 - Heavy-duty. A. Wood Louvers: 3. Office: F82 Grade 1, key not required to lock, unlocks upon exit.
multicomponent; not expected to withstand continuous water immersion or
A. Fabricator Qualifications: Company specializing in fabricating the products with ISFA 3-01 and NEMA LD 3; ortho hthalic polyester resin, mineral filler, b. Physical Performance Level B, 500,000 cycles; in accordance with 4. Store Room: F86, kis required to lock, may not be left unlocked.
P Y P 9 9 P P P Y traffic. 1. Material and Finish: Species to match the door facing. Y q Y
specified in this section with minimum three ears of experience. and pigments; homogenous, non-porous and capable of being worked and ANSI/SDI A250.4. 2. Louver Blade: Flush louver.
P Y P P 9 9 P P 9 2.06 EXIT DEVICES
repaired using standard woodworking tools; no surface coating; color and 1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 25 percent, minimum.
1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING P 9 9 9 C. Model 1 - Full Flush.
pattern consistent throughout thickness. 2. Color: Match adjacent finished surfaces. 3. Louver Free Area: As indicated on mechanical drawings. A. Locking Functions: Functions as defined in BHMA A156.3.
9 9
d. Door Face Metal Thickness: 18 gage, 0.042 inch, minimum.
A. Protect units from moisture damage. a. Facto fabricate components to the greatest extent practical in sizes B. Metal Louvers: Asspecified in Mechanical Documents. 2.07 CLOSERS
Factory P 9 P D. Polyurethane Sealant for Continuous Water Immersion: ASTM C920, Grade NS, 2. Fre Rating: As indicated on drawings, tested in accordance with UL tOC and
1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS and shapes indicated; comply with the MIA Dimension Stone Design Uses M and A; single or multicomponent; explicitly approved by manufacturer for NFPA 252 ("positive pressure fire tests"). C. Glazing Stops: Wood, of same species as door facing, mitered corners; prepared A. Closers: Complying with BHMA A156.4.
Manual. continuous water immersion; suitable for traffic exposure when recessed below
A. During and after installation of custom cabinets, maintain temperature and P for countersink style screws. 1. Provide surface-mounted, door-mounted closers unless otherwise indicated.
humidity conditions in building spaces at same levels planned for occupancy. b. Color, Finish and Pattern: As indicated on drawings. traffic surface . a. Provide units listed and labeled by UL (DIR) or ITS (DIR).
1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 35 percent, minimum. b. Attach fire rating label to each fire rated unit. D. Astragals for Fire Rated Double Doors: Steel, shape as required to accomplish 2. Provide a door closer on every exterior door.
3. Other Components Thickness: 1/2 inch, minimum. P Y� P fire rating. 3. Provide a door closer on every fire- and smoke-rated door. Spring hinges
2.01 CABINETS 4. Exposed Ede Treatment: Built u to minimum 1-1 4 inch thick; bullnosed 2. Color: Match adjacent finished surfaces. C. Smoke and Draft Control Doors (as indicated on drawings):
p g p / 2.05 DOOR CONSTRUCTION are not an acceptable self-closing device unless specifically so indicated.
edge. E. Ac lic Emulsion Latex: Water-based; ASTM C834, sin le com onent, Self-closing or automatic closing doors in accordance with NFPA 80
A. Quality Standard: Custom Grade, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or ry _ _ 9 P and NFPA 105, with fire-resistance-rated wall construction rated the A. Fabricate doors in accordance with door quality standard specified. 4. On pairs of swinging doors, if an overlapping astragal is present, provide
5. Back and End Splashes: Some sheet material, square top; minimum 4 inches non staining, non-bleeding, non sagging; not intended for exterior use. same or greater than the fire-rated doors, and the following; coordinator to ensure the leaves close in proper order.
AWMAC WI NAAWS , unless noted otherwise. 9 9:
/ ( high. B. Cores Constructed with stiles and rails:
9 1. Color: Standard colors matching finished surfaces, Type OP (opaque). 5. At corridors, locate door-mounted closer on room side of door.
B. Plastic Laminate Faced Cabinets: Custom grade. 1) Maximum Air Leakage: 3.0 cfm/sq ft of door opening at 0.10 inch 1. Provide solid blocks at lock edge and to of door for closer for hardware
2.02 MATERIALS 9 P
F. Non-Curing Butyl Sealant: Solvent-based; ASTM C1311; single component, w.g. pressure, when tested in accordance with UL 1784 at both ambient 6. At outswinging exterior doors, mount closer in inside of door.
C. Cabinets: A. Particleboard for Supporting Substrate: ANSI A208.1 Grade 2-M-2, 45 cf nonsa non-skinning, non-hardenin non-bleeding; va or-im permeable; intended and elevated temperatures. reinforcement.
pp 9 p 9. 9. 9. 9. P P P 2.08 STOPS AND HOLDERS
1. Finish - Exposed Exterior Surfaces: Decorative laminate. minimum density; minimum 3 4 inch thick; join lengths using metals lines. for fully concealed applications. a. Provide solid blocking for other throughbolted hardware.
Y / 1 9 9 P 2) Gasketing: Provide Basketing or edge sealing as necessary to achieve A. Stops: Complying with BHMA A156.8; provide a stop for every swinging door,
2. Door and Drawer Front Edge Profiles: Self-Edge banding with material of 2.03 SELF-LEVELING SEALANTS leakage limit. C. Where supplementary protective edge trim is required, install trim after veneer
B. Adhesives: Chemical resistant waterproof adhesive as recommended by 9 facing has been applied full-width. unless otherwise indicated. Provide wall stops, unless otherwise indicated.
same finish and pattern. 9 PP
manufacturer of materials being joined. A. Self-Leveling Polyurethane Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade P, Uses M and A; single 3) Label: Include the "S" label on fire-rating label of door. 2.09 GASKETING AND THRESHOLDS
3. Casework Construction Type: Type A - Frameless. or multicomponent; explicitly approved b manufacturer for traffic exposure; not D. Factory machine doors for hardware other than surface-mounted hardware, in
C. Joint Sealant: Mildew-resistant silicone sealant, clear. P P y PP Y P 3. Door Thickness: 1-3/4 inch, nominal. accordance with hardware requirements and dimensions. A. Gaskets: Complying with BHMA A156.22.
4. Interface Style for Cabinet and Door: Style 1 - Overlay; flush overlay. expected to withstand continuous water immersion q PY 9
2.03 FABRICATION 4. Door Finish: Factory primed and field finished. 1. On each door in smoke partition, provide smoke gaskets; to
5. Adjustable Shelf Loading: 50 lbs. per sq. ft. 1. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 25 percent, minimum. E. Factory fit doors for frame opening dimensions identified on shop drawings, with P P 9 p, sides, and
A. Fabricate tops and splashes in the largest sections practicable, with top surface 2.03 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES edge clearances in accordance with specified quality standard. meeting stile of pairs. If fire/smoke partitions are not indicated on drawings,
2.02 LAMINATE MATERIALS 2. Color: Gray or match adjacent finish. 9 P Q Y
of joints flush. A. Comply with standards and/or custom guidelines as indicated for corresponding 1. Exception: Doors to be field finished. provide smoke gaskets on each door identified as a "smoke door" and
A. High Pressure Decorative Laminate HPDL : NEMA LD 3, types as recommended B. Self-Leveling Polyurethane Sealant for Continuous Water Immersion: 20-minute rated fire doors.
9 ( ) YP 1. Join lengths of tops using best method recommended by manufacturer. door in accordance with applicable door frame requirements.
for specific applications. Polyurethane; ASTM C920, Grade P, Uses M and A; single or multicomponent; F. Provide edge clearances in accordance with the quality standard specified.
P PP 2. Fabricate to overhang fronts and ends of cabinets 1 inch except where to 2. in each exterior door, provide weatherstripping gaskets, unless otherwise
9 P P explicitly approved by manufacturer for traffic exposure and continuous water B. Frame Finish: Factory primed and field finished. 2.06 FACTORY FINISHING - WOOD VENEER DOORS indicated; to sides, and meetingstiles of airs.
B. Provide specific types as follows: butts against cabinet or wall. immersion. p' P
C. Exterior Door Frames: Face welded type. a. Where exterior door is also required to have fire or smoke rating,
1. Horizontal Surfaces: HGL, 0.039 inch nominal thickness, colors as indicated, 3. Prepare all cutouts accurately to size; replace tops having improperly t. Movement Capability: Plus and minus 25 percent, minimum. A. Finish work in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI Architectural Woodwork Standards, q 9.
finish as indicated. dimensioned or unnecessary cutouts or fixture holes. 1. Galvanizing: Components hot-dipped zinc-iron alloy-coated (galvannealed) in Section 5 - Finishing for Grade specified and as follows: provide gaskets functioning as both smoke and weather seals.
2. Color: Gray. accordance with ASTM A653 A653M, with A40 ZF120 coating. 3. On each exterior door, provide door bottom sweep, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Vertical Surfaces: VGS, 0.028 inch nominal thickness, colors as indicated, B. Provide back/end splash wherever counter edge abuts vertical surface unless / / 9• 1. Transparent: P P.
finish as indicated. otherwise indicated. C. Semi-Rigid Self-Leveling Epoxy Joint Filler: Epoxy or epoxy/polyurethane 2. Frame Metal Thickness: 16 gage, 0.053 inch, minimum. a. System - 12, Polyurethane, Water-based. B. Thresholds:
3. Cabinet Liner: CLS, 0.020 inch nominal thickness, colors as indicated, finishcopolymer; intended for filling cracks and control joints not subject to significant 3. Weatherstri in Se arate, see Section 08 7100.
1. Secure to countertop with concealed fasteners and with contact surfaces set movement; rigid enough to support concrete edges under traffic. PP 9• P b. Stain: As indicated on drawings. 1. At each exterior door, provide a threshold unless otherwise indicated.
as indicated. in waterproof glue. D. Interior Door Frames, Non-Fire Rated: Knock-down type. C. Sheen: As indicated in drawings. 2. Field cut threshold to frame for tight fit.
4. Laminate Backer: BKL, 0.020 inch nominal thickness, undecorated; for 1. Composition: Multi-component, 100 percent solids by weight.
2. Height: 4 inches, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Frame Metal Thickness: 16 gage, 0.053 inch, minimum. C. Fasteners At Exterior Locations: Non-corrodin
application to concealed backside of panels faced with high pressure 2. Hardness: Minimum of 85 (Shore A) or 35 (Shore D), when tested in 9•
decorative laminate. C. Solid Surfacing: Fabricate tops up to 144 inches long in one piece; join pieces accordance with ASTM D2240 after 7 days. E. Door Frames, Fire-Rated: Knock-down type. 3.01 EXAMINATION 2.10 PROTECTION PLATES AND ARCHITECTURAL TRIM
2.03 COUNTERTOPS with adhesive sealant in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and 3. Color: Match adjacent finished surfaces. 1. Fire Rating: Same as door, labeled. A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. A. Drip Guard: Provide projecting drip guard over all exterior doors unless they are
instructions. 2. Frame Metal Thickness: 16 gage, 0.053 inch, minimum. under a projecting roof or canopy.
A. Plastic Laminate Countertops: Medium density fiberboard substrate covered with 4. Joint Width, Minimum: 1/8 inch. 9 9 B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable.
HPDL, Self-Ede banding with material of same finish and pattern. D. Wall-Mounted Counters: Provide skirts, aprons, brackets, and braces as 2.11 KEY CONTROLS
9 9 P indicated on drawings. 5. Joint Width, Maximum: 1/4 inch. F. Frames for Wood Doors: Comply with frame requirements in accordance with C. Do not install doors in frame openings that are not plumb or are
B. Wall-Mounted Counters: Provide skirts, aprons, brackets, and braces as 2.04 ACCESSORIES corresponding door. out-of-tolerance for size or alignment. A. Fire Department Lock Box: Heavy-duty, surface mounted, solid stainless-steel
indicated on drawings, finished to match. G. Provide mortar guard boxes for hardware cut-outs in frames to be installed in 3.02 INSTALLATION box with hinged door and interior gasket seal; single drill resistant lock with
3.01 EXAMINATION A. Backer Rod: Cylindrical cellular foam rod with surface that sealant will not mason or to be routed. dust covers and tamper alarm.
2.04 ACCESSORIES adhere to, compatible with specific sealant used, and recommended by backing masonry 9 A. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and specified quality
A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared. P q Y 1. Capacity: Holds 2 keys.
A. Adhesive: Type recommended by fabricator to suit application. and sealant manufacturers for specific application. H. Frames in Masonry Walls: Size to suit masonry coursing with head member 4 standard. Install fire-rated doors in accordance with NFPA 80 requirements.
B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Contractor inch high to fill opening without cutting masonry units. 2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard black.
B. Fasteners: Size and type to suit application. B. Backing Tape: Self-adhesive polyethylene tape with surface that sealant will not
YP PP of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding. B. Factory-Finished Finished and Fire Rated Doors: Do not field cut or trim; if fit or
adhere to and recommended by tape and sealant manufacturers for specific I. Frames Wider than 48 inches: Reinforce with steel channel fitted tightly into clearance is not correct, replace door.
C. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins, and Screws: Of size and type to suit C. Verify that wall surfaces have been finished and mechanical and electrical application. frame head, flush with top. 3.01 EXAMINATION
application; galvanized or chrome-plated finish in concealed locations and services and outlets are installed in proper locations. C. Field-Finished Doors: Trimming to fit is acceptable.
IV
ex
stainless steel or chrome-plated finish in exposed locations. C. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, type recommended by 2.04 FINISHES
P P 1. Adjust width of non-rated doors by cutting equally on both jamb edges. A. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive work; labeled, fire-rated
3.02 PREPARATION sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. doors and frames are resent and properly installed, and dimensions are as
D. Concealed Joint Fasteners: Threaded steel. A. Primer: Rust-inhibiting, complying with ANSI/SDI A250.10, door manufacturers P P P Y o
2. Trim maximum of 3/4 inch off bottom edges. instructed b the manufacturer. o
A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. D. Primers: Type recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application; standard. Y to
0
E. Grommets: Standard plastic, painted metal, or rubber grommets for cut-outs, non-staining. 3. Trim fire-rated doors in strict compliance with fire rating limitations. 3.02 INSTALLATION 111111111
in color to match adjacent surface. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for B. Bituminous Coating: Asphalt emulsion or other high-build, water-resistant, W
achievingthe best result for the substrate under the project conditions. resilient coating. D. Use machine tools to cut or drill for hardware. H
2.05 HARDWARE P 1 A. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and applicable
3.03 INSTALLATION 3.01 EXAMINATION 2.05 ACCESSORIES E. Coordinate installation of doors with installation of frames and hardware. codes. MPO W
A. Hardware: BHMA A156.9, types as recommended by fabricator for quality grade
specified. A. Securely attach countertops to cabinets using concealed fasteners. Make flat A. Verify that joints are ready to receive work. A. Louvers: Roll formed steel with overlapping frame; finish some as door F. Coordinate installation of glazing. B. Use templates provided by hardware item manufacturer. _ ll-- 1-:
surfaces level; shim where required. B. Verifythat backing materials are compatible with sealants. components; factory-installed. Z W
B. Drawer and Door Pulls: If not specified in drawings then provide "U" shaped 9 P G. Install door louvers plumb and level. C. Do not install surface mounted items until finishes applied to substrate are H W W
wire pull, aluminum with satin finish, 4 inch centers. B. Seal joint between bock/end splashes and vertical surfaces. C. Verify that backer rods are of the correct size. 1. In Fire-Rated Doors: UL (DIR) or ITS (DIR) listed fusible link louver, same 2
H. Adjust doors for smooth and balanced door movement. complete. J 2 cc Cr)
rating as door. W H N
C. Drawer Slides: 3.04 TOLERANCES 3.02 PREPARATION D. Install hardware on fire-rated doors and frames in accordance with code and ■ !L > CO N
2. Style: Standard straight slat blade. 3.03 TOLERANCES NFPA 80. r,
1. Type: Full extension. A. Variation From Horizontal: 1/8 inch in 10 feet, maximum. A. Remove loose materials and foreign matter that could impair adhesion of A. Conform to specified quality standard for fit and clearance tolerances. E. Mounting heights for hardware from finished floor to center line of hardware Z c < M
3. Louver Free Area: 50 percent. P q Y
sealant. 9 9 CL
D. Hinges: European style concealed self-closing type, steel with polished finish. B. Offset From Wall, Countertops: 1/8 inch maximum; 1/16 inch minimum. 4. Fasteners: Concealed fasteners. B. Conform to specified quality standard for telegraphing, warp, and squareness. item: � � O
2.06 FABRICATION B. Clean joints, and prime as necessary, in accordance with manufacturer's
C. Feld Joints: 1/32 inch wide, maximum. B. Glazing: As specified in Section 08 8000, factory installed. 1. For steel doors and frames: Comply with DHI "Recommended Locations for 3
Y P delivery Y 3.05 CLEANING instructions. SECTION 08 7100 - DOOR HARDWARE Z W
A. Assembly: Shop assemble cabinets for delive to site in units cosi) handled Architectural Hardware for Steel Doors and Frames."
C. Removable Stops: Formed sheet steel, mitered corners; prepared for countersink
and to permit passage through building openings. C. Perform preparation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ASTM Z to a
A. Clean countertops surfaces thoroughly. C1193. style tamper proof screws. 1.01 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 2. For wood doors: Comply with DHI "Recommended Locations for Architectural W n (7
B. Edging: Fit shelves, doors, and exposed edges with specified edging. Do not Hardware for Wood Flush Doors." 4
3.06 PROTECTION D. Astragals for Double Doors: Specified in Section 08 7100. A. Coordinate the manufacture, fabrication, and installation of products onto which � W �
use more than one piece for any single length. D. Mask elements and surfaces adjacent to joints from damage and disfigurement
A. Protect installed products until completion of project. due to sealant work; be aware that sealant drips and smears may not be 1. Exterior Doors: 14GA Galvanized Steel, Flat. door hardware will be installed. F. Adjust hardware for smooth operation.
C. Fitting: When necessary to cut and fit on site, provide materials with ample completely removable. E. Grout for Frames: Portland cement rout with maximum 4 inch slum for hand B. Furnish templates for door and frame preparation to manufacturers and G. Adjust asketin for complete, continuous seal; replace if unable to make
allowance for cutting. Provide matching trim for scribing and site cutting. B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Date of Substantial 9 P P P P 9 9 P P Pfollect Na 18876
D. Plastic Laminate: Apply plastic laminate finish in full uninterrupted sheets Completion. 3.03 INSTALLATION troweling; thinner pumpable grout is prohibited. fabricators of products requiring internal reinforcement for door hardware. complete seal.
consistent with manufactured sizes. Fit corners and joints hairline; secure with A. Perform work in accordance with sealant manufacturer's requirements for F. Silencers: Resilient rubber or vinyl, fitted into drilled hole; provide three on C. Convey Owner's keying requirements to manufacturers. H. Adjust door closers for full door closure and to meet accessibility provisions of Drawn BY
concealed fasteners. Slightly bevel arises. Locate counter butt joints minimum SECTION 07 9200 - JOINT SEALANTS preparation of surfaces and material installation instructions. strike side of single door, three on center mullion of pairs, and two on head of ANSI A117.1
g y j P 1.02 SUBMITTALS Dere leeue
2 feet from sink cut-outs. pairs without center mullions.
B. Perform installation in accordance with ASTM C1193. 07�D�2021 BN�amtlt
1. Apply laminate backingsheet to reverse side of plastic laminate finished 1.01 SUBMITTALS G. Temporary Frame Spreaders: Provide for factory- or shop-assembled frames. A. Product Data: Manufacturers catalog literature for each type of hardware,
Ppy P C. Install bond breaker backing tape where backer rod cannot be used. marked to clearly show products to be furnished for this project.
surfaces. A. Product Data for Sealants: Submit manufacturer's technical data sheets for
each product to be used, that includes the following. D. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags, B. Hardware Schedule: Detailed listing of each item of hardware to be installed on
E. Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures. Verify locations of cutouts from on-site 3.01 EXAMINATION each door. Use door numberin scheme as included in the Contract Documents.
: dimensions. Seal cut edges. 1. Physical characteristics, including movement capability, VOC content, hardness, and without getting sealant on adjacent surfaces. 9
A. Veri existin conditions before startin work. Identify electrically operated items and include power requirements.
n cure time and color availability. f 9 9
< PART 3 EXECUTION Y E. Do not install sealant when ambient temperature is outside manufacturer s
03.01 EXAMINATION 2. List of backing materials approved for use with the specific product. recommended temperature range, or will be outside that range during the entire B. Verify that opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. C. Keying Schedule: Submit for approval of Owner.
3. Substrates that product is known to satisfactorily adhere to and with which it curing period, unless manufacturer's approval is obtained and instructions are C. Verify that finished walls are in plane to ensure proper door alignment. D. Keys: Deliver with identifying tags to Owner by security shipment direct from
P A. Verify adequacy of backing and support framing. is compatible. followed. 3.02 PREPARATION hardware supplier.
0 B. Verify location and sizes of utility rough-in associated with work of this section. 4. Substrates the product should not be used on. F. Nonsag Sealants: Tool surface concave, unless otherwise indicated; remove 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
maskin to a immediate) after toolin sealant surface. A. Coat inside of frames to be installed in masonry or to be grouted, with
3.02 INSTALLATION 5. Substrates for which use of primer is required. 9 P y 9 bituminous coating, prior to installation. A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products
I G. Concrete Floor Joint Filler: After full cure, shave joint filler flush with to of specified in this section with minimum three ears of experience.
A. Install work in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) B. Color Cards for Selection: Where sealant color is not specified, submit P 3.03 INSTALLATION P Y P
requirements for rade indicated. manufacturer's color cards showing standard colors available for selection.
concrete slab.
s q g g B. Hardware Supplier Personnel: Employ an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC)
B. Set and secure custom cabinets in lace, assurin that the are rigid, plumb, 1. Where standard colors do not match color of adjacent materials, submit 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Install doors and frames in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and to assist in the work of this section.
65 P 9 Y 9 P related requirements of specified door and frame standards or custom guidelines
and level. custom color. A. Perform field quality control inspection/testing as specified in PART 1 under indicated. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
0 C. Use fixture attachments in concealed locations for wall mounted components. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE QUALITY ASSURANCE article. A. Package hardware items individual) label and identify each package with door
a P B. Install fire rated units in accordance with NFPA 80. 9 Y: Y P 9
D. Use concealed joint fasteners to align and secure adjoining cabinet units. A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products B. Remove and replace foiled portions of sealants using same materials and CCoordinate frame anchor placement with wall constructionopening code to match hardware schedule.
C. p .
specified in this section with minimum three years experience. procedures as indicated for original installation. 1.05 WARRANTY
E. Carefully scribe casework abutting other components, with maximum gaps of D. Grout frames in masonry construction, using hand trowel methods; brace frames
9 1/32 inch. Do not use additional overlay trim for this purpose. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this so that pressure of grout before setting will not deform frames. A. Grade 1: Provide 10 year warranty for door closers.
s section and with at least three years of experience. SECITON 08 1113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
F. Secure cabinets to floor using appropriate angles and anchorages. E. Install door hardware as specified in Section 08 7100. C
C. Field Adhesion Tests of Joints: Test for adhesion using most appropriate 1.01 SUBMITTALS 2.01 DOOR HARDWARE - GENERAL J
G. Countersink anchorage devices at exposed locations. Conceal with solid wood method in accordance with ASTM C1521, or other applicable method as F. Coordinate installation of electrical connections to electrical hardware items. ■
�1Z plugs of species to match surrounding wood; finish flush with surrounding recommended by manufacturer. A. Product Data: Materials and details of design and construction, hardware 3.04 TOLERANCES A. Provide all hardware specified or required to make doors fully functional,
alt surfaces. locations, reinforcement type and locations, anchorage and fastening methods, compliant with applicable codes, and secure to the extent indicated.
F0� 1.03 WARRANTY and finishes. A. Clearances Between Door and Frame: Comply with related requirements of
m' H. Securely attach countertops to cabinets using concealed fasteners. Make flat B. Provide all items of a single type of the same model by the some
ism A. Correct defective work within a five year period after Date of Substantial B. ShopDrawings: Details of each opening, showingelevations, glazing, frame specified frame standards or custom guidelines indicated in accordance with SDI
coni surfaces level; shim where required. Completion. 9 P g' 9 117 or NAAMM HMMA 861. manufacturer. SPECFICATIONS
profiles, and any indicated finish requirements.
xIo I. Attach plastic laminate countertops using screws with minimum penetration into B. Warranty: Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories that fail to 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE B. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch measured with straight edge, corner to C. Provide products that comply with the following:
SECTION 09 2116 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES around electrical and mechanical items within partitions, and tight to items B. Certification: Prior to installation of flooring, submit written certification by b. In finished areas, paint shop-primed items. A. Do not begin application of paints and finishes until substrates have been 2.04 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
passing through partitions. flooring manufacturer and adhesive manufacturer that condition of sub-floor is D. Do Not Paint or Finish the Following Items: properly prepared. A. Accessory Materials: Provide all primers, sealers, cleaning agents, cleaning
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 3.04 BOARD INSTALLATION acce table. o E
P 1. Items facto finished unless otherwise indicated; materials and roducts B. Verif that surfaces are read to receive work as instructed b the roduct cloths, sandin materials, and clean-u materials as re uired for final
A. Performance criteria for gypsum board assemblies. ry P manufacturer. Y Y P cam letion ofgcaated surfaces. P q a o
A. Comply with ASTM C840, GA-216, and manufacturer's instructions. Install to C. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of having factory-applied primers are not considered factory finished. p
B. Metal stud wall framing. V m m
minimize butt end joints, especially in highly visible locations. project. 2. Items indicated to receive other finishes. C. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work.
C. Metal channel ceiling framing. �J J .�
B. Single-Layer Non-Rated: Install gypsum board perpendicular to framing, with 1. See Section 01 6000 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 3. Items indicated to remain unfinished. Report any condition that may potentially effect proper application. 3.01 EXAMINATION N m m
D. Acoustic insulation. N
ends and edges occurring aver firm bearing. 2. Extra Flooring Material: 12 square feet of each type and color. 4. F re rutin labels, a ui ment serial number and ca acit labels, bar code D. Test shop-applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials. �-
E. G sum sheathin 9 q P P Y A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. _ o a a
YP g• 1. Exception: Tapered edges to receive joint treatment at right angles to 3. Extra Wall Base: Eight linear feet of each type and color. labels, and operating parts of equipment. E. Measure moisture content of surfaces using an electronic moisture meter. Do B. Do not begin application of coatings until substrates have been properly o v
F. Backing board. framing. 1.02 FIELD CONDITIONS 5. Floors, unless specifically indicated. not apply finishes unless moisture content of surfaces are below the following prepared. _ ¢ .2 a
G. Gypsum wallboard. C. Double-Layer Non-Rated: Use gypsum board for first layer, placed parallel to A. Store materials for not less than 48 hours prior to installation in area of 6. Glass. maximums: C. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by the U m o
H. Joint treatment and accessories. framing or furring members, with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing. installation at a tem erature of 70 de rees F to achieve tem erature stabilit . 7. Concealed 1. Gypsum Wallboard: 12 percent. E a a
1.02 SUBMITTALS Use glass mat faced sum board at exterior walls and at other locations as P 9 P y pipes, ducts, and conduits. coating manufacturer. Obtain and follow manufacturer's instructions for w C M
9YP Thereafter, maintain conditions above 55 degrees F. 1.02 SUBMITTALS 2. Plaster and Stucco: 12 percent. examination and testing of substrates. IIX m N
A. Product Data: Provide data on metal framin sum board, accessories, and indicated. Place second layer perpendicular to framing or furring members. 3. Mason Concrete, and Concrete Mason Units 12 ercent. 5 • N
g' gyp A. Product Data: Provide com lete list of roducts to be used, with the followin ry' ry P D. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. o >
oint finishin s stem. Offset joints of second layer from joints of first layer. P P 9 Q � m -
1 9 Y 2.01 TILE FLOORING information for each: 4. Interior Waad: 15 percent, measured in accordance with ASTM D4442. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application. " p "
B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's data on arfition head to structure D. Fire-Rated Construction: Install gypsum board in strict compliance with 5. Concrete Floors and Traffic Surfaces: 8 ercent. E. Proceed with coatin a lication onl after unacce table conditions have been
P requirements of assembly listing. A. Vinyl Composition Tile: Homogeneous, with color extending throughout thickness, 1. Manufacturer's name, product name and/or catalog number, and general P 9 PP Y P
connectors, showing compliance with requirements. and: " 3.02 PREPARATION corrected. � W
E. Exterior Sheathing: Comply with ASTM C1280. Install sheathing vertically, with product category berg. .alkyd enamel ).
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Minimum Re uirements: Com I with ASTM F1066, of Class corres ondin to A. Clean surfaces thorou hl and correct defects rior to a lication. 3.02 PREPARATION W
edges butted tight and ends occurring over firm bearing. q PY P 9 2. MPI product number (erg. MPI #47). 9 y P PP =
A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing gypsum board type specified. B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for A. Clean surfaces of loose foreign matter.
F. Exterior Soffits: Install exterior soffit board perpendicular to framing, with 3. Cross-reference c s ecified aint s stem s roduct is to be used in; include O.
installation and finishing, with minimum five years of experience. 2. Size: 12 x 12 inch. P P y b ) P achievin the best result for the substrate under the ro'ect conditions. B. Remove substances that would bleed through finished coatings. If unremovable,
staggered end joints over framing members or other solid backing. description of each system. 9 P 1
G. Cementitious Backin Board: Install over steel framin members and wood 3. Thickness: 0.125 inch. C. Remove or repair existing paints or finishes that exhibit surface defects. seal surface with shellac. O W
9 g B. Samples: Submit three paper "draw down" samples, 8-1/2 by 11 inches in
2.01 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES framin members where indicated, in accordance with ANSI A108.11 and 4. Pattern & Color: as indicated on the drawings. D. Remove or mask surface appurtenances, including electrical plates, hardware, C. Remove finish hardware, fixture covers, and accessories and store. F
9 size, illustrating range of colors available for each finishing product specified.
A. Provide completed assemblies complying with ASTM C840 and GA-216. manufacturer's instructions. 2.02 RESILIENT BASE light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings, prior to preparing surfaces or D. Existing Painted and Sealed Surfaces: W S
1. Where sheen is specified, submit samples in only that sheen. finishin i
B. Fire Rated Assemblies: Provide completed assemblies with the following H. Installation on Metal Framing: Use screws for attachment of gypsum board A. Resilient Base: ASTM F1861, Type N, vinyl, thermoplastic; top set style and g• 1. Remove loose, flaking, and peeling paint. Feather edge and sand smooth
characteristics: 2. Where sheen is not specified, discuss sheen options with Architect before E. Seal surfaces that mi ht cause bleed throw h or stainin of to coat. ed es of chi ed oint. Im
except face layer of non-rated double-layer assemblies, which may be installed color as scheduled on the drawings, and as follows: 9 9 9 P g pp p
preparing samples, to eliminate sheens definitely not required.
1. UL Assembly Numbers: Provide construction equivalent to that listed for the by means of adhesive lamination. 1. Height, Color, and Finish: As scheduled on the drawings. F. Remove mildew from impervious surfaces by scrubbing with solution of 2. Clean with mixture of trisodium phosphate and water to remove surface =
articular assembl in the current UL FRD C. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owners use in maintenance of tetra-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface rease and forei n matter. V LL
P Y ( )• I. Installation on Wood Framing: For rated assemblies, comply with requirements 2. Thickness: 0.125 inch thick. 9 9
project. to d
2.02 METAL FRAMING MATERIALS of listing authority. For non-rated assemblies, install as follows: 3. Length: Roll. ry' E. Galvanized Surfaces:
1. Extra Paint and Finish Materials: 1 gallon of each color, type, and sheen; G. Concrete:
A. Non-Loadbearing Framing System Components: ASTM C645; galvanized sheet 1. Single-Layer Applications: Screw attachment. 4. Accessories: Premolded external corners. 1. Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent according to
from the same product run, store where directed. 1. Remove release a ents, curio com ounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do not SSPC-SP 1.
steel, of size and properties necessary to comply with ASTM C754 for the J. Curved Surfaces: Apply gypsum board to curved substrates in accordance with 2,03 ACCESSORIES 9 9 P r
2. Label each container with color, type, texture, and room locations in addition coat surfaces if moisture content or alkalinit of surfaces to be coated Ca
spacing indicated, with maximum deflection of wall framing of L/240 at 5 psf. GA-226. Y 2. Prepare surface according to SSPC-SP 2.
A. Subfloor Filler: White premix latex; type recommended by adhesive material to the manufacturer's label.
The use of equivalent gauge stud sizing criteria is prohibited. K. Moisture Protection: Treat cut ed es and holes in moisture resistant sum exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. F. Ferrous Metal: -
9 9YP manufacturer. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE Z�
1. Studs: "C" shaped with flat or formed webs with knurled faces. board and exterior gypsum soffit board with sealant. B. Primers, Adhesives, and Seaming Materials: Waterproof: types recommended by 2. Clean concrete according to ASTM D4258. Allow to dry. 1. Solvent.clean according to SSPC-SP1. * u P a Gy+, p)
2. Runners: Usha ed, sized to match studs. 3.05 INSTALLATION OF TRIM AND ACCESSORIES A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products 3. Prepare surface as recommended by top coat manufacturer and according to 2. Sho Primed Surfaces: Sand and scra a to remove loose rimer and rust. ; 1 t ,
p flooring manufacturer. p- p p
specified, with minimum three years experience. SSPC-SP 13. C - e: o
3. Ceiling Channels: C-shaped. A. Control Joints: Place control joints consistent with lines of building spaces and 1. Provide only products having lower VOC content than allowed by local Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with F- w v a � `
B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the type of work H. Mason ,
as follows: ry solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. _ = w
4. Furring: Hat-shaped sections, minimum depth of 7/8 inch. regulation. specified with minimum three years experience. 1. Remove efflorescence and chalk. Do not coat surfaces if moisture content 3. Remove rust loose mill scale and other forei n substances usin usin . , ''
1. Space in accordance with ASTM C840 and as indicated. C. Moldin s Transition and Ed a Stri s As scheduled on the drawin s 9 9 9 F - w lj r'
5. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2 inch depth, for attachment to substrate 9 9 P g 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING or alkalinit of surfaces or if alkalinit of mortar oints exceed that ermitted
2. Not more than 30 feet a art an walls and ceilin s over 50 feet Ion Y Y 1 P methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer and blast cleaning u &
through one leg only. P 9 g• D. Sealer and Polish: Types recommended by flooring manufacturer.
A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify in manufacturer's written instructions. Allow to dry. accordin to SSPC-SP 6 "Commercial Blast Cleanin °�
B. Ceilin Han ers: T e and size ass ecified in ASTM C754 for s acin re uired. 3. At exterior soffits, not more than 30 feet apart in both directions. g g , and protect from .� *
9 9 YP P P 9 9 acceptability. 2. Prepare surface as recommended by top coat manufacturer. corrosion until coated.
C. Partition Head to Structure Connections: Provide mechanical anchors a devices 4. Where partition, wall or ceiling traverses a construction joint (expansion, 3.01 EXAMINATION
9 B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot I. Concrete Floors and Traffic Surfaces: Remove contamination, acid etch, and G. Protect adjacent surfaces and materials not receiving coating from spatter and
that accommodate deflection using slotted holes, screws and anti-friction seismic, or building control element) in the base building structure. A. Verify that surfaces are flat to tolerances acceptable to flooring manufacturer, number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup rinse floors with clear water. Verif re uired acid-alkali balance is achieved. overs ra ; mask if necessa to rovide ade uate rotection. Re air damn e. aeelyn.d oasbuotlen Monsanto r
bushings, preventing rotation of studs while maintaining structural performance 5. Where floor supported partition adjoins ceiling supported structures. free of cracks that might telegraph through flooring, clean, dry, and free of re uirements, color desi nation, and instructions for mixin and reducin Allow to d y q P y ry P q P P 9 instrumento of sorb. oro siren m
of partition. B. Corner Beads: Install at external corners, usin Ion est ractical len ths. curio com ounds, surface hardeners, and other chemicals that mi ht interfere q 9 9 9• ry' 3.03 PRIMING oomlCa.e.q r.nsm me L Tho m
9 9 P 9 9 P 9 C. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and a J. Gypsum Board: Fill minor defects with filler compound. Spot prime defects A. Apply primer, specified in this section, to all surfaces, unless specifically not QnYmph.F. Y.Im Me,Con Tuc ion
1. Structural Performance: Maintain lateral load resistance and vertical C. Ede Trim: Install at locations where sum board abuts dissimilar materials. with bonding of flooring to substrate. maximum of 90 de rees F, in ventilated area, and as re uired b after re air. of um arsn pur ses ffer then the
movement co acit re uired b a licable code, when evaluated in accordance 9 9YP 9 q Y P required by coating manufacturer. Apply in accordance with coating ooa.n.imrocrmeas hmeaNentl.
P y q y PP D. Exterior Soffit Vents: Install according to manufacturer's written instructions and B. Verify that wall surfaces are smooth and flat within the tolerances specified for manufacturer's instructions. K. Plaster: Fill hairline cracks, small holes, and imperfections with latex patching manufacturer's instructions. 'n'as°walwt'.'m°hr's'r'°mst'
with AISI S100-12. in locations indicated on the drawin s. Provide vent areas ecified. that type of work, are dust-free, and are ready to receive resilient base. Paesmemooutopu dUSEo....
9 p 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS plaster. Make smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Wash and neutralize 3.04 COATING APPLICATION of Chrletepher F. Werke, Arohiteot.
2. Material: ASTM A653/A653M steel sheet, SS Grade 50/340, with G60/Z180 C. Cementitious Sub-floor Surfaces: Verify that substrates are dry enough and hi h alkali surfaces.
3.06 JOINT TREATMENT A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the 9
hot dipped galvanized coating. ready for resilient flooring installation by testing for moisture and pH. A. Apply minimum 2 coats in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, to
A. Glass Mat Faced Gypsum Board and Exterior Glass Mat Faced Sheathing: Use temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer. L. Insulated Coverings: Remove dirt, grease, and oil from canvas and cotton. thicknesses s ecified.
D. Sheet Metal Backing: 0.043 inch thick, galvanized, 6" wide. fiber lass oint to e, bedded and finished with chemical hardenin t e oint 1. Test in accordance with ASTM F710, including but not limited to Moisture M.Aluminum: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent P
9 j P 9 YP 1 B. Follow manufacturer's recommended procedures for producing best results, B. A in uniform thickness coats, without runs, dri s inholes, brush marks, or
Vapor Emission and pH. accordin to SSPC-SP 1. PPY P ' P
2.03 BOARD MATERIALS compound. including testing of substrates, moisture in substrates, and humidity and 9 variations in color, texture, or finish. Finish ed es, crevices, corners, and other
2. Test Internal Relative Humidity in accordance with ASTM F2170 Procedure A. 9
A. Gypsum Wallboard: Paper-faced gypsum panels as defined in ASTM B. Paper Faced Gypsum Board: Use paper joint tape, bedded with ready-mixed temperature limitations. N. Copper: Remove contamination by steam, high pressure water, or solvent changes in dimension with full coating thickness.
C1396 C1396M; sizes to minimize oints in lace; ends s uare cut. vin I or owder-t a vin I for interior a lications, and chemical hardenin t e 3. Obtain instructions if test results are not within limits recommended by washin
/ 1 P q Y P YP Y PP 9 YP C. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candles measured mid-height at substrate 9• 3.05 CLEANING
for exterior or wet locations, and finished with matchin oint com ound. resilient flooring manufacturer and adhesive materials manufacturer.
1. Application: Use for vertical surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 9 1 � P surface. 0.Galvanized Surfaces: A. Collect waste material that could constitute a fire hazard, lace in closed metal
2. Mold Resistance: Score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273. C. Finish gypsum board in accordance with levels defined in ASTM C840, as follows: D. Verify that required floor-mounted utilities are in correct location. 1. Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent according to P
1. Level 5: Walls and ceilin s to receive semi- loss or loss oint finish and 3.02 PREPARATION SSPC-SP 1. containers, and remove daily from site.
a. Mold-resistant board is required whenever board is being installed before 9 9 9 P � 2.01 MANUFACTURERS B. Clean surfaces immediately of overspray, splatter, and excess material.
the buildin is enclosed and conditioned. other areas specifically indicated. A. Prepare floor substrates as recommended by flooring and adhesive 2. Pre are surface accordin to SSPC-SP 2.
9 A. Provide paints and finishes from the same manufacturer to the greatest extent P 9 C. After coatin has cured, clean and re lace finish hardware, fixtures, and fittin s
2. Level 4: Walls and ceilin s to receive aint finish or wall coverin s unless manufacturers and in accordance with ASTM F710. 9 P 9
b. Mold resistant board is required in toilet room and janitor closet walls and 9 p 9 � possible. P. Ferrous Metal: previously removed.
where indicated in drawin s. otherwise indicated. B. Remove sub-floor ridges and bumps. Fill minor low spots, cracks, joints, holes,
9 and other defects with sub-floor filler to achieve smooth, flat, hard surface. 1. Substitution of other products by the same manufacturer is preferred over 1. Solvent clean according to SSPC-SP 1. 3.06 PROTECTION
3. At Assemblies Indicated with Fire-Rating: Use type required by indicated 3. Level 3: Walls to receive textured wall finish. substitution of products by a different manufacturer. 2. Shop-Primed Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. A. Protect finished work from doma e.
tested assembly; if no tested assembly is indicated, use Type X board, UL or 4. Level 2: In utility areas, behind cabinetry, and on backing board to receive C. Prohibit traffic until filler is cured. 2. Substitution of a different paint system using MPI-approved products by the Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with 9
WH listed. tile finish. D. Clean substrate. same manufacturer will be considered. solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces. Re-prime entire shop-primed item.
4. Thickness: 5. Level 1: Wall areas above finished ceilings, whether or not accessible in the E. Apply primer as required to prevent "bleed-through" or interference with 2.02 PAINTS AND FINISHES - GENERAL 3. Remove rust, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances using using SECTION 10 4400 - FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
a. Vertical Surfaces: 5/8 inch unless otherwise indicated or required by completed construction. adhesion by substances that cannot be removed. A. Paints and Finishes: Ready mixed, unless intended to be a field-cotalyzed methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer and blast cleaning 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
tested assembly. D. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth 3.03 INSTALLATION paint. according to SSPC-SP 6 "Commercial Blast Cleaning". Protect from corrosion A. Fire extinguishers.
B. Backin Board For Wet Areas: surface ready to receive finishes. A. Startin installation constitutes acce tance of sub-floor conditions. until coated.
9 9 P 1. Where MPI paint numbers are specified, provide products listed in Master B. Accessories.
1. Application: Surfaces wet areas including break room sink wall, toilet rooms 1. Feather coats of joint compound so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch. B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Painters Institute Approved Product List, current edition available at Q. Wood Surfaces to Receive Opaque Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to 1.02 SUBMITTALS
and anitor rooms. E. Where Level 5 finish is indicated, s ra a I hi h build d wall surfacer over www. aintinfo.com, fors ecified MPI tate ories exce t as otherwise indicated. priming. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. F 11 nail
1 P Y PPY 9 rY C. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of materials before initial set. P P 9 P A. Product Data: Provide extinguisher operational features.
2. ANSI Cement-Based Board: Non-gypsum-based; aggregated Portland cement entire surface after joints have been properly treated; achieve a flat and tool D. Fit joints tightly. 2. Provide paints and finishes of a soft paste consistency, capable of being holes and cracks after primer has dried; sand between coats. Back prime B. Shop Drawings: Indicate locations of individual fire extinguishers.
panels with glass fiber mesh embedded in front and back surfaces complying mark-free finish. readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating, with good flow concealed surfaces before installation.
E. Set flooring in place, press with heavy roller to attain full adhesion. 1.04 FIELD CONDITIONS
with ANSI A118.9 or ASTM C1325. F. Fill and finish joints and corners of cementitious backing board as recommended and brushing properties, and capable of drying or curing free of streaks or R. Wood Surfaces to Receive Transparent Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to
b manufacturer. F. Where type of floor finish, pattern, or color are different on opposite sides of sa s sealing, seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes A. Do not install extinguishers when ambient temperature may cause freezing of
a. Thickness: 1 2 inch. Y 9
door, terminate flooring under centerline of door. and cracks after sealer has dried; sand lightly between coats. Prime concealed extinguisher ingredients.
3. Glass Mat Faced Board: Coated lass mat water-resistant sum backin 3.07 TOLERANCES 3. Provide materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates
9 gyp 9 G. Install edge strips or vinyl transition trims at unprotected or exposed edges, surfaces with gloss varnish reduced 25 percent with thinner.
panel as defined in ASTM C1178/C1178M. A. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from True Flatness: 1/8 where floorin terminates or abuts other floor finishes, and where indicated. indicated under conditions ti service and application, as demonstrated by
9 manufacturer based on testin and field ex erience. S. Wood Doors to be Field-Finished: Seal wood door top and bottom edge 2.01 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
a. Fire Resistant T e: T e X core, thickness 5 8 inch. inch in 10 feet in any direction. H. Scribe floorin to walls, columns, cabinets, floor outlets, and other 9 P surfaces with clear sealer.
YP YP / 9 4. Supply each paint material in quantity required to complete entire project's A. Fire Extinguishers - General: Comply with product requirements of NFPA 10
C. Backing Board For Non-Wet Areas: Water-resistant gypsum backing board as - appurtenances to produce tight joints. work from a single production run. T. Metal Doors to be Painted: Prime metal door top and bottom edge surfaces. and applicable codes, whichever is more stringent.
defined in ASTM C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimum joints in place; ends square SECTION 09 5100 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS I. Install flooring in recessed floor access covers, maintaining floor pattern. 3.03 APPLICATION 1. Provide extin uishers labeled b ILL DIR or FM AG for ur ose s ecified
cut. 3.04 TILE FLOORING 5. Do not reduce, thin, or dilute paint or finishes or add materials unless such 9 Y ( ) ( ) P P P
1.01 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS procedure is specifically described in manufacturer's product instructions. A. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and and as indicated.
1. Application: Vertical surfaces behind thinset tile, except in wet areas. A. Sequence work to ensure acoustical ceilings are not installed until building is A. Mix tile from container to ensure shade variations are consistent when tile is electrical components and paint separately. B. Multipurpose Dry Chemical Type Fire Extinguishers: Carbon steel tank, with
B. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content:
2. Type X Thickness: 5/8 inch. enclosed, sufficient heat is provided, dust generating activities have terminated, placed, unless manufacturer's instructions say otherwise. B. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and pressure gage.
3. Edges: Tapered. and overhead work is completed, tested, and approved. 3.05 RESILIENT BASE 1. Provide paints and finishes that comply with the most stringent requirements recommendations in "MPI Architectural Paintin S ecification Manual". 1. Class: A:B:C t e.
specified in the following: 9 P YP
D. Ceiling Board: Special sag resistant gypsum ceiling board as defined in ASTM B. Do not install acoustical units until after interior wet work is dry. A. Fit joints tightly and make vertical. Maintain minimum dimension of 18 inches a. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D--National Volatile Organic Compound Emission C. Where adjacent sealant is to be painted, do not apply finish coats until sealant 2. Size: 10 pound minimum.
C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. 1.02 SUBMITTALS between joints. Standards for Architectural Coatings. is applied. 3. Finish: Baked polyester powder coat, red color.
1. Application: Ceilings, unless otherwise indicated. A. Product Data: Provide data on suspension system components and acoustical B. Miter internal corners. At external corners, use premolded units. At exposed 2. Determination of VOC Content: Testing and calculation in accordance with 40 D. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry 4. Temperature range: Minus 40 degrees F to 120 degrees F.
2. Thickness: 1 2 inch, unless otherwise indicated. units. ends, use premolded units. before next coat is applied. C. D Chemical T e Fire Extin uishers: Stainless steel tank, with ressure a e.
/ C. Install base on solid backin Bond ti htl to wall and floor surfaces. CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 2 it exclusive of colorants added to a tint . YP 9 P 9 9
3. Edges: Tapered. B. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of 9• 9 Y base and water added at project site; or other method acceptable to E. Apply each coat to uniform appearance in thicknesses specified by manufacturer. 1. Class: K type.
E. Exterior Sheathing Board: Sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. project. D. Scribe and fit to door frames and other interruptions. authorities having jurisdiction. F. Dark Colors and Deep Clear Colors: Regardless of number of coats specified, 2. Size: 1.6 gallons.
1. Application: Exterior sheathing, unless otherwise indicated. 1. See Section 01 - Product Requirements, for additional provisions. 3.06 CLEANING C. Flammability: Comply with applicable code for surface burning characteristics. apply as many coats as necessary for complete hide. 3. Finish: Polished stainless steel.
2. Glass Mat Faced Sheathin Glass mat faced sum substrate as defined in 2. Extra Acoustical Units: Quantity equal to 5 percent of total installed. A. Remove excess adhesive from floor, base, and wall surfaces without damage. D. Sheens: Provide the sheens s ecified; where sheen is not s ecified, sheen will G. Sand wood and metal surfaces lightly between coats to achieve required finish. 4. Tem erature ran e: Minus 20 de rees F to 120 de rees F.
9• 9YP P P H. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose articles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and P 9 g 9
ASTM C1177/C1177M. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE B. Clean, seal and polish in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. be selected later by Architect from the manufacturer's full line. P 2.02 ACCESSORIES
A. Fire-Resistive Assemblies: Com lete assembl listed and classified b ILL for the 3.07 PROTECTION E. Colors: As indicated on drawin s particles just prior to applying next coat.
3. Regular Board Thickness: 5/8 inch unless otherwise indicated. P Y Y 9 A. Extinguisher Cabinets: Semi-recessed; Surface mounted..
fire resistance indicated. A. Prohibit traffic on resilient floorin for 48 hours after installation. 1. In finished areas, finish i es, ducts, conduit, and a ui ment the same color I. Wood to Receive Transparent Finishes: Tint fillers to match wood. Work fillers
4. Edges: Square. 9 P P q P B. Graphic Identification: Fire Extinguisher.
B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in the installation of the products as the wall ceilin the are mounted on under. into the grain before set. Wipe excess from surface.
F. Exterior Soffit Board: Exterior gypsum soffit board as defined in ASTM / 9 y / J. Reinstall electrical cover lates, hardware, li ht fixture trim, escutcheons, and
specified in this section with minimum three years experience. P 9
C1396/C1396M; sizes to minimize joints in place; ends square cut. SECTION 09 6813 - TILE CARPETING 2.03 PAINT SYSTEMS - INTERIOR 3.01 EXAMINATION
1.04 FIELD CONDITIONS fittings removed prior to finishing.
1. Application: Ceilings and soffits in protected exterior areas, unless otherwise 1.01 SUBMITTALS A. Interior Surfaces to be Painted, Unless Otherwise Indicated: Including gypsum 3.04 PROTECTION A. Verify existing conditions before starting work.
indicated. A. Maintain uniform temperature of minimum 60 degrees F, and maximum humidity board, concrete, concrete masonry units, brick, wood, plaster, uncoated steel,
of 40 ercent rior to, Burin and after acoustical unit installation. A. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and A. Protect finishes until completion of project. 3.02 INSTALLATION
2. At Assemblies Indicated with Fire-Rating: Use type required by indicated P P g' erformance characteristics; sizes, patterns, colors available, and method of shop primed steel, galvanized steel, and aluminum.
P B. Touch-up damaged finishes after Substantial Completion. A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
tested assembly; if no tested assembly is indicated, use Type X. installation. 1. Two top coats and one coat primer. ,
2.01 ACOUSTICAL UNITS 2. To Coats Interior Latex; MPI 43, 44 52, 53, 54, or 114. B. Install one (1) extinguisher per 3,000 s.f. floor area and not more than 75
3. Regular Type Thickness: 1/2 inch, unless otherwise indicated. B. Samples: Submit two carpet tiles illustrating color and pattern design for each P ( )� � � travel distance from any point to an extinguisher.
A. Acoustical Units - General: ASTM E 1264, Class A. Refer to drawings for car et color selected. 3. To Coat Sheen, unless noted otherwise on drawin s: SECTION 09 9600 - HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS
4. Edges: Tapered. P P 9 C. Secure ri idl in lace.
products. Units for Installation in Fire-Rated Suspension System: Listed and a. Flat: MPI loss level 1; use this sheen for ceilin s and other overhead 1.01 SUBMITTALS 9 y P
2.04 ACCESSORIES C. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of 9 9 D. Place extin uishers on wall brackets, unless noted otherwise.
classified for the fire-resistive assembly the suspension system is a part of. ro ect. surfaces. A. Product Data: Provide complete list of all products to be used, with the g
A. Acoustic Insulation: ASTM C665; Rockwool Safe'N'Sound. Thickness: 3 inch or P 1 E. Install Dry Chemical, K type extinguishers in kitchens and in other areas
2.02 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS) 1. See Section 01 6000 - Product Re uirements, for additional revisions. b. Eggshell: MPI gloss level 3; use this sheen at all locations. following information for each:
as indicated for wall type. q P involving cooking fluids, such as oils and fats and as directed by authority
A. Manufacturers: Same as for acoustical units or acceptable by the acoustical unit 4. Primer: As recommended b to coat manufacturer for s ecific substrate. 1. Manufacturer's name, roduct name and or catalo number, and eneral
B. Water-Resistive Barrier: As specified in Section 07 2500. 2. Extra Carpet Tiles: Quantity equal to 5 percent of total installed of each color Y P P P / 9 9 having jurisdiction.
manufacurer. and attern installed. B. Medium Dut Door Trim: For surfaces sub ect to fre uent contact b occu ants, product category (e.g. "alkyd enamel").
C. Finishing Accessories: ASTM C1047, galvanized steel or rolled zinc, unless noted P Y / 1 q Y P F. Install Multipurpose Dry Chemical type extinguisher in other areas and as
B. Suspension Systems - General: Complying with ASTM C635/C635M; die cut and 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE includin metals and wood: 2. MPI
otherwise. 9 product number (erg. MPI #47). directed by authority having jurisdiction.
interlocking components, with stabilizer bars, clips, splices, perimeter moldings,
1. Types: As detailed or required for finished appearance. A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in installing carpet with minimum 3 1. Medium duty applications include doors, door frames, railings, handrails, 3. Cross-reference to specified coating systems) product is to be used in; G. Final size, location and quantity shall be confirmed by the authority having
2. Special Shapes: In addition to conventional corner bead and control joints, and hold down clips as required. years experience. guardrails, and balustrades. include description of each system. jurisdiction.
2.03 ACCESSORIES 2. Two to coats and one coat rimer.
provide U-bead at exposed panel edges. 1.03 FIELD CONDITIONS P P � B. Samples: Submit two samples 4 x 6 inch in size illustrating scheduled colors
A. Support Channels and Hangers: Galvanized steel; size and type to suit
D. Joint Materials: ASTM C475/C475M and as recommended by gypsum board application, seismic requirements, and ceiling system flatness requirement A. Store materials in area of installation for minimum period of 24 hours prior to 3. Top Coat(s): High Performance Architectural Interior Latex; MPI #139, 140, for approval.
manufacturer for project conditions. installation. or 141. C. Maintenance Materials: Furnish the following for Owner's use in maintenance of
specified. 4. To Coat Sheen: ro ect.
1. Tape: 2 inch wide, coated glass fiber tape for joints and corners, except as P p j
B. Perimeter Moldings: Same material and finish as grid. a. Semi-Gloss: MPI loss level 5; use this sheen unless noted otherwise. 1. Extra Coatin Materials: 1 allon of each t e and color.
otherwise indicated. 2.01 MATERIALS 9 9 9 yp
C. Touch-up Paint: Type and color to match acoustical and grid units. 5. Primer: As recommended b
2. Tope: 2 inch wide, creased paper tape for joints and corners, except as A. Carpet Tile: As indicated on drawings, manufactured in one color dye lot. y top coat manufacturer for specific substrate. 2. Label each container with manufacturer's name, product number, color
otherwise indicated. 1. Critical Radiant Flux: Minimum of 0.22 watts/sq cm, when tested in C. Dry Fall: Metals; exposed structure and overhead-mounted services or as number, and room names and numbers where used. p
3. Read -mixed vin I-based oint cam ound. 3.01 EXAMINATION indicated on drawin s, includin she rimed steel deck, structural steel, metal e
Y Y J P accordance with ASTM E648 or NFPA 253. 9 9 P P 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE �
4. Powder-t a vin I-based oint com ound. A. Verify existing conditions before starting work. fabrications, galvanized ducts, galvanized conduit, and galvanized piping.
YP Y 1 P 2. Surface Flammability Ignition: Pass ASTM D2859 (the "pill test"). A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products W
5. Chemical hardening type compound. B. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work. 2.02 ACCESSORIES 1. Shop primer by others. specified in this section with minimum three years experience. �
E. High Build Drywall Surfacer: V nyl acrylic latex-based coating for spray 3.02 INSTALLATION - SUSPENSION SYSTEM 2. One top coat . B. A licator Qualifications: Com an s ecializin in erformin the work of this 5
A. Sub-Floor Filler: White premix latex; type recommended by flooring material PP P Y P 9 P 9
application, designed to take the place of skim coating and separate paint A. Install suspension system in accordance with ASTM C636/C636M, ASTM 3. Top Coat: Latex Dry Fall; MPI #118, 155, or 226. section approved by manufacturer.
manufacturer.
primer in achieving Level 5 finish. E580/E580M, and manufacturer's instructions and as supplemented in this B. Edge Strips: Material and color as selected. 4. Top Coat Sheen: 1.03 FIELD CONDITIONS = � �
F. Screws for Fastening of Gypsum Panel Products to Cold-Formed Steel Studs section. a. Flat: MPI loss level 1; use this sheen unless noted otherwise. A. Do not install materials when tem erature is below 55 de rees F or above 90 Z W
Less than 0.033 inch in Thickness and Wood Members: ASTM C1002; B. Ri idl secures stem, includin inte ral mechanical and electrical com onents, C. Adhesives: Acceptable to carpet the manufacturer, compatible with materials 9 P 9 H W W
9 Y Y 9 9 P being adhered; maximum VOC of 50 g/L; CRI Green Label certified; in lieu of D. Transparent Finish on Wood, unless noted otherwise. degrees F. J 2 cc eo
self-piercing tapping screws, corrosion resistant. for maximum deflection of 1:360. labeled product, independent test report showing compliance is acceptable. 1. Stain: Semi-Transparent Stain for Wood; MPI #90. B. Maintain this temperature range, 24 hours before, during, and 72 hours after < W F- N
G. Screws for Fastening of Gypsum Panel Products to Steel Members from 0.033 C. Lay out system to a balanced grid design with edge units no less than 50 installation of coating. • > to N
to 0.112 inch in Thickness: ASTM C954; steel drill screws, corrosion resistant. ercent of acoustical unit size, unless otherwise indicated on drawin s 2. Top Coat(s): Clear Water Based Varnish; MPI #128, 129, or 130. W O n
H. Anchors a to Substrate: Tie wire, nails, screws, and other metal su orts, of P g P C. Restrict traffic from area where coating is being applied or is curing. = 2 Q W
v -ceilin work is cam tete. Coordinate the location of
3.01 EXAMINATION 3. To Coat Sheen:
9 PP D. Install after major abs e g p 1.04 WARRANTY d Q
type and size to suit application; to rigidly secure materials in place. hangers with other work. A. Verify that sub-floor surfaces are smooth and flat within tolerances specified a. Satin: MPI gloss level 4; use this sheen unless noted otherwise. 2 O O
I. Exterior Soffit Vents: One piece, perforated, ASTM B221 6063 T5 alloy aluminum, E. Han sus ension s stem inde endent of walls, columns, ducts, i es and for that type of work and are ready to receive carpet tile. E. Transparent Finish on Concrete Floors, unless noted otherwise. A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty 3
with ed a suitable for direct a lication to sum board and manufactured 9 P y P P P B. Verif that sub-floor surfaces are dust-free and free of substances that could requirements.
g pp 9YP conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face Y 1. 2 coats sealer. B. Correct defective Work within a five ear eriod after Date of Substantial Z rn �
es eciall for soffit a lication. Provide continuous vent. lane of adjacent members. impair bonding of adhesive materials to sub-floor surfaces. Y P
P Y PP P 1 2. Sealer: Water Based for Concrete Floors; MPI #99. Completion. a � a
F. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, C. Cementitious Sub-floor Surfaces: Verify that substrates are dry enough and 3. Sealer Sheen: Z W) (7
read for floorin installation b testin for moisture and H. C. Warranty: Include coverage for bond to substrate. W n
3.01 EXAMINATION reinforce the nearest affected hangers and related carrying channels to span Y 9 Y 9 P a. Eggshell: MPI gloss level 3; use this sheen unless noted otherwise. � � �
A. Verif that ro'ect conditions area ro riate for work of this section to the extra distance. 1. Test in accordance with ASTM F710.
Y p J PP P F. Wood, Opaque, Latex, 3 Coat: 2.01 MANUFACTURERS
commence. G. Do not support components on main runners or cross runners if weight causes 2. Test Internal Relative Humidity in accordance with ASTM F2170 Procedure A. 1. One coat of latex primer sealer.
3.02 FRAMING INSTALLATION total dead load to exceed deflection capability. D. Verify that required floor-mounted utilities are in correct location. A. Only materials (primers, coatings, etc.) listed in the latest edition of the MPI Prapet Na 18876
2. Semi-gloss: Two coats of latex enamel; MPI #54,unless noted otherwise.
A. Metal Framin Install in accordance with ASTM C754 and manufacturer's H. Support fixture loads using supplementary hangers located within 6 inches of 3.02 PREPARATION Approved Product List (APL) are acceptable for use on this project.
g' each corner, or su ort com onents inde endent) . G. Concrete/Masonry, Opaque, Latex, 3 Coat: B. Provide hi h erformance coatin roducts from the same manufacturer to the assn SY CK
instructions. PP P P Y A. Prepare floor substrates as recommended by flooring and adhesive 9 P 9 P
B. Suspended Ceilings and Soffits: Space framing and furring members as I. Do not eccentrically load system or induce rotation of runners. manufacturers. 1. One coat of block filler. greatest extent possible. Date h"
permitted by standard. J. Perimeter Molding: Install at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces and at B. Remove sub-floor ridges and bumps. Fill minor or local low spots, cracks, 2. Flat: Two coats of latex enamel; MPI #53, unless noted otherwise. 2.02 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 871%= Blfl+mM
1. Laterally brace entire suspension system. junctions with other interruptions. Use longest practical lengths. Overlap and joints, holes, and other defects with sub-floor filler. H. Ferrous Metals, Unprimed, Latex, 3 Coat: A. MPI Standards: Provide products that comply with MPI standards indicated and
2. Install bracing as required at exterior locations to resist wind uplift. rivet corners. C. Apply, trowel, and float filler to achieve smooth, flat, hard surface. Prohibit 1. One coat of latex primer. are listed in "MPI Approved Products List."
3.03 INSTALLATION - ACOUSTICAL UNITS traffic until filler is cured. 2. Semi- loss: Two coats of latex enamel; MPI 153, unless noted otherwise. B. Provide coatin s stems that meet the followin minimum erformance criteria,
C. Studs: Space studs at 16 inches on center. 9 # 9 y 9 P
1. Extend partition framing to height indicated on drawings. A. Install acoustical units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Vacuum clean substrate. I. Ferrous Metals, Primed, Latex, 2 Coat: unless more stringent criteria are specified:
B. Fit acoustical units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects 3.03 INSTALLATION 1. Touch-u with latex rimer. 2.03 TOP COAT MATERIALS
2. Partitions Terminating at Ceiling: Attach ceiling runner securely to ceiling detrimental to a earance and function. P P
ffi pp A. Starting installation constitutes acceptance of sub-floor conditions. 2. Semi- loss: Two coats of latex enamel; MPI 153, unless noted otherwise. A. Coatings - General: Provide complete multi-coat systems formulated and
track in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 9 #
C. Fit border trim neatly against abutting surfaces. B. Install car et tile in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and CRI Car et recommended by manufacturer for the applications indicated, in the thicknesses
g 3. Partitions Penetrating Ceiling, not Terminating at Structure: Brace top track P P J. Galvanized Metals, Latex, 3 Coat: indicated; number of coats s ecified does not include rimer or filler coat.
� D. Install units after above-ceiling work is complete. Installation Standard. P P
securely to structure at 48 inches on center, unless otherwise indicated. 1. One coat galvanize primer.
E. Install acoustical units level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp, and C. Blend car et from different cartons to ensure minimal variation in color match. 1. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content:
4. Partitions Terminating at Structure: Attach top runner to structure, maintain P 2. Semi-gloss: Two coats of latex enamel; MPI #153, unless noted otherwise.
o clearance between top of studs and structure, and connect studs to track dents. D. Cut carpet tile clean. Fit carpet tight to intersection with vertical surfaces a. Provide coatings that comply with the most stringent requirements specified
F. Cuttin Acoustical Units: Make field cut ed es of same rofile as facto ed es. K. Fabrics/Insulation Jackets, Alkyd, 3 Caat: in the followin
a using specified mechanical devices in accordance with manufacturer's 9 9 P rY 9 without gaps. 9
Double cut and field aint ex used reveal ed es. 1. One coat of alkyd primer sealer.
a instructions; verify free movement of top of stud connections; do not leave P P 9 E. Lay carpet tile in patterns as indicated on drawings. 1) 40 CFR 59, Subpart D--National Volatile Organic Compound Emission
studs unattached to track. G. Where round obstructions occur, provide preformed closures to match perimeter F. Locate change of color or pattern between rooms under door centerline. 2. Flat: Two coats of alkyd enamel; MPI #49, unless noted otherwise. Standards for Architectural Coatings.
ra D. Openings: Reinforce openings as required for weight of doors or operable molding. G. Fully adhere carpet tile to substrate. 2.04 PRIMERS b. Determination of VOC Content: Testing and calculation in accordance with
y anels, usin not less than double studs at ambs. H. For rated ceiling assemblies, install hold-down clips on each panel to retain A. Primers: Provide the followin unless other rimer is re uired or recommended 40 CFR 59, Sub art D EPA Method 24 exclusive of colorants added to a
P 9 1 H. Trim carpet the neatly at walls and around interruptions. 9 P q P ( ).
o E. Standard Wall Furrin Install at concrete and mason walls scheduled to panels tight to grid system; comply with fire rating requirements. by manufacturer of top coats. tint base and water added at project site; or other method acceptable to
9 rY I. Complete installation of edge strips, concealing exposed edges.
m receive gypsum board, not more than 4 inches from floor and ceiling lines and I. Install hold-down clips on panels in entrance vestibules, within 20 ft of an 1. Interior/Exterior Latex Block Filler; MPI #4. authorities having jurisdiction.
abuttin walls. Secure in lace on alternate channel flan es at maximum 24 exterior door, and where indicated. 2. Colors: As indicated on drawings.
9 P g SEC110N 09 9123 - INTERIOR PAINTING 2. Interior Latex Primer sealer; MPI #50.
E inches on center. 3.04 TOLERANCES B. Urethane Coating:
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 3. Interior Water Based Primer for Galvanized Metal; MPI #134.
9 1. Orientation: Vertical. A. Maximum Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 1. Number of Coats: Two.
e 2. Spacing: As indicated. B. Maximum Variation from Plumb of Grid Members Caused by Eccentric Loads: 2 A. Surface preparation. 4. Latex Primer for Interior Wood; MPI #39. 2. Product Characteristics:
5 F. Blockin Use sheet metal backin secured to studs. Provide blockin for de rees. B. Field a lication of aints, stains, and varnishes. 2.05 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
@o` g: g g 9 PP P a. Dry film thickness, per coat: 2.5 mils, minimum. ■
=.ee su ort of wall cabinets, toilet accessories, hardware, o enin frames, and other C. Sco e: Finish interior surfaces ex osed to view, unless full facto finished A. Accessory Materials: Provide primers, sealers, cleaning agents, cleaning cloths,
PP P 9 P P Y rY- b. Comply with the performance requirements specified above for moderate
o�x wall mounted items re uirin secure attachment. and unless otherwise indicated, includin the followin sanding materials, and clean-up materials as required for final completion of
w q 9 SECTION 09 6500 - RESILIENT FLOORING 9 9• painted surfaces. exposure.
1. Use wood blocking secured to studs for plumbing fixtures, toilet partitions, 1. Prime surfaces to receive wall coverings. 3. Top Coat(s): Polyurethane, Two-Component; MPI #174.
rads rab bars, handrails and other items indicated on the drawin s to be 1.01 SUBMITTALS B. Patching Material: Latex filler.
�y 9 9 2. Mechanical and Electrical: a. Sheen: Semi-Gloss.
"gym supported with wood blocking. A. Product Data: Provide data on specified products, describing physical and C. Fastener Head Cover Material: Latex filler.
m' ; 3.03 ACOUSTIC ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION performance characteristics; including sizes, patterns and colors available; and a. In finished areas, paint insulated and exposed pipes, conduit, boxes, 4. Primer: As recommended by coating manufacturer for specific substrate.
insulated and exposed ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports, SPECFICATK)N8
%moo` A. Acoustic Insulation: Place tightly within spaces, around cut openings, behind and installation instructions. mechanical equipment, and electrical equipment, unless otherwise indicated. 3.01 EXAMINATION C. Shellac: Pure, white type.
�-- o E
o a
U V U
W m Ql
® U) 00
N Q)
r qt X
® N
p C
� O p
EXISTING ROOF TOP UNIT SCHEDULE MECHANICAL SYMBOL/ABBREVIATION LEGEND E N
W W
O > N
FAN DATA COOLING HEATING ELECTRICAL DATA Q o
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION N v N
MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL TONS EER WEIGPIT NOTES W
TOTAL O.A. E.S.P. TOTAL 8EN8. EAT AMB. OWE QS TEMPERATURE SENSOR AD ACCESS DOOR
CFM CFM eWG RPM HP MBH MBH DB/WB DB HEATING MBH V/PH MCA MOCP W he
Q THERMOSTAT AL ACOUSTICAL LINING �
(E)RTU-7 CARRIER 48TCDD14 12.5 5000 235 0.8 -- -- 150.0 108.5 80/67 95 180/120 10.8 -- 208/3 71 80 1, 2 ® REMOTE TEST SWITCH CD CEILING DIFFUSER CL
DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR CTE CONNECT TO EXISTING O W
(E)RTU-8 CARRIER 48TCDD14 12.5 5000 100 0.8 -- -- 150.0 108.5 80/67 95 180/120 10.8 -- 208/3 71 80 1, 2 F-
(E)RTU-9 CARRIER 48TCDD14 12.5 5000 100 0.8 -- -- 150.0 108.5 80/67 95 180/120 10.6 -- 208/3 71 80 1, 2 END OF CONTRACT, CONNECT TO EXISTING DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL 2
HF �
FIRE DAMPER EG EXHAUST GRILLE
(E)RTU-11 CARRIER 48TCDD14 12.5 5000 100 0.8 -- -- 150.0 108.5 80/67 95 180/120 10.8 -- 208/3 71 80 1, 2 l�M MOTORIZED DAMPER EAT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE V LL
J VOLUME DAMPER EF EXHAUST FAN
NOTES: �CD CEILING DIFFUSER ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN N
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ROUTINE SERVICE INSPECTION OF ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REUSED. LUBRICATE BEARINGS, SERVICE CONTROL SYSTEMS, REPLACE FAN BELTS AND INSTALL NEW FILTERS. SUBMIT N
SERVICE REPORT INDICATING CONDITION OF UNIT AND REPORT ANY COMPONENTS FAILURES OR MALFUNCTIONS. REPORT SHALL INCLUDE COST TO REPAIR ALL ITEMS INDICATED. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PLACED IN FULL ZRG RETURN GRILLE FD FIRE DAMPER
OPERATION UPON COMPLETION OF PROJECT. 0
EXHAUST GRILLE FPC FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR
tOz
2. FIELD VERIFY TONNAGE AND CFM AMOUNT PRIOR TO START OF WORK. ®EG ec w ry z
GC GENERAL CONTRACTORS^'� -�
tr�Lu
AIRFLOW DIRECTION LAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE r'-�A IT
ca
LOUVERED DOOR MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPICITY
Zr UNDERCUT DOOR MOD MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER �b w
OUTSIDE AIR CALCULATIONS MOCP MAXIMUM OVERLOAD PROTECTION
�■w eenetruation aem.nm.r
OA OUTSIDE AIR inotrurnento of service we olwn in
owtWence met rooWn the property o
REQUIRED PROVIDED
ZONE CLASSIFICATION
OR AIR AREA RA o�Wrr F. hand t Atdiet 7fr use
RCE (TAO) SUPPLY RETURN OA EXHAUST RETURN AIR et�meaee t mon��Om fe�xn
RATE CFM/ OSA PERCENT SUPPLY OSA / RG RETURN GRILLE doaenona too propene ower tfrn tlts
(CFM/FTA2 PEOPLE PERS( N (CFM) OSA (CFM) (CFM) L of Christopher F. YMrke, Archrteot.
X 1 1 REX REMOVE EXISTING xa+ore.rpwwe.ee.mstm..e
UP DOWN UP DOWN UP DOWN RLA RUNNING LOAD AMPS
OFFICE OFFICE (E)RTU-8 640 0.06 10 5 88 0.10 1050 100
RTU ROOF TOP UNIT
OFFICE OFFICE (E)RTU-9 468 0.06 6 5 58 0.06 1650 100 TURNING VANES COUSTIC LININ SPIN-IN BRANCH SA SUPPLY AIR
W/MANUAL DAMPER
OFFICE OFFICE (E)RTU-11 684 0.06 10 5 91 0.06 1675 100
OFFICE OFFICE (E)RTU-7 236 0.06 4 5 34 0.14 250 35
WArrING/RECEPT RECEPTION AREA (E)RTU-7 557 0.06 32 5 193 0.31 650 200
BASED ON 2019 OREGON MECHANICAL CODE
HANGER 14 DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES
MIN. SPIN-IN FITTING:
WITH SCOOP AND ROUND FLEX INSULATED FABRICATE SHEET
STEEL ELBOW I DAMPER, EXCEPT METAL PLENUM BOX MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL MATERIAL FRAME MAX NO NOTES
IN GYP. BOARD OVER DIFFUSER DUCT
CEILINGS, DAMPER SPIN-IN FITTING PAINTED BLACK INSIDE ;IWNTION - BLANKET CD-1 PRICE SPD STEEL 24"x24" LAY-IN 25 1,2,6
IN NECK ED AIR
SECURE W/ WRAP INSULATION FLOW
DRAWBAND AROUND PLENUM BOX LD-1 PRICE SDS100 STEEL TYPE 15 LAY-IN 25 2,4
D x 1.5
ROUND STEEL1 1/2- WRAP
NOMINAL EAP
E AND MASTIC
FLEX DUCT, MAX. DUCT W/SPIN-IN 24•x24• LAY-IN PANEL AIR TAPE
ER JACKET BRANCH DUCT INSULATION ABOVE RG-1 PRICE 600 ALUMINUM 24"x24" LAY-IN 25 2,3,6
FrFnNG AND FLOW SIZE +3" CEILING, 3" WRAP IN
LENGTH 5'-0" PICAL) RG-2 PRICE 600 ALUMINUM 24"x12" LAY-IN 25 2,6
VOLUME DAMPER NECK/DUCT ATTIC SPACE. 45 deg.
SECURE W/ SIZE LR-1 PRICE SDR150 ALUMINUM TYPE 15 LAY-IN - 2,5
DRAWBAND CEILING DIFFUSER: DROUND SHEET METAL SET THROW AS
ROUND STEEL_ DIFFUSER WITH 1 1/2-WRAP SHOWN ON PLANS DURO-DYNE NOTES:
EXTENSION INSULATION ABOVE OPAX' VOLUME 1. DIFFUSERS SHALL BE 4-WAY THROW UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
CEILING, 3" WRAP IN DAMPER 2. DIFFUSERS/GRILLES SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH CEILING GRID. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL PRIOR TO PAINTING.
ATTIC SPACE. x x 3. PROVIDE WITH PRICE RETURN AIR CANOPY WITH FIBER FREE FOAM ACOUSTIC MEDIA (RAC).
ECK/DUCT
SIZE 4. 1-SLOT LINEAR DIFFUSER WITH 4FT SUPPLY PLENUM (MODEL SOB), 5" INLET.
2 LIMITED SPACE CEILING DIFFUSER CONNECTION DETAIL 5. 1-SLOT LINEAR RETURN, 4 FT LONG.
NOMINAL 6. PROVIDE SPF/APF FRAME FOR DRYWALL CEILING. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL CEILING PLAN PRIOR TO ORDERING.
24"x24" LAY-IN PANEL N.T.S. GENERAL NOTES:
* DIMENSION SHOWN ON MECH A. OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER.
PLAN IS DUCT/NECK SIZE B. PROVIDE SQUARE TO ROUND NECK TRANSITIONS WHERE ROUND DUCTS SERVE SQUARE NECK DIFFUSERS OR GRILLES.
C. PROVIDE VOLUME DAMPER IN BRANCH DUCT RUN-OUT WHERE CEIUNG IS ACCESSIBLE. O.B. DAMPER BEHIND GRILLES OR
DIFFUSER IS REQUIRED WHERE DUCT BRANCH IS INACCESSIBLE.
1 LAY-IN DIFFUSER DETAIL D. PAINT INTERIOR OF DUCTWORK BEHIND GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS FLAT BLACK IF VISIBLE THROUGH DEVICE.
_ E. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM EXACT LOCATION OF DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR TENANT &
MAX. 60" i SEE NOTE 3 OVER 60• TAKEOFF DETAIL ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ANY WORK.
GALVANIZED r 5 RECTANGULAR DUCT BRANCH
HANGER N.T.S.
THREADED
HANGER ROD
INSULATION - BLANKET SHEET METAL
WRAPPED SCREWS (TYP.)
AIR UNISTRUT OR
FLOW ANGLE IRON PRICE RAC (RETURN
AIR CANOPY) WITH
ACOUSTIC OPTION PROVIDE WITH FIBER
f• (FIBER FREE MEDIA) FREE FOAM
RETURN AIR CANOPY ACOUSTICAL MEDIA
NOTES: LAY-IN CEILING
SPIN-IN COLLAR FITTING o
1. ON DUCTS OVER 48• WIDE, BOTTOM SHALL BE BRACED BY ANGLE.FOR CROSS SECTION AREA MORE
THAN 8 SQ FT, DUCT SHALL BE BRACED BY ANGLES ON ALL FOUR SIDES.
SEAL WITH MASTIC AND 2, CUTTING AND PATCHING SHALL BE LIMITED TO A MINIMUM AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION. W
DUCT TAPE RETURN GRILLE
3. SUPPORTS SHALL BE SPACED AND SIZED AS PER SMACNA.
11111a 5
6 RETURN AIR CANOPYca
DURO-DYNE RB-25T
SOLID RAPID VOLUME 4 DUCT HANGER SUPPORT "T� w w
DAMPER J 2 Q co
N.T.S. ® <LLI ;
o E
0 0
U v V
W
co 00
N m
O
2 O
2 O_ p
L O
♦J ° O
E -d"
wc� �
Q O j N
0 m rD
Ln
N ° N
oC W
LU ie
W
A:W --
i V U.
DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES
_3 N
j 1. THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS ARE TO BE USED ONLY AS A
GUIDELINE FOR DEMOLITION. THE CONTRACTOR MUST VISIT THE SITE 0
AND INCLUDE THE COST OF SUCH WORK IN HIS COMPLETE C w N z� O� M
PRIOR TO BIDDING TO VERIFY ALL WORK REQUIRED FOR A
„ . a o a 6
2.
THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS ARE INTENDED TO SHOW ONLY THE
_— `jL j ` GENERAL EXISTING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION WITHIN THE AREA OF m'., pJ�Q w
DEMOLITION. THE DRAWINGS DO NOT SHOW ALL SYSTEMS, QUANTITIES, t1 2
_ _ _ SIZES, OBSTRUCTIONS, EfC., AND ARE NOT INTENDED TO BE USED BY '�S'j �P
*� — � I +� THE CONTRACTOR TO DEFINE THE COMPLETE SCOPE OF DEMOLITION. �3d X
II II ` THE CONTRACTOR MUST FIELD VERIFY THE ACTUAL BUILDING AND m
I I I I I `X SYSTEMS CONDITIONS TO DEFINE ALL ELEMENTS WITHIN THE SCOPE
de Earl ser io o0 a eivle a
KEY LAN I I I I I I I I I �` OF DEMOLITION. rstruresnts at ..rrrw srs ylrsn in
oudwsnas.w remain the prapsrry of
I 3. EXAMINE AREAS AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH DEMOLITION WORK Chftk* rF. MWkw Arwr.oc Tksm
MUST BE PERFORMED. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS of this design uw Uwss owatroaden
doeI I I I I I WORK WITH OTHER TRADES PERFORMING DEMOLITION WORK AND/OR "soft w for phand other than the
` i g� / spsalka prajsaT rrsnre tsasr r corny
I I I l DEMOLITION WORK PERFORMED BY THE OWNER. IN EVERY INSTANCE
/- I I I I I / (E)7"� OF DEMOLITION AND/OR REMODELING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL aT CkrYlapkar F. YNrka,AraMtaot.
' ` I O I FIGURE A COMPLETE JOB AS NONE OTHER SHALL BE ACCEPTED.
\ I `ni
(E)RTU-8T, i i - i
.--- >C III �X `X ;(� (E)7"g 4. THE EXTENT OF WORK SHOWN OR NOT SHOWN SHALL INCLUDE
` I ' ` % ` Y ` REMOVAL AND LEGALLY DISPOSE OFF SITE, ALL THE ITEMS AND
I
\ \............,, I i I i
� SYSTEMS BEING REMOVED.
(E)7"0J'I I I j' i ��`--------------- 5.
p THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL RETAIN ON THE PREMISES IN NEATLY
_ I (E)7"�Ji I I .� % STACKED PILES WHERE INSTRUCTED FOR SELECTION BY THE OWNER
1 I (E)7"0 I .' I , ALL MATERIAL, WIRE, FIXTURES AND/OR EQUIPMENT WHICH ARE
3 l I J Lj _ _ _ _ -1 L ___ � / - - - _ - I� SPECIFIED TO BE REMOVED OR REPLACED. ALL SUCH ITEMS, NOT
r - CIS - - - - - SELECTED FOR SALVAGE BY THE OWNER, SHALL BECOME THE
PROPERTY OF THIS CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE
\ IIIPREMISES AND LEGALLY DISPOSED.
(E)14"00 III (E)12"00 (E)10"00j 3 f
1 3 I 6. CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE CODES FOR DEMOLITION OF ITEMS AND
SYSTEMS, SAFETY OF ADJACENT SYSTEMS, DUST CONTROL, LEGAL
RUN-OFF CONTROL, DISPOSAL AND ALL ITEMS NECESSARY TO
F � i COMPLETE THE WORK COMPLETELY.
7. DEMOLITION SHALL BE DONE IN A MANNER SO AS NOT TO DAMAGE
I 1 ADJACENT WORK AND NOT AFFECT THE OPERATION OF SYSTEMS TO
% Ej
(E)10"0 (E)8"0 L - 1 REMAIN IN USE. ANY ITEM TO REMAIN THAT IS DAMAGED BY THE
- - - - - - - - - - CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REPLACED AND/OR REPAIRED AT THE
-------(E)7"0 j i tom- ��` i CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE.
1 f I I11r--- (E)10"0
III �(E)7.0 4 5 1 1 r 4 5 `�\` `` 8. DEMOLITION AND CUTTING SHALL BE DONE IN A MANNER WHICH DOES
- - -
I - - - - III I i I I Q (E)7"0 1 .� NOT DEFORM OR APPLY LOADS TO THE EXISTING FRAMING AND
\. — — — — — —I—i— — — — — (E)18"001I� �i� " I J (E)12"0 .` 1 �` EQUIPMENT OF THE BUILDING TO REMAIN.
----y---- -_� yC` X� M9. ALL WALLS, CEILINGS, FLOORS, ETC., BEING DISTURBED BY THE WORK
_
'/)k\-(E)7-0SHALL BE RETURNED TO FINISHED CONDITIONS TO MATCH EXISTING BY
- - - - `` 1 THE CONTRACTOR AND CONTRACTOR SHALL DO HIS OWN CUTTING AND
3 '` O� (E)16"0 10 1j 3 \` i W j PATCHING AS NECESSARY UNDER HIS CONTRACT.
(E)7"0 ' (E)�-7 3 ` i II "'L (E)7"0 10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN EXISTING SERVICES TO AND IN THE
EXISTING AREA AS REQUIRED.
(E)7"0-,� ) I � `� i II � ` �\ 11. THE EXISTING SYSTEMS TO REMAIN ARE TO BE SUPPORTED AS
` — `� I I •� `� / REQUIRED UNTIL THE MODIFIED ELEMENTS ARE INSTALLED AND
'NNII ---------- -2x i II - SUPPORTED.
�� I 12. IF NECESSARY, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY
(E)10"0 O1 SERVICES IN THE EXISTING AREAS.
/ E�)�Q EXISTING SLABS SHALL BE SAW CUT IN A MANNER THAT DOES NOT
` ( � CAUSE
BE CTMING RTHE E
CUT. CONTRACTOR SHALLVERIFY SLABAR T
ING THE SLAB
TOTHICKNESS AND
- _ - - - - - - REBAR SPACING.
14. EXISTING SLABS SHALL BE CORE DRILLED AT REENTRANT CORNERS
OF NEW FLOOR OPENINGS TO PREVENT OVER CUTTING. IF EXISTING
I L
- SLAB IS A STRUCTURAL SLAB, CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT ENGINEER
, ON HOW TO PROCEED
` `. \ '� `\.� `, � \. `• % �` I d (E)12"001 15. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DISCONNECT AND REMOVE
ELECTRIC SERVICE TO ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT BEING REMOVED
NZENEW \ \ IL _ _ J AS A RESULT OF THE RENOVATION.
MINXI J 16. EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES SHALL BE REMOVED COMPLETE INCLUDING
` tom` I N-11 `` HANGERS, SUPPORTS, CONTROLS, CONDUIT, WIRE, PIPES, DUCTWORK,
ETC. WIRING SHALL BE DISCONNECTED AT CIRCUIT BREAKERS,
REMOVED AND BREAKERS MARKED "SPARE."
•, 17. ALL OPEN ENDED PIPING AND DUCTWORK THAT IS TO REMAIN SHALL
BE CAPPED AND PROPERTY SECURED.
(E)STATIC PRESSURE r
BYPASS DAMPER (E)8"0 18. ANY EXISTING PIPES, DUCTWORK, CONDUIT, LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL,
WIRING AND/OR ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL DEVICES BEING
— — — — — — — — DISTURBED BY THE WORK SHALL BE BY THIS CONTRACTOR
` RB A REWORKED NTRA
E 100 r (E)8"0 AS REQUIRED TO RETURN TO ITS FORMER EXISTING OPERATING
— --------- — —�t� CONDITION.
` �O �X' 19. ANY PIPES OR DUCTWORK, OR CONTROL WIRING, OR TUBING FEEDING
` j `� THROUGH DEVICES OR EQUIPMENT BEING RELOCATED, REWORKED, OR
\ (E)8"0 I ABANDONED AND SERVING OTHER DEVICES, AND/OR EQUIPMENT SHALL
4( BE MAINTAINED IN WORKING CONDITION.
\NN ` (E)54x28 O1 20. ANY ASBESTOS REMOVAL IF REQUIRED WILL BE HANDLED BY THE
OWNER AND IS NOT A PART OF THIS WORK. C
21. EXISTING ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
AND SYSTEMS SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE RESULTING FROM W
�\ \ L DEMOLITION.
22. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A PROPOSED DECONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE
\ J� � JL _ _ � JLC TO THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO = H H
'`.," \ \ IF COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. Z W
I 23. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT ALL EXISTING RETURN DUCTWORK AND Cq
\, `\ \ •� (E)54x28O I �I TRANSFER AIR OPENINGS WITH DISPOSABLE FILTERS DURING •® W > N
F I � I SHACONLL BETMERV 8TREPLACEERS SHALL
EXISTING BUILDINGUNIITTLE TYPE AND
FILTERS AFTER _ Q
\ \
CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE. 2 OO
� tt I I II II I
\, ~ y
J_(E)STATICjPRESS RE Oo
CODED NOTES d
BYPASS DAMPER Z In
\ \\ ` 1. EXISTING SUPPLY AIR MAIN TO REMAIN. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING Lu
\ \ CONDITIONS PRIOR TO STARTING WORK.
(E)16"001 I (E)14"001 (E)12"0 (E)8"0 2 MRELOCATE EXISTING THERMOSTAT TO NEW LOCATION ON DRAWING Pnom HL. 11e76
(E)8"0 rr t� �`� 3. REMOVE ALL BRANCH DUCTWORK AND DIFFUSERS AND CAP AT Drum or.. JFU
\ ` \ D � `� DUCT MAIN AIRTIGHT.
ode h�
\ •. •, `•,, (E)8"0�` (E)8"0y� ``� 4. REMOVE EXISTING SINK IN ITS ENTIRETY. CAP EXISTING SANITARY, �ro ��
`\ . . VENT AND CW AT MAINS.
5. REMOVE EXISTING MINI TANK HOT WATER HEATER IN ITS ENTIRETY.
CAP CW AT MAIN.
0
�� y V J - - NOTE:
r — PRIOR TO DEMOLITION, CONTRACTOR SHALL
EVALUATE ALL THE EXISTING ROOFTOP
UNITS INDICATED FOR REUSE. THEY SHALL
n CONFIRM ALL THE SPACES EACH UNIT
6 SERVES, INCLUDING EXISTING ADJACENT
SPACES IN ORDER TO REWORK EXISTING
DUCTWORK AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN
THESE SPACES AS THEY ARE CURRENTLY
SERVED. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO ENLIST
THE SERVICES OF AN AIR BALANCING AND
TEMPERATURE CONTROLS CONTRACTOR TO
8 CONFIRM EXISTING AIR FLOWS REQUIRED
WILL BE MET AND PROVIDE AND
a ADDITIONAL CONTROLS ETC. TO ENSURE A
FULLY FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR
SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT SHOULD ANY
UNCOVN
ADDITIONAL DIRECTION.
NS REQUIRED
TIONM D 1 . 0
Y MECHANICAL DEMOLITION PLAN
a
1/4" . T-0'
Up
�m
a, deference only ,,,ECHAWAL DEMO,,,TM
o
Not part of this permit PUN
�— 0 E
0 0
U a
Lu m
cn
N
O
T
1 O
� O_ p
T L
U 0
0
EdM
w m vi
Q 0 j N
N a) 0
oe W
W up
IL 1z
O LV
I, I I,
FMae
--- -- --- – –– --- – O
I I
o.o❑ j V LL
N
0-0 W.
1
Lu r4 z
L tv3 w r Z tJ
I
W to
f0c
J � W
COUNSELINGCD-1• COUNSELING COUNSELING COUNSELING COUNSELING �y w
KEY PLAN OFFICE 1 250 CFM OFFICE 2 OFFICE 3 OFFICE 4 OFFICE 8 Design ad
1 O"0
101 102 103 104 106 eontkMner uW trr«nun thewtim ppropp"at
Inslruswnts 01 urrlw are ylrsn In
1/3Y T-0' CDCD 1 CD-1 CD_1• CD-11 CWMNP* rF. r.ko,Ararom. The"
n D 200 CF (� 200 CF (� 200 C 475 CFM at thiseemnnu trot ign knd thus pvpow nu�then to
8"4 3 8"0 8"0 12"0 hibled sou.penes written oma
CD-1TYP. of Christopher F. tllsrks, Arohitsot.
RG 200 CFM
24x2 8^o — COUNSELING
8"0
I I RGRG 1 I I RG-11 I RG-1 8.0 I RC-1 RG-1, OFFICE 7
1`J 24x24 — 24x24 _ 24x24 — 24x24
24x24
(E)14"0
(E)RTU-8 (E RTU-8
, (E)12"0 (E)10"0 LD-1.
` — MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES:
1 LDLD=1 6"0 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, TOOLS AND
RG—1• 75 CFM I 1 12"O EQUIPMENT TO INSTALL A COMPLETE AND OPERATION HEATING AND
801 24x24 O (4) HALL 6"0 COOLING SYSTEM.
O 002 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED HVAC PERMITS.
V Oz — r— COUNSELING
E)RTU-7 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA-90A AND ALL
( TELECOM I I RG-1' I OFFICE 8 APPLICABLE CODES.
— CD 1• I 24x24
1 200 CFM ROOM _J COUNSELING L J 108 4. ALL HVAC WORK TO BE PERFORMED SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH
OFFICE 5 RG-1 ALL STATE AND LOCAL CODES.
`.,NNE _ g"� I ❑ I ❑ ❑ 401 24x24
Its 100 5. FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL COMPLY WITH SMACNA, ALL LOCAL CODES, U.L.
224 24 8"� U 6"0 6"� CD-1, RATING, AND NOT EXCEED FIVE FEET IN LENGTH, SHEET METAL DUCT,
300 CFM WHERE REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES, SHALL BE LINED WITH 1' MATT
10"0 FACED DUCTUNER IN THE FIRST 10 (TEN) FEET OF THE RETURN AND
(E)18"0 (E)16"0 14"0 12"0 SUPPLY DUCT STARTING FROM THE HVAC UNIT. AFTER THE FIRST 10
(TEN) FEET THE USE OF 1" DUCT WRAP SHALL BE ACCEPTABLE
8^0 10"0 WORK MATERIAL TO BE VERIFIED WITH CEILING ACCESSIBILITY RATING.
2C 0 CFM 6. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL SWITCHES,
DISCONNECTS, AND CONTROL WIRING.
\
CD-1 10"0
200 C M 7. ALL DUCT SIZES ARE CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSIONS, ALLOW FOR DUCT
250 CFWAITING 8"0 INSULATION.
10"0
\ \ U 250 M ROOM I — N
1 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A WRITTEN GUARANTEE THAT SHALL
001 CD-1, WARRANT ALL WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS FOR ONE (1) YEAR
RECEPTION I 4 300 CFM FROM THE FINAL WORK ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER AND A FIVE
601 — (E)RTU-1 11 10"0 YEAR WARRANTY ON THE COMPRESSOR.
RG-1 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT ALL EXISTING RETURN AND TRANSFER
24x24 1� C NSELING AIR OPENINGS WITH DISPOSABLE FILTERS DURING CONSTRUCTION.
RG-1-
FILTERS SHALL BE OF THE DISPOSABLE TYPE AND SHALL BE MERV B.
OFFICE 9 REPLACE EXISTING BUILDING ROOFTOP UNIT FILTERS AFTER
CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE.
` ..,
� O — — — — — 10. CONTRACTORS SHALL INSTALL ALL NECESSARY OFFSETS, BENDS, AND
`, TRANSITIONS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE SYSTEM AT NO
` (E)12"0 ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER.
\, \
� ` ` '*• �� 11. COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL CEILING DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND
r�� �1��i� 8^0 LD-1 REGISTERS IN THE FIELD WITH THE ELECTRICIAN TO PREVENT
1�J' 24x24 75 CFM 12^0 CONFLICT WITH LIGHTS AND ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS.
.. `.
` L— 8^0 6"0 10"0 CD 1. 12. ALL WORK OF THIS TRADE SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ALL OTHER
4 TRADES TO AVOID ANY INTERFERENCES THAT MAY DELAY PROGRESS
2501C 300 CFM DURING CONSTRUCTION.
10"0
13. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST AND BALANCE TO THE AIR
QUANTITIES ON THE PLAN AND PROVIDE A T&B REPORT.
BREAK (E)srnrlc 12"O COUNSELING
ROOM PRESSURE 0—i
OFFICE 10 14. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL EMPLOY A TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
BYPASS CONTRACTOR TO MODIFY/REWORK EXISTING TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
` `•.. `� '.. 6"0 301 DAMPER I RG-1 O TO PROVDE RE—ZONING SHOWN ON PLAN.
L 24x24 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL MANUAL BALANCING DAMPERS AT ALL
FA SUPPLY AIR BRANCH DUCTWORK RUN OUTS.
\• `\ 16. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL TURNING VANES AT ALL DUCTWORK TEES
` 6„0 AND 90 DEGREE ELBOWS.
1
``. 17. ALL SHEET METAL DUCTWORK SHALL COMPLY WITH SMACNA
\ STANDARDS. ALL DUCTWORK JOINTS SHALL BE TAPED AND SEALED.
\
300
300 CFM 18. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE EQUIPMENT OF THE SCHEDULED
(E)54x28 10"0 CAPACITIES DESIGNED.
(E)RTU-11
.... � � .,........ U �L
O
2 OCODED NOTES
0
` 1EX COUNSELING rm
` CD-1. 1. CONNECT NEW SUPPLY AIR MAIN TO EXISTING SUPPLY MAIN. W
` ` ` ..'`` �. `• I— l RG-1, OFFICE 11 FIELD VERIFY ROUTING AND EXACT POINT OF CONNECTION H
50 CFM TELEHEALTH
L—J 24x12 6"0 ROOM , III PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. 111111111110 5
wj
112 2. UNDERCUT DOOR 1"
= Z W
3. PROVIDE WITH RETURN AIR CANOPY. REFER TO SCHEDULE AND F- W W
DETAIL ON SHEET M1.0 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. TYPICAL J
3 ALL RETURN GRILLES. - W H N
(E)54x28 ®® > y N
LD-11 1YP• _ 4. INSTALL RELOCATED THERMOSTAT. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL W O Y
` 75 CFM CONTROL WIRING AS REQUIRED. MOUNT AT 48" A.F.F. PROVIDE _ IL a
`. a
6"0 RCx24 I I WITH CLEAR LOCK BOX. COORDINATE FINAL MOUNTING O
LOCATION WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. FIELD VERIFY
CONDITIONS PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. F N
(E)ST I PRESSURE Ir
` BYPA AMPER Z
v
24x24 1 1 1 _J 24x24 300 0 CF
(E)14"0 — 14"0 12"0 L_J PNIM No- X76
RGRG1, Dim By. JPU
(E)16"0 10"0 10"0 CD-11 1000 2424
(E)RTU-9 10"0 U 400 CFM Dow 1111111111.19
CD-11 3P5-1CFM10"0 30J F 0710M BMPamt
COUNSELING 325 CFM COUNSELING 10-0
OFFICE 15 10"o 10"o OFFICE 14
''
COUNSELING
F 114 OFFICE 13
N
U
q
0
n
'a
a`
e
0
9
O
LL
e
n
a
0
0
a`
NOTE:
C SPACE ABOVE CEILING IS UTILIZED AS A
RETURN AIR PLENUM. ALL MATERIALS
S ABOVE CEILINGS SHALL BE PLENUM
N M2 . 0
RATED.
qe
MECHANICAL PLAN
1/4' . T-0'
reference only MEAL PLAN
pa \Jot part of this permit
15001 2.04 PIPE MARKERS 2.02 GLASS FIBER, FLEXIBLE (THICKNESS SHALL PROVIDE R VALUE REQUIRED BY GOVERNING 3.03 INSTALLATION SECTION 15410 2.06 COMPRESSOR
A. PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS: FACTORY FABRICATED, FLEXIBLE, SEMI- RIGID PLASTIC, ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE FOR SPECIFIC APPUCAIION) A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, STATE AND LOCAL A. PROVIDE HERMETIC OR SCROLL COMPRESSORS, 3600 RPM MAXIMUM, RESILIENTLY
GENERAL INFORMATION PREFORMED TO FiT AROUND PIPE OR PIPE COVERING; MINIMUM INFORMATION INDICATINGA INSULATION: FLEXIBLE, NONCOMBUSTIBLE BLANKET. PLUMBING CODES. PLUMBING FIXTURES MOUNTED WiTH POSITIVE LUBRICATION, CRANKCASE HEATER, HIGH AND LOW PRESSURE ~ 0 0
ROW DIRECTION ARROW AND IDENTIFICATION OF FLUID BEING CONVEYED. SAFETY CONTROLS, MOTOR OVERLOAD PROTECTION, SUCTION AND DISCHARGE SERVICE 0 �GENERAL 1. 'K' VALUE: 0.36 AT 75 DEGREES F. B. PROVIDE NON-CONDUCTING DIELECTRIC CONNECTIONS WHEREVER JOINTING DISSIMILAR 0
A PART 1 GENERAL DEGREES F. VALVES AND GAGE PORTS, AND FILTER DRIER. 2B. PLASTIC TAPE PIPE MARKERS: FLEXIBLE, VINYL FILM TAPE WITH PRESSURE SENSITIVE 2. MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: 450 DMETALS.
1. CONFORM TO ALL GENERAL AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT AS SPECIFIED 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES L.L I .5 m
BY ARCHITECT, TENANT AND OWNER. ADHESIVE BACKING AND PRINTED MARKINGS. 3. MAXIMUM WATER VAPOR SORPTION: 5.0 PERCENT BY WEIGHT. C. ROUTE PIPING IN ORDERLY MANNER AND MAINTAIN GRADIENT. ROUTE PARALLEL AND A SINKS. B. FIVE MINUTE TIMED OFF CIRCUIT TO DELAY COMPRESSOR RESTART. N m
2. SPECIFICATIONS ARE APPLICABLE TO ALL CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS FOR C. UNDERGROUND PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS: BRIGHT COLORED CONTINUOUSLY PRINTED B. VAPOR BARRIER JACKET: PERPENDICULAR TO WALLS. C. OUTDOOR THERMOSTAT TO ENERGIZE COMPRESSOR ABOVE 35 DEGREES F AMBIENT. _ W v z
PLASTIC RIBBON TAPE, MINIMUM 6 INCHES WIDE BY 4 MIL THICK, MANUFACTURED FOR PART 2 PRODUCTS 0
MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1. KRAFT PAPER WITH GLASS FIBER YARN AND BONDED TO ALUMINIZED FILM. D. INSTALL PIPING TO MAINTAIN HEADROOM, CONSERVE SPACE, AND NOT INTERFERE WITH USE D. FOR HEAT PUMP UNITS, PROVIDE REVERSING VALVE, SUCTION LINE ACCUMULATOR, 0 0
A SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS.
3. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH OWNER'S STANDARDS, FACILITY SPECIFICAilONS, DIRECT BURIAL SERVICE. 2. MOISTURE VAPOR PERMEABILITY: 0.02 PERM INCH. OF SPACE. DISCHARGE MUFFLER, ROW CONTROL CHECK VALVE, AND SOLID-STATE DEFROST CONTROL >10 o
RULES AND REGULATIONS. ALL OWNER'S CRITERIA SHALL BE COMPLIED WITH AND D. COLOR CODE AS FOLLOWS: PART 3 EXECUTION UTILIZING THERMISTORS. U
3. SECURE WiTH PRESSURE SENSITIVE TAPE. E. GROUP PIPING WHENEVER PRACTICAL AT COMMON ELEVATIONS. E o
-6 N
INCLUDED IN THIS BID. CHECK OTHER PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND FULLY 1. POTABLE, COOLING, BOILER, FEED, OTHER WATER: GREEN WITH WHITE LETTERS. 3.01 EXAMINATION 2.07 CONDENSER COIL W `m m
C. VAPOR BARRIER TAPE: F. INSTALL PIPING TO ALLOW FOR EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION WITHOUT STRESSING PIPE,
COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES AND ARCHITECT'S REQUIREMENTS. 2. FIRE QUENCHING FLUIDS: RED WITH WHITE LETTERS. JOINTS, OR CONNECTED EQUIPMENT. A. VERIFY THAT WALLS AND FLOOR FINISHES ARE PREPARED AND READY FOR INSTALLATION A. PROVIDE COPPER TUBE ALUMINUM FIN COIL ASSEMBLY WiTH SUBCOOLING ROWS AND COIL o m N
4. VISIT SITE, CHECK FACILITIES AND CONDITIONS, AND VERIFY ALL UTILITY COMPANY 1. KRAFT PAPER REINFORCED WiTH GLASS FIBER YARN AND BONDED TO ALUMINIZED FILM, Q o 010
REQUIREMENTS AND CONNECTION POINTS IN FIELD PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. TAKE 2.05 CEILING TACKS WITH PRESSURE SENSITIVE RUBBER BASED ADHESIVE. G. PROVIDE CLEARANCE IN HANGERS AND FROM STRUCTURE AND OTHER EQUIPMENT FOR OF FIXTURES. GUARD. N U it
ALL ITEMS INTO CONSIDERATION IN BID. A DESCRIPTION: STEEL WITH 3/4 INCH DIAMETER COLOR CODED HEAD. D. TiE WIRE: ANNEALED STEEL, 16 GAGE. INSTALLATION OF INSULATION AND ACCESS TO VALVES AND FITTINGS. B. VERIFY THAT ELECTRIC POWER IS AVAILABLE AND OF THE CORRECT CHARACTERISTICS. B. PROVIDE DIRECT DRIVE PROPELLER FANS, RESILIENTLY MOUNTED WITH FAN GUARD, MOTOR
5. SYSTEMS ARE TO BE COMPLETE AND WORKABLE IN ALL RESPECTS, PLACED IN PART 3 EXECUTION 2.03 DUCT LINER H. PROVIDE ACCESS WHERE VALVES AND FITTINGS ARE NOT EXPOSED. COORDINATE SIZE C. CONFIRM THAT MILLWORK IS CONSTRUCTED WITH ADEQUATE PROVISION FOR THE OVERLOAD PROTECTION, WIRED TO OPERATE WITH COMPRESSOR. PROVIDE HIGH = W
OPERATION AND PROPERLY ADJUSTED. INSTALLATION OF COUNTER TOP LAVATORIES AND SINKS. EFFICIENCY FAN MOTORS. W
3.01 PREPARATION A INSULATION: AND LOCATION OF ACCESS DOORS WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS/SPECIFICATIONS. he
6. EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FOR HIS OWN CLEAN-UP, REMOVAL AND LEGAL C. PROVIDE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SWITCHES TO CYCLE CONDENSER FANS. _
DISPOSAL OF ALL RUBBISH DAILY. A DEGREASE AND CLEAN SURFACES TO RECEIVE ADHESIVE FOR IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS. 1. INCOMBUSTIBLE GLASS FIBER; FLEXIBLE BLANKET, RIGID BOARD, AND PREFORMED I. ESTABLISH ELEVATIONS OF BURIED PIPING OUTSIDE THE BUILDING TO ENSURE iT IS BELOW 3.02 PREPARATION
7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSTRUCTION MEANS, B. PREPARE SURFACES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 09900 FOR STENCIL PAINTING. ROUND LINER BOARD; IMPREGNATED SURFACE AND EDGES COATED WITH POLY VINYL
SITES FROST LINE. A 0 ROUGH-IN FIXTURE PIPING CONNECTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MINIMUM SIZES INDICATED 2.08 MIXED AIR CASING UJ
METHODS, AND SEQUENCES OF CONSTRUCTION AND THE SAFOF WORKMEN. ACETATE POLYMER, OR ACRYLIC POLYMER SHOWN TO BE FUNGUS AND BACTERIA J. INSTALL VENT PIPING PENETRATING ROOFED AREAS TO MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF ROOF IN FIXTURE ROUGH-IN SCHEDULE FOR PARTICULAR FIXTURES. A. DAMPERS: PROVIDE OUTSIDE, RETURN, AND RELIEF DAMPERS WITH DAMPER OPERATOR C W
SAFETY
COMPLY WITH ALL OSHA REGULATIONS. 3.02 INSTALLATION RESISTANT. ASSEMBLY. 3.03 INSTALLATION AND CONTROL PACKAGE TO AUTOMATICALLY VARY OUTSIDE AIR QUANTITY. OUTSIDE AIR �_
8. NO PIPING, DUCTWORK, CONTROLS, ETC., SHALL BE INSTALLED OR ROUTED ABOVE A INSTALL PLASTIC NAMEPLATES WITH CORROSIVE-RESISTANT MECHANICAL FASTENERS, OR 2. APPARENT THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY: MAXIMUM OF 0.31 AT 75 DEGREES F. K. PROVIDE SUPPORT FOR UTILITY METERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF UTILITY A INSTALL EACH FIXTURE WITH TRAP, EASILY REMOVABLE FOR SERVICING AND CLEANING. DAMPER TO FALL TO CLOSED POSITION. RELIEF DAMPERS MAY BE GRAVITY BALANCED. Go 2
ELECTRICAL PANELS AND EQUIPMENT OR THROUGH ELEVATOR ROOMS OR SHAFTS. ADHESIVE. APPLY WITH SUFFICIENT ADHESIVE TO ENSURE PERMANENT ADHESION AND 3. SERVICE TEMPERATURE: UP TO 250 DEGREES F. COMPANIES. B. GASKETS: PROVIDE TIGHT FITTING DAMPERS WiTH EDGE GASKETS MAXIMUM LEAKAGE 5 Fe
9. THE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS SHALL COORDINATE THE SEAL WiTH CLEAR LACQUER. B. PROVIDE CHROME PLATED RIGID FLEXIBLE SUPPLIES TO FIXTURES WITH LOOSE KEY PERCENT AT 2 INCHES PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL
4. RATED VELOCITY ON COATED AIR SIDE FOR AIR EROSION: 5,000 FPM, MINIMUM. L. INSTALL BELL AND SPIGOT PIPE WITH BELL END UPSTREAM. STOPS, REDUCERS, AND ESCUTCHEONS. _
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ORDERING
B. INSTALL TAGS WITH CORROSION RESISTANT CHAIN. 5. MINIMUM NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENTS: C. DAMPER OPERATOR: 24 VOLT WITH GEAR TRAIN SEALED IN OIL
OF EQUIPMENT. NO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT WILL BE MADE FOR LACK OF CONTRACTOR M. INSTALL VALVES WITH STEMS UPRIGHT OR HORIZONTAL NOT INVERTED. C. INSTALL COMPONENTS LEVEL AND PLUMB. Ci LL
COORDINATION OF ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS. C. INSTALL PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. a. 1 INCH THICKNESS: 0.45. D. MIXED AIR CONTROLS: MAINTAIN SELECTED SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE AND RETURN
10. ALL MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEM COMPONENTS SHALL BE ROUTED TIGHT D. INSTALL UNDERGROUND PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS 6 TO 8 INCHES BELOW FINISHED GRADE, B. ADHESIVE: WATERPROOF, FIRE-RETARDANT TYPE. N. INSTALL WATER PIPING TO ASME 831.9. D. INSTALL AND SECURE FIXTURES IN PLACE WITH WALL SUPPORTS AND BOLTS. DAMPERS TO MINIMUM POSITION ON CALL FOR HEATING AND ABOVE 75 DEGREES F
TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE AND THROUGH JOISTS OR TRUSSES WHERE DIRECTLY ABOVE BURIED PIPE. C. LINER FASTENERS: GALVANIZED STEEL SELF-ADHESIVE PAD, IMPACT APPLIED, OR WELDED 0. PVC PIPE: MAKE SOLVENT-WELDED JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE WiTH ASTM D 2855. DO NOT E. SEAL FIXTURES TO WALL AND FLOOR SURFACES WiTH SEALANT. AMBIENT, OR WHEN AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE EXCEEDS RETURN AIR TEMPERATURE.
POSSIBLE. COORDINATE INSTALLATION TO PRESERVE HEADROOM, EQUIPMENT WITH INTEGRAL, OR PRESS-ON HEAD. INSTALL IN RETURN AIR PLENUMS.) F. SOLIDLY ATTACH WATER CLOSETS TO BOOR WITH LAG SCREWS. LEAD FLASHING IS NOT 2.09 OPERATING CONTROLS - SINGLE ZONE UNITS
E. USE TAGS ON PIPING 3/4 INCH DIAMETER AND SMALLER. INTENDED HOLD FIXTURE IN PLACE. fv
ACCESS, AND ARCHITECTURAL CLEARANCES FOR FINISHES, INCLUDING CEILING P. SLEEVE PIPES PASSING THROUGH PARTiIONS, WALLS AND FLOORS. A ELECTRIC SOLID STATE MICROCOMPUTER BASED ROOM THERMOSTAT WITH REMOTE SENSOR
1. IDENTIFY SERVICE, FLOW DIRECTION, AND PRESSURE. PART 3 EXECUTION
HEIGHTS. COORDINATE WITH ALL OTHER TRADES AND DO NOT CONFLICT WITH THE 3.04 INTERFACE WITH WORK OF OTHER SECTIONS LOCATED AS INDICATED. 0�o 0.
ARCHITECTURAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE FINISHED CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE OFFSETS 2. INSTALL IN CLEAR VIEW AND ALIGN WITH AXIS OF PIPING. 3.01 EXAMINATION Q. INSERTS: I Z O to
WHERE REQUIRED TO COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES. 3. LOCATE IDENTIFICATION NOT TO EXCEED 20 FEET ON STRAIGHT RUNS INCLUDING RISERS A VERIFY THAT DUCTS HAVE BEEN TESTED BEFORE APPLYING INSULATION MATERUALS. 1. PROVIDE INSERTS FOR PLACEMENT IN CONCRETE FORMWORK. A. REVIEW MILLWORK SHOP DRAWINGS. CONFIRM LOCATION AND SIZE OF FIXTURES AND B. ROOM THERMOSTAT SHALL INCORPORATE: o a o r d
11. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR LOCATIONS OF ALL AND DROPS, ADJACENT TO EACH VALVE AND TEE, AT EACH SIDE OF PENETRATION OF 2. PROVIDE INSERTS FOR SUSPENDING HANGERS FROM REINFORCED CONCRETE SLABS AND OPENINGS BEFORE ROUGH-IN AND INSTALLATION. 1. AUTOMATIC SWITCHING FROM HEATING TO COOLING. z w a
B. VERIFY THAT SURFACES ARE CLEAN, FOREIGN MATERIAL REMOVED, AND DRY. r atSw > Z N
GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS. STRUCTURE OR ENCLOSURE, AND AT EACH OBSTRUCTION. SIDES OF REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS. 3.05 ADJUSTING 2. PREFERENTIAL RATE CONTROL TO MINIMIZE OVERSHOOT AND DEVIATION FROM SET Cri w �¢ 4c :
12. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS: G. LOCATE CEILING TACKS TO LOCATE VALVES OR DAMPERS ABOVE LAY-IN PANEL CEILINGS. 3.02 INSTALLATION 3. PROVIDE HOOKED ROD TO CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT SECTION FOR INSERTS CARRYING A. ADJUST STOPS OR VALVES FOR INTENDED WATER FLOW RATE TO FIXTURES WITHOUT POINT. d' J�Q
aj
Lu
THREE (3) BOUND SETS OF THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS SHALL BE LOCATE IN CORNER OF PANEL CLOSEST TO EQUIPMENT. A INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. PIPE OVER 4 INCHES. SPLASHING, NOISE, OR OVERFLOW. 3. SET-UP FOR FOUR SEPARATE TEMPERATURES PER DAY. ds 4A
PROVIDED TO THE CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE AT TURNOVER, AND ARE B. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH NAIMA NATIONAL INSULATION STANDARDS. 4. WHERE CONCRETE SLABS FORM FINISHED CEILING, LOCATE INSERTS FLUSH WITH SLAB 3.06 CLEANING 4. INSTANT OVERRIDE OF SEi POINT FOR CONTINUOUS OR TIMED PERIOD FROM ONE HOUR �'�_4(f K
REQUIRED FOR FINAL ACCEPTANCE. SECTION 15082 SURFACE. TO 31 DAYS. w
13. AS BUILT DRAWINGS: C. INSULATED DUCTS CONVEYING AIR BELOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: 5. WHERE INSERTS ARE OMITTED, DRILL THROUGH CONCRETE SLAB FROM BELOW AND A. CLEAN PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT. 5. SHORT CYCLE PROTECTION.
THE HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL PROGRESSIVELY RECORD ALL HVAC DRAWING PIPING INSULATION 1. PROVIDE INSULATION WITH VAPOR BARRIER JACKETS. PROVIDE THROUGH-BOLT WITH RECESSED SQUARE STEEL PLATE AND NUT ABOVE SLAB. 3.07 PROTECTION 6. PROGRAMMING BASED ON WEEKDAYS, SATURDAY AND SUNDAY. °"r°nin0001eservi oOaedivanin
CHANGES WHICH SHALL BE AVAILABLE AT ALL TIMES FOR REVIEW BY THE 2. FINISH WITH TAPE AND VAPOR BARRIER JACKET. Demon ante of o.rrio. .ro divan In
PART 1 GENERAL R. PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: A. PROTECT INSTALLED PRODUCTS FROM DAMAGE DUE TO SUBSEQUENT CONSTRUCTION 7. SWITCH SELECTION FEATURES INCLUDING IMPERIAL OR METRIC DISPLAY, 12 OR 24 aanddonse ao remain the property at
CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE. AN AUTOCAD COPY OF THE FINAL AS-BUILT 3. CONTINUE INSULATION THROUGH WALLS, SLEEVES, HANGERS, AND OTHER DUCT OPERATIONS. HOUR CLOCK, KEYBOARD DISABLE, REMOTE SENSOR, FAN ON-AUTO. Christopher F. MaM,Arah M noun'
DRAWINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE CONSTRUCTION REPRESENTATIVE AT 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES PENETRATIONS. 1. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME B31.9. of this demon and tome construction
2. SUPPORT HORIZONTAL PIPING AS PER PIPE MANUFACTURES RECOMMENDATIONS OR AS B. DO NOT PERMIT USE OF FIXTURES BY CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL C. ROOM THERMOSTAT DISPLAY SHALL INCLUDE: doeumenth for purpose other than the
TURNOVER. THIS AUTOCAD AS-BUILT IS REQUIRED FOR FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE A PIPING INSULATION. 4. INSULATE ENTIRE SYSTEM INCLUDING FITTINGS, JOINTS, FLANGES, FIRE DAMPERS, mpwdto propot need honer r marry
PROJECT. SCHEDULED WHICH EVER IS MORE STRINGENT. C. REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED PRODUCTS BEFORE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 1. TIME OF DAY. pm--- ayhotas�eoM whWn carne
B. JACKETS AND ACCESSORIES. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS, AND EXPANSION JOINTS. 3. INSTALL HANGERS TO PROVIDE MINIMUM 2 INCH SPACE BETWEEN ETWEEN FINISHED COVERING Ylerte,Arehlteot.
D. EXTERNAL DUCT INSULATION APPLICATION: / 2. ACTUAL ROOM TEMPERATURE. of Christopher F.
B.CODES, STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS AND ADJACENT WORK. 3. PROGRAMMED TEMPERATURE.
1. CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE CODES, GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS, UTILITY COMPANY PART 2 PRODUCTS 1. SECURE INSULATION WITH VAPOR BARRIER WITH WIRES AND SEAL JACKET JOINTS WITH 4. PLACE HANGERS WiTHIN 12 INCHES OF EACH HORIZONTAL ELBOW.
REQUIREMENTS, AND NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. VAPOR BARRIER ADHESIVE OR TAPE TO MATCH JACKET. 4. PROGRAMMED TIME.
2. OBTAIN PERMITS AND PAY ALL FEES. ARRANGE FOR ALL REQUIRED INSPECTIONS 2.01 REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION 2. SECURE INSULATION WITHOUT VAPOR BARRIER WITH STAPLES, TAPE, OR WIRES. 5. USE HANGERS WITH 1-1/2 INCH MINIMUM VERTICAL ADJUSTMENT. DESIGN HANGERS SECTION 15430 5. DURATION OF TIMED OVERRIDE.
AND APPROVALS. A SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: FLAME SPREAD/SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF 3. INSTALL WITHOUT SAG ON UNDERSIDE OF DUCT. USE ADHESIVE OR MECHANICAL FOR PIPE MOVEMENT WITHOUT DISENGAGEMENT OF SUPPORTED PIPE. 6. DAY OF WEEK.
E 84, NFPA 255, OR UL FASTENERS WHERE NECESSARY TO PREVENT SAGGING. UFT DUCT OFF TRAPEZE 6. SUPPORT VERTICAL PIPING AT EVERY BOOR. SUPPORT RISER PIPING INDEPENDENTLY PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 7. SYSTEM MODEL INDICATION: HEATING, COOLING, AUTO, OFF, FAN AUTO, FAN ON.
C.RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE 25/50, MAXIMUM, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM, HANGERS AND INSERT SPACERS. OF CONNECTED HORIZONTAL PIPING. PART 1 PRODUCTS 8. STAGE (HEATING OR COOLING) OPERATION.
.
1. OPENINGS AND CHASES, WHEN SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 4SEAL VAPOR BARRIER PENETRATIONS BY MECHANICAL FASTENERS WITH VAPOR BARRIER 7. WHERE SEVERAL PIPES CAN BE INSTALLED IN PARALLEL AND AT SAME ELEVATION,
2.02 GLASS FIBER (THICKNESS SHALL PROVIDE R VALUE REQUIRED BY GOVERNING ENERGY PROVIDE MULTIPLE OR TRAPEZE ADHESIVE. HANGERS. 1.01 WATER HEATER MANUFACTURERS, AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS OR APPROVED EQUAL. D. PROVIDE LOW LIMIT THERMOSTAT IN SUPPLY AIR TO CLOSE OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS AND
D.DRAWINGS CONSERVATION CODE FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION) 8. PROVIDE COPPER PLATED HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR COPPER PIPING. 1.02 COMMERCIAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS STOP SUPPLY FAN.
ON AROUND ACCESS DOORS AND DAMPER OPERATOR
1. THE SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC. A 5. STOP AND POINT INSULATIS TO INSULATION: RIGID MOLDED, NONCOMBUSTIBLE. ALLOW OPERATION WITHOUT DISTURBING WRAPPING. 9. PRIME COAT EXPOSED STEEL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS, REFER TO SECTION 09900. A TYPE: FACTORY-ASSEMBLED AND WIRED, ELECTRIC, INSTANTANEOUS. PART 3 EXECUTION
2. THE INTENT IS FOR COMPLETE AND WORKABLE SYSTEMS. THE DRAWINGS AND THESE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS LOCATED IN CRAWL SPACES, PIPE SHAFTS, AND SUSPENDED 3.01 EXAMINATION
1. 'K' VALUE: 0.24 AT 75 DEGREES F. E. DUCT AND PLENUM LINER APPLICATION: B. PERFORMANCE AND ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS, AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS.
NOTES ARE TO BE USED TOGETHER AS A BASIS OF SHOWING AND/OR DESCRIBING CEILING SPACES ARE NOT CONSIDERED EXPOSED.
2. MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: 850 DEGREES F. A VERIFY THAT ROOF IS READY TO RECEIVE WORK AND OPENING DIMENSIONS ARE AS
THE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE FACILITY 1. ADHERE INSULATION WITH ADHESIVE FOR 90 PERCENT COVERAGE. 10.SUPPORT CAST IRON DRAINAGE PIPING AT EVERY JOINT. C. CONTROLS: EXTERNALLY ADJUSTABLE TEMPERATURE RANGE FROM 60 TO 140 DEGREES F, INDICATED ON SHOP DRAWINGS.
3. VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES BY FIELD MEASUREMENT AND CHECK FOR 3. MAXIMUM MOISTURE ABSORPTION: 0.2 PERCENT BY VOLUME. 2. SECURE INSULATION WITH MECHANICAL LINER FASTENERS. REFER TO SMACNA HVAC 3.04 APPLICATION NICHROME HEATING COILS, HIGH TEMPERATURE LIMIT THERMOSTAT.
INTERFERENCES PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. B. VAPOR BARRIER JACKET: WHITE KRAFT PAPER WITH GLASS FIBER YARN, BONDED TO DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE FOR SPACING. D. ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE: B. VERIFY THAT PROPER POWER SUPPLY IS AVAILABLE.
ALUMINIZED FILM; MOISTURE VAPOR TRANSMISSION WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH A USE GROOVED MECHANICAL COUPLINGS AND FASTENERS ONLY IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS.
3. SEAL AND SMOOTH JOINTS. SEAL AND COAT TRANSVERSE JOINTS. 1. WATER CONNECTIONS: COMPRESSION FITTINGS. 3.02 INSTALLATION
E. BASE EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 0.02 PERM-INCHES. 4. SEAL LINER SURFACE PENETRATIONS AND EDGES WITH ADHESIVE. B. INSTALL UNIONS DOWNSTREAM OF VALVES AND AT EQUIPMENT OR APPARATUS 2. TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE: ASME LABELLED. A INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
1. ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW, FREE OF DEFECTS AND U.L CONNECTIONS.
2.03 JACKETS 5. DUCT DIMENSIONS INDICATED ARE NET INSIDE DIMENSIONS REQUIRED FOR AIR FLOW. F. HEATING ELEMENTS: FLANGE-MOUNTED IMMERSION ELEMENTS; INDIVIDUAL ELEMENTS B. MOUNT UNITS ON FACTORY BUILT ROOF MOUNTING CURB PROVIDING WATERTIGHT
LABELED. INCREASE DUCT SIZE TO ALLOW FOR INSULATION THICKNESS. C. INSTALL BALL VALVES FOR SHUT-OFF AND TO ISOLATE EQUIPMENT, PART OF SYSTEMS, OR
2. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, ETC., INCLUDING ALL A PVC PLASTIC. VERTICAL RISERS. SHEATHED WiTH INCOLOY CORROSION-RESISTANT METAL ALLOY, RATED LESS THAN 75 ENCLOSURE TO PROTECT DUCTWORK AND UTILITY SERVICES. INSTALL ROOF MOUNTING
ACCESSORIES TO BE FURNISHED. BASE BID MANUFACTURERS AND MODELS ARE 1. JACKET: ONE PIECE MOLDED TYPE FITTING COVERS AND SHEET MATERIAL, OFF-WHITE 3.03 SCHEDULES WATTS PER SQUARE INCH. CURB LEVEL
INCLUDED IN SPECIFICATIONS OR LISTED IN SCHEDULE ON DRAWING. ANY OTHER COLOR. A SUPPLY AIR DUCT AND TO SIDE OF DIFFUSERS: D. INSTALL BALL VALVES FOR THROTTLING, BYPASS, OR MANUAL FLOW CONTROL SERVICES. PART 3 EXECUTION C. LOCATE REMOTE PANELS WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.
MANUFACTURER OR MODEL IS A SUBSTITUTION. a. MINIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: 0 DEGREES F. 1. RIGID GLASS FIBER DUCT LINER: 1 INCHES THICK WITHIN 10 FEET OF AC UMTS. E. PROVIDE UL LISTED BALL VALVES IN NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS. 2.01 INSTALLATION 3.03 SYSTEM STARTUP
3. SUBSTITUTIONS ARE SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE OWNER AND SHALL BE b. MAXIMUM SERVICE TEMPERATURE: 150 DEGREES F. 2. FLEXIBLE GLASS FIBER DUCT WRAP INSULATION: 1-1/2 INCHES THICK ON ALL OTHER. F. PROVIDE FLOW CONTROLS AND CHECK VALVES IN WATER RECIRCULATING SYSTEMS WHERE A INSTALL PLUMBING EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, AS A PREPARE AND START EQUIPMENT. ADJUST FOR PROPER OPERATION.
LISTED ON THE FORM OF PROPOSAL FOR THE OWNER'S CONSIDERATION PRIOR TO c. MOISTURE VAPOR PERMEABILITY: 0.002 PERM INCH, MAXIMUM. INDICATED.
B. RETURN AIR DUCT: REQUIRED BY CODE, AND COMPLYING WITH CONDITIONS OF CERTIFICATION, IF ANY. 3.04 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
CONTRACT AWARD. IF SUBSTITUTION IS SUBMITTED, IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S
d. THICKNESS: 10 MIL 3.05 TOLERANCES
RESPONSIBILITY TO EVALUATE IT AND CERTIFY THAT THE SUBSTITUTION IS 1. RIGID GLASS FIBER DUCT LINER: 1 INCHES THICK WITHIN 10 FEET OF AC UNITS. 3.05
COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING PIPING AND RELATED FUEL PIPING WORK TO ACHIEVE
EQUIVALENT IN ALL RESPECTS TO THE BASE SPECIFICATIONS. e. CONNECTIONS: BRUSH ON WELDING ADHESIVE. A DRAINAGE PIPING: ESTABLISH INVERT ELEVATIONS WITHIN 1/2 INCH VERTICALLY OF OPERATING SYSTEM.
4. IF SUBSTITUTIONS ARE APPROVED, NOTIFY ALL OTHER CONTRACTORS, PART 3 EXECUTION SECTION 15145 LOCATION INDICATED AND SLOPE TO DRAIN AT MINIMUM OF 1/8 INCH PER FOOT SLOPE. A DEMONSTRATE OPERATION TO OWNER'S MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL
3.05 MAINTENANCE
SUBCONTRACTORS OR TRADES AFFECTED BY SUBSTITUTION AND FULLY COORDINATE. 3.01 EXAMINATION B. WATER PIPING: SLOPE AT MINIMUM OF 1/32 INCH PER FOOT AND ARRANGE TO DRAIN AT SECTION 15735 A PROVIDE A SEPARATE MAINTENANCE CONTRACT FOR SPECIFIED MAINTENANCE SERVICE.
ANY COSTS RESULTING FROM SUBSTITUTION, WHETHER BY CONTRACTOR OR OTHERS, C. VERIFY THAT PIPING HAS BEEN TESTED BEFORE APPLYING INSULATION MATERIALS. PLUMBING PIPING LOW POINTS.
B. PROVIDE SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE OF PACKAGED ROOF TOP UMTS FOR ONE YEAR YEAR
SHALL BE RESPONSIBIUTY OF AND PAID FOR BY SUBSTITUTING CONTRACTOR. PART 1 GENERAL
5. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH THE D. VERIFY THAT SURFACES ARE CLEAN AND DRY, WITH FOREIGN MATERIAL REMOVED. 3.06 DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM PACKAGED ROOF TOP AIR CONDITIONING UNITS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.
MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. IT IS THIS CONTRACTOR'S 3.02 INSTALLATION 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. DISINFECT WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM AFTER INSTALLATION. ONE GALLON 5% CHLOROX PART 1 GENERAL C. PROVIDE ROUTINE MAINTENANCE SERVICE WITH A TWO MONTH INTERVAL AS MAXIMUM TIME
RESPONSIBILITY TO CHECK AND CONFORM TO THESE REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO A INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. A PIPE, PIPE FITTINGS, VALVES, AND CONNECTIONS FOR PIPING SYSTEMS. PER 300 GALLONS SYSTEM VOLUME OR DISINFECT AS PROVIDED UNDER AWWA STANDARD 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES PERIOD BETWEEN CALLS.
STARTING WORK. 1. SANITARY SEWER AND VENT. C651-85 WITH 24 HOUR APPLICATION TIME PERIOD. D. INCLUDE MAINTENANCE ITEMS AS OUTLINED IN MANUFACTURER'S OPERATING AND
B. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH NAIMA NATIONAL INSULATION STANDARDS. 2. DOMESTIC WATER. B. PRIOR TO STARTING WORK, VERIFY SYSTEM IS COMPLETE, FLUSHED AND CLEAN. A PACKAGED ROOF TOP UNIT. MAINTENANCE DATA, INCLUDING MINIMUM OF TWO FILTER REPLACEMENTS, MINIMUM OF ONE
F. CHECK, TEST, START, ADJUST, BALANCE AND INSTRUCTIONS C. EXPOSED PIPING: LOCATE INSULATION AND COVER SEAMS IN LEAST VISIBLE LOCATIONS. 1.02 SUBMITTALS 3.07 SCHEDULES B. UNIT CONTROLS. FAN BELT REPLACEMENT, AND CONTROLS CHECK-OUT, ADJUSTMENTS, AND RECALIBRATION.
1. AFTER INSTALLATION, CHECK ALL EQUIPMENT, AND PERFORM START UP IN D. INSULATED PIPES CONVEYING FLUIDS BELOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: INSULATE ENTIRE A PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: RECORD ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF VALVES. A PIPE HANGER SPACING: C. REMOTE PANEL. E. PROVIDE 24-HOUR EMERGENCY SERVICE ON BREAKDOWNS AND MALFUNCTIONS.
ACCORDANCE WiTH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. SYSTEM INCLUDING FITTINGS, VALVES, UNIONS, FLANGES, STRAINERS, FLEXIBLE D. ROOF MOUNTING CURB AND BASE.
2. ALL PIPING SHALL BE TESTED AND FREE OF LEAKS. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. METAL PIPING: F. AFTER EACH SERVICE CALL, SUBMIT COPY OF SERVICE CALL WORK ORDER OR REPORT
CONNECTIONS, PUMP BODIES, AND EXPANSION JOINTS.
3. BALANCE ALL SYSTEMS, CALIBRATE CONTROLS, CHECK FOR PROPER OPERATING 1. PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENT LOCAL GOVERNING PLUMBING CODE a. PIPE SIZE: 1/2 INCHES TO 1-1/4 INCHES: 1.02 SUBMITTALS THAT INCLUDES DESCRIPTION OF WORK PERFORMED.
E. GLASS FIBER INSULATED PIPES CONVEYING FLUIDS BELOW AMBIENT TEMPERATURE:
SEQUENCE UNDER ALL CONDITIONS, AND MAKE ALL NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS. 2. MAINTAIN ONE COPY ON PROJECT SITE. 1) MAXIMUM HANGER SPACING: 6.5 FT. A PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE CAPACITY PER DRAWING SCHEDULE AND DIMENSIONS OF SECTION 15810
4. ALL WIRING SHALL BE FULLY TESTED AND MADE FREE OF GROUNDS AND SHORT 1. PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER JACKETS, FACTORY-APPLIED OR FIELD-APPLIED. SECURE MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS AND ASSEMBLIES REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT. INDICATE
CIRCUITS. WITH SELF-SEAUNG LONGITUDINAL LAPS AND BUTT STRIPS WITH PRESSURE SENSITIVE B. VALVES: MANUFACTURER'S NAME AND PRESSURE RATING MARKED ON VALVE BODY. 2) HANGER ROD DIAMETER: 3/8 INCHES. ELECTRICAL SERVICE WITH ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS,
5. INSTRUCT OWNER IN OPERATION OF SYSTEMS AND SUBMIT OPERATING AND ADHESIVE. SECURE WITH OUTWARD CLINCH EXPANDING STAPLES AND VAPOR BARRIER C. WELDING MATERIALS AND PROCEDURES: CONFORM TO ASME (BPV IX) AND APPLICABLE b. PIPE SIZE: 1-1/2 INCHES TO 2 INCHES: AND DUCT CONNECTIONS. DUCTWORK
MAINTENANCE MANUAL ON ALL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS. MASTIC. STATE LABOR REGULATIONS. 1) MAXIMUM HANGER SPACING: 10 FT.
6. PROVIDE ENGRAVED LABELS AND IDENTIFICATION TAGS FOR ALL PIPING SYSTEMS, 2. INSULATE FITTINGS, JOINTS, AND VALVES WITH MOLDED INSULATION OF LIKE MATERIAL B. SHOP DRAWINGS: INDICATE CAPACITY AND DIMENSIONS MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS AND PART 1 GENERAL
VALVES AND EQUIPMENT. AND THICKNESS AS ADJACENT PIPE. FINISH WITH GLASS CLOTH AND VAPOR BARRIER D. WELDER QUALIFICATIONS: CERTIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASME (BPV IX). 2) HANGER ROD DIAMETER: 3/8 INCH. ASSEMBLIES REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT. INDICATE ELECTRICAL SERVICE WITH 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
7. PROVIDE TYPED PANEL DIRECTORIES AND ENGRAVED LABELS FOR ALL PANELS AND ADHESIVE OR PVC FITTING COVERS. E. IDENTIFY PIPE WITH MARKING INCLUDING SIZE, ASTM MATERIAL CLASSIFICATION, ASTM c. PIPE SIZE: 2-1/2 INCHES TO 3 INCHES: ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS, AND DUCT CONNECTIONS. A. METAL DUCTWORK.
EQUIPMENT. F. FOR HOT PIPING CONVEYING FLUIDS 140 DEGREES F OR LESS, DO NOT INSULATE SPECIFICATION, POTABLE WATER CERTIFICATION, WATER PRESSURE RATING. 1) MAXIMUM HANGER SPACING: 10 FT. C. MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: INDICATE ASSEMBLY, SUPPORT DETAILS, CONNECTION B. NONMETAL DUCTWORK.
FLANGES AND UNIONS AT EQUIPMENT, BUT BEVEL AND SEAL ENDS OF INSULATION. 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 2) HANGER ROD DIAMETER: 1/2 INCH. REQUIREMENTS, AND INCLUDE START-UP INSTRUCTIONS.
G.CUTTING, PATCHING AND DRILLING C. CASING AND PLENUMS.
G. GLASS FIBER INSULATED PIPES CONVEYING FLUIDS ABOVE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: A PERFORM WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENT LOCAL GOVERNING PLUMBING CODE. d. PIPE SIZE: 4 INCHES TO 6 INCHES: D. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA: INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S DESCRIPTIVE LITERATURE,
1. ALL CUTTING AND CHASING OF THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION REQUIRED FOR THIS D. DUCT CLEANING.
WORK SHALL BE BY THIS CONTRACTOR UNLESS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL 1. PROVIDE STANDARD JACKETS, WITH OR WITHOUT VAPOR BARRIER, FACTORY-APPLIED OR B. CONFORM TO APPLICABLE CODE FOR INSTALLATION OF BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES. 1) MAXIMUM HANGER SPACING: 10 FT. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS, INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR DATA,
DRAWINGS AND CONFIRMED AS TO SIZE AND LOCATION PRIOR TO NEW FIELD-APPUED. SECURE WiTH SELF-SEAUNG LONGITUDINAL LAPS AND BUTT STRIPS C. PROVIDE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE FROM AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION INDICATING 2) HANGER ROD DIAMETER: 5/8 INCH. AND PARTS LISTING. PARi 2 PRODUCTS
CONSTRUCTION. CUTTING SHALL BE IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER. WITH PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE. SECURE WiTH OUTWARD CLINCH EXPANDING APPROVAL OF INSTALLATION OF BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES. 2. PLASTIC PIPING: E. WARRANTY: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY AND ENSURE FORMS HAVE BEEN FILLED 2.01 DUCT ASSEMBLIES
2. NEATLY SAW CUT ALL RECTANGULAR OPENINGS, SET SLEEVE THROUGH OPENING, STAPLES. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING f. ALL SIZES: OUT IN OWNER'S NAME AND REGISTERED WITH MANUFACTURER. A ALL DUCTS: GALVANIZED STEEL, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
AND FINISH PATCH OR PROVIDE TRIM FLANGE AROUND OPENING. 2. INSULATE FITTINGS, JOINTS, AND VALVES WITH INSULATION OF LIKE MATERIAL AND 1) MAXIMUM HANGER SPACING: 6 FT. F. MAINTENANCE MATERIALS: FURNISH THE FOLLOWING FOR OWNER'S USE IN MAINTENANCE B. LOW PRESSURE SUPPLY: 2 INCH W.G. PRESSURE CLASS, GALVANIZED STEEL
3. NEATLY SAW CUT FLOORS FOR SEWER INSTALLATION AND PATCH FLOOR TO MATCH THICKNESS AS ADJOINING PIPE. FINISH WITH GLASS CLOTH AND ADHESIVE OR PVC A ACCEPT VALVES ON SITE IN SHIPPING CONTAINERS WITH LABELING IN PLACE. INSPECT OF PROJECT. 2 SETS OF FILTERS PER DRAWING SCHEDULE.
EXISTING, INCLUDING FLOOR COVERING. FITTING COVERS. FOR DAMAGE. 2) HANGER ROD DIAMETER: 3/8 INCH. C. RETURN AND RELIEF. 2 INCH W.G. PRESSURE CLASS, GALVANIZED STEEL.
4. CORE DRILL AND SLEEVE ALL ROUND OPENINGS. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
H. INSERTS AND SHIELDS: B. PROVIDE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COATING ON CAST IRON AND STEEL VALVES. D. GENERAL EXHAUST: 2 INCH W.G. PRESSURE CLASS, GALVANIZED STEEL.
5. CUT AND PATCH EXISTING BUILDING WALLS AS REQUIRED FOR DUCT INSTALLATION. 1. APPLICATION: PIPING 1-1/2 INCHES DIAMETER OR LARGER. C. PROVIDE TEMPORARY END CAPS AND CLOSURES ON PIPING AND FITTINGS. MAINTAIN IN SECTION 15146 A MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE TYPE OF E. OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE: 2 INCH W.G. PRESSURE CLASS, GALVANIZED STEEL
PROVIDE STEEL UNTEL ABOVE OPENING WIDER THAN 100. SEE STRUCTURAL 2. SHIELDS: GALVANIZED STEEL BETWEEN PIPE HANGERS OR PIPE HANGER ROLLS AND PLACE UNTIL INSTALLATION. PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION, WITH MINIMUM THREE YEARS OF DOCUMENTED F. TRANSFER AIR AND SOUND BOOTS: 2 INCH W.G. PRESSURE CLASS, GALVANIZED STEEL.
DRAWINGS FOR SIZES. PROVIDE ESCUTCHEONS OR 2' WIDE SHEET METAL FLANGES INSERTS. D. PROTECT PIPING SYSTEMS FROM ENTRY OF FOREIGN MATERIALS BY TEMPORARY COVERS, PLUMBING SPECIALTIES EXPERIENCE.
AROUND ALL EXPOSED PENETRATIONS. PART 1 GENERAL B. PRODUCTS REQUIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTION: LISTED AND CLASSIFIED BY 2.02 MATERIALS
6. DO NOT CUT ANY STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS WITHOUT ARCHITECT'S APPROVAL 3. INSERT LOCATION: BETWEEN SUPPORT SHIELD AND PIPING AND UNDER THE FINISH COMPLETING SECTIONS OF THE WORK, AND ISOLATING PARTS OF COMPLETED SYSTEM. UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. AS SUITABLE FOR THE PURPOSE SPECIFIED AND A GALVANIZED STEEL FOR DUCTS: HOT-DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET, ASTM A 653A
JACKET. 1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES /
7. PATCH AND FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT AREAS THAT HAVE BEEN CUT, DAMAGED OR INDICATED. 653M FS TYPE B, WITH G60/Z160 COATING.
4. INSERT CONFIGURATION: MINIMUM 6 INCHES LONG, OF SAME THICKNESS AND CONTOUR A. FLOOR DRAINS.
MODIFIED TO INSTALL EQUIPMENT FOR THIS PROJECT. ADO NOT INSTALL UNDERGROUND PIPING WHEN BEDDING IS WET OR FROZEN. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
AS ADJOINING INSULATION; MAY BE FACTORY FABRICATED. B. ALUMINUM FOR DUCTS: ASTM B 209 ASTM B 209M); ALUMINUM SHEET, ALLOY
8. CUTTING OF ROOF, INSTALLATION OF CURBS, AND PATCHING OF ROOF SHALL BE BY B. CLEANOUTS.
A CERTIFIED ROOFING CONTRACTOR, APPROVED BY BUILDING OWNER, AND PAID FOR 5. INSERT MATERIAL HYDROUS CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION OR OTHER HEAVY DENSITY PART 2 PRODUCTS A PROTECT UNITS FROM PHYSICAL DAMAGE IA STORING OFF SITE UNTIL ROOF MOUNTING 300IVALEN ALUMINUM CONNECTORS AND BAR STOCK: ALLOY 6061-T651 OR OF
INSULATING MATERIAL SUITABLE FOR THE PLANNED TEMPERATURE RANGE. 2.01 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING C. WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS. CURBS ARE IN PLACE, READY FOR IMMEDIATE INSTALLATION OF UMTS. EQUIVALENT STRENGTH.
BY THIS CONTRACTOR. DWASH MACHINE UTILITY BOXES
to
9. FIRE STOP ALL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION IN A CODE APPROVED I. CONTINUE INSULATION THROUGH WALLS, SLEEVES, PIPE HANGERS, AND OTHER PIPE A D.CAST IRON PIPE: HUB AND SPIGOT 1.05 WARRANTY C. STAINLESS STEEL FOR DUCTS: ASTM A 240/A 240M, TYPE 304.
o
MANNER, USING UL LISTED FIRE RATED MATERIALS. PENETRATIONS. FINISH AT SUPPORTS, PROTRUSIONS, AND INTERRUPTIONS. AT FIRE 1. FITTINGS: CAST IRON. PART 2 PRODUCTS A PROVIDE A FIVE YEAR WARRANTY TO INCLUDE COVERAGE FOR REFRIGERATION D. JOINT SEALERS AND SEALANTS: NON-HARDENING, WATER RESISTANT, MILDEW AND MOLD o
10. ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL CONFIRM WITH OWNER, PRIOR TO BID, TIMES AVAILABLE SEPARATIONS. to
FOR NOISE PRODUCING WORK SUCH AS CUTTING AND CORE DRIOF BOORS, 2. JOINTS: COMPRESSION GASKETS CONFORMING TO ASTM 564 2.01 DRAINS COMPRESSORS. RESISTANT. rm
WALLS, ETC., O WELL AS RKTIMS FOR WORK WHICH REQUIRE ACCESS INTO J. PIPE EXPOSED IN MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ROOMS OR FINISHED SPACES (LESS THAN 10 B. PVC-DWV PUSTiC ASTM D-2665 WiTH ASTM D-2665 DWV SOLVENT WEU) SOCKET FITTINGS. D. FLOOR DRAIN (FD-1): B. PROVIDE A TEN YEAR WARRANTY FOR HEAT EXCHANGER. 1. TYPE: HEAVY MASTIC OR LIQUID USED ALONE OR WITH TAPE, SUITABLE FOR JOINT F
ADJOINING AREAS. INCLUDE ANY PREMIUM TIME REQUIRED IN BID. FEET ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR) WHERE SUBJECT TO DAMAGE: FINISH WITH PVC JACKET 2.02 SANITARY SEWER AND VENT PIPING, ABOVE GRADE 1. LACQUERED CAST IRON TWO PIECE BODY WITH DOUBLE DRAINAGE FLANGE, WEEP PART 2 PRODUCTS CONFIGURATION AND COMPATIBLE WITH SUBSTRATES, AND RECOMMENDED BY
AND FITTING COVERS. HOLES, REVERSIBLE CLAMPING COLLAR, ROUND, ADJUSTABLE NICKEL-BRONZE STRAINER MANUFACTURER FOR PRESSURE CLASS OF DUCTS. co
11. EXACT LOCATION OF ROOF TOP MECHANICAL UNITS SHALL BE APPROVED BY A CAST IRON PIPE: HUBLESS, SERVICE WEIGHT. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS, AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS OR APPROVED EQUAL.
OWNER'S STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND K. BURIED PIPING: PROVIDE FACTORY FABRICATED ASSEMBLY WITH INNER ALL-PURPOSE 1. FITTINGS: CAST IRON. AND TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION. 2. VOC CONTENT: NOT MORE THAN 250 G/L, EXCLUDING WATER.
INSTALL ALL SUPPLEMENTAL SUPPORT STEEL FOR UNITS AND ROOF DUCT SERVICE JACKET WITH SELF-SEAUNG LAP, AND ASPHALT IMPREGNATED OPEN MESH GLASS 2.02 AIR CONDITIONING UNITS 3. SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: FLAME SPREAD OF ZERO, SMOKE DEVELOPED OF = z ~
2. JOINTS: NEOPRENE GASKETS AND STAINLESS STEEL CLAMP-AND-SHIELD ASSEMBLIES. 2.02 CLEANOUTS Z W
PENETRATIONS AFTER APPROVAL OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. FABRIC, WITH ONE MIL THICK ALUMINUM FOIL SANDWICHED BETWEEN THREE LAYERS OF A GENERAL: ROOF MOUNTED UMTS HAVING ELECTRIC REFRIGERATION. ZERO, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84. H W W
BITUMINOUS COMPOUND; OUTER SURFACE FACED WITH A POLYESTER FILM. B. PVC PIPE: (WHERE ACCEPTABLE IN GOVERNING PLUMBING CODE) C. CLEANOUTS AT INTERIOR FINISHED FLOOR AREAS (CO-1) J 2 CC c'3
B. DESCRIPTION: SELF-CONTAINED, PACKAGED, FACTORY ASSEMBLED AND PREWIRED, E. HANGER ROD: ASTM A 36/A 36M; STEEL, GALVANIZED; THREADED BOTH ENDS, THREADED
H.WARRANTY 3.03 SCHEDULES 1. FITTINGS: PVC. 1. LACQUERED CAST IRON BODY WITH ANCHOR FLANGE, REVERSIBLE CLAMPING COLLAR, Q > N N
CONSISTING OF CABINET AND FRAME, SUPPLY FAN, HEAT EXCHANGER, CONTROLS, AIR ONE END, OR CONTINUOUSLY THREADED. •®
1. FULLY WARRANT ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND WORKMANSHIP FOR ONE (1) YEAR A PLUMBING SYSTEMS: 2. JOINTS: SOLVENT WELDED, WITH SOLVENT CEMENT. THREADED TOP ASSEMBLY, AND ROUND GA TO AC SCORED COVER IN SERVICE AREAS W
FILTERS, REFRIGERANT COOLING COIL AND COMPRESSOR, CONDENSER COIL AND O
FROM DATE OF ACCEPTANCE. AND ROUND GASKETED DEPRESSED COVER TO ACCEPT BOOR FINISH IN FINISHED 2.03 DUCTWORK FABRICATION mij = IL Y of
1. DOMESTIC HOT AND COLD WATER SUPPLY: 2.03 WATER PIPING, BURIED WITHIN 5 FEET OF BUILDING FLOOR AREAS. CONDENSER FAN. A. FABRICATE AND SUPPORT IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION a Q I=
2. EXTEND ALL MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTIES TO OWNER, INCLUDING FIVE (5) YEAR a. GLASS FIBER INSULATION: A COPPER PIPE: ANNEALED. D. CLEANOUTS AT INTERIOR FINISHED WALL AREAS CO-2 C. ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE, AND AS INDICATED. 2 O O
COMPRESSOR AND TEN (10) YEAR HEAT EXCHANGER EXTENDED WARRANTY ON HVAC ( )
EQUIPMENT. 1) PIPE SIZE RANGE: 1/2-3 INCH. 1. FIRINGS: CAST COPPER ALLOY OR WROUGHT COPPER AND BRONZE. 1. LINE TYPE WITH LACQUERED CAST IRON BODY AND ROUND EPDXY COATED GASKETED 1. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS/SPECIFICATIONS. B. NO VARIATION OF DUCT CONFIGURATION OR SIZE PERMITTED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN , Z ca d
3. REPAIR OR REPLACE WITHOUT CHARGE TO THE OWNER ALL ITEMS FOUND DEFECTIVE 2) THICKNESS: 1/2 INCH. 2. JOINTS: ALLOY SN95 SOLDER. COVER, AND ROUND STAINLESS STEEL ACCESS COVER SECURED WITH MACHINE SCREW. D. DISCONNECT SWITCH: FACTORY MOUNT DISCONNECT SWITCH IN CONTROL PANEL. PERMISSION. SIZE ROUND DUCT INSTALLED IN PLACE OF RECTANGULAR DUCTS IN Z 2
DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD. 2. PLUMBING VENTS WITHIN 10 FEET OF THE EXTERIOR: 2.04 WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE 2.03 REFRIGERATOR VALVE AND RECESSED BOX E. PROVIDE HACR CIRCUIT BREAKER IN POWER CONNECTION ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE HANDBOOK - FUNDAMENTALS. Z go Q
A COPPER TUBE: TYPE L (B), DRAWN (H). A. BOX MANUFACTURERS: 2.03 FABRICATION C. DUCT SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED FOR METAL DUCT. FIBROUS GLASS DUCT MAY NOT H a P
SECTION 15075 BECKON 15086 1. FIRINGS: CAST COPPER ALLOY OR WROUGHT COPPER AND BRONZE. BE SUBSTITUTED FOR METAL DUCT.
1. IPS CORPORATION/WATER-TITS; WWW.IPSCORP.COM. A CABINET: STEEL WITH BAKED ENAMEL FINISH, INCLUDING ACCESS PANELS WITH
MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION DUCT INSULATION 2. JOINTS: ALLOY SN95 SOLDER. 2. OATEY; WWW.OATEY.COM. SCREWDRIVER OPERATED FLUSH CAM TYPE FASTENERS. STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SHALL BE D. PROVIDE DUCT MATERIAL, GAGES, REINFORCING, AND SEALING FOR OPERATING PRESSURES
PART 1 GENERAL 2.05 FLANGES, UNIONS, AND COUPLINGS B. VALVE MANUFACTURERS: MINIMUM 18 GAGE, WITH ACCESS DOORS OR PANELS OF MINIMUM 20 GAGE. INDICATED. PMIM Ma- am
PART 1 GENERAL A UNIONS FOR PIPE SIZES 3 INCHES AND UNDER: B. INSULATiON: ONE INCH THICK NEOPRENE COATED GLASS FIBER WITH EDGES PROTECTED E. CONSTRUCT T' AIOF NOT LESS THAN 11
S, BENDS, AND ELBOWS WITH RADIUS - 2 TIMES 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 1. IPS CORPORATION/WATER-TITS; WWW.IPSCORP.COM. / Dntnwt BY e1U
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 1. FERROUS PIPE: CLASS 150 MALLEABLE IRON THREADED UNIONS. FROM EROSION. WIDTH OF DUCT ON CENTERLINE. WHERE NOT POSSIBLE, RECTANGULAR ELBOWS MUST
A NAMEPLATES. 2. TURN INDUSTRIES, INC; WWW.ZURN.COM.A BE USED. IN RECTANGULAR ELBOWS PROVIDE AIR FOIL TURNING VANES OF PERFORATED Dab Yes
DUCT INSULATION. 2. COPPER TUBE AND PIPE: CLASS 150 BRONZE UNIONS WITH SOLDERED JOINTS. C. HEAT EXCHANGERS: ALUMINIZED STEEL, OF WELDED CONSTRUCTION.
B. TAGS. C. DESCRIPTION: PLASTIC PREFORMED ROUGH-IN BOX WITH BRASS VALVES WITH WHEEL METAL WITH GLASS FIBER INSULATION.
B. DUCT LINER. B. FLANGES FOR PIPE SIZE OVER 3 INCH OR LARGER: HANDLE, SUP IN FINISHING COVER. D. SUPPLY FAN: FORWARD CURVED CENTRIFUGAL TYPE, RESILIENTLY MOUNTED WITH V-BELT MOM Bl�rYS
C. PIPE MARKERS. F. PROVIDE TURNING VANES OF PERFORATED METAL WITH GLASS FIBER INSULATION WHEN
N 1.02 SUBMITTALS 1. FERROUS PIPE: CLASS 150 MALLEABLE IRON THREADED OR FORGED STEEL SLIP-ON PART 3 EXECUTION DRIVE, ADJUSTABLE VARIABLE PITCH MOTOR PULLEY, AND RUBBER ISOLATED HINGE
PART 2 PRODUCTS FLANGES; PREFORMED NEOPRENE GASKETS. MOUNTED HIGH EFFICIENCY MOTOR OR DIRECT DRIVE AS INDICATED. ISOLATE COMPLETE ACOUSTICAL LINING IS INDICATED.
A PRODUCT DATA: PROVIDE PRODUCT DESCRIPTION, THERMAL CHARACTERISTICS, LIST OF 3.01 INSTALLATION
0 2.01 IDENTIFICATION APPLICATIONS MATERIALS AND THICKNESS FOR EACH SERVICE, AND LOCATIONS. 2. COPPER TUBE AND PIPE: CLASS 150 SUP-ON BRONZE FLANGES; PREFORMED FAN ASSEMBLY. G. INCREASE DUCT SIZES GRADUALLY, NOT EXCEEDING 15 DEGREES DIVERGENCE WHEREVER
NEOPRENE GASKETS. A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. POSSIBLE; MAXIMUM 30 DEGREES DIVERGENCE UPSTREAM OF EQUIPMENT AND 45
m A AIR HANDLING UMTS: NAMEPLATES. B. MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS: INDICATE INSTALLATION PROCEDURES NECESSARY TO E. AIR FILTERS: 2 INCH THICK GLASS FIBER DISPOSABLE MEDIA IN METAL FRAMES AND 2' DEGREES CONVERGENCE DOWNSTREAM.
B. DAMPERS: CEILING TACKS, WHERE LOCATED ABOVE LAY-IN CEILING. ENSURE ACCEPTABLE WORKMANSHIP AND THAT INSTALLATION STANDARDS WILL BE 2.06 BALL VALVES B. EXTEND CLEANOUTS TO FINISHED FLOOR OR WALL SURFACE. LUBRICATE THREADED THICK ALUMINUM MESH CLEANABLE FILTERS IN OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE HOOD.
A UP TO AND INCLUDING 2 INCHES CLEANOUT PLUGS WITH MIXTURE OF GRAPHITE AND LINSEED OIL ENSURE CLEARANCE AT F. ROOF MOUNTING CURB: 14 INCHES HIGH INSULATED GALVANIZED STEEL, CHANNEL FRAME H. FABRICATE CONTINUOUSLY WELDED ROUND AND OVAL DUCT FITTINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH
m C. PIPING: PIPE MARKERS. ACHIEVED. CLEANOUT FOR RODDING OF DRAINAGE SYSTEM. SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE.
D. SMALL-SIZED EQUIPMENT: TAGS. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. BRONZE, TWO PIECE BODY, CHROME PLATED, BRASS BALL, TEFLON SEATS AND TOPPING WITH GASKETS, NAILER STRIPS.
A MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING PRODUCTS BOX RING, LEVER HANDLES AND BALANCING STOPS, SOLDER OR THREADED ENDS WITH C. ENCASE EXTERIOR CLEANOUTS IN CONCRETE FLUSH WITH GRADE. I. WHERE DUCTS ARE CONNECTED TO EXTERIOR WALL LOUVERS AND DUCT OUTLET IS
I E. TANKS: NAMEPLATES. UNION. 2.04 ELECTRIC HEATING COIL SMALLER THAN LOUVER FRAME, PROVIDE TRANSITION TO LOUVER'S FULL PERIMETER. SEAL
OF THE TYPE SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WiTH NOT LESS THAN THREE YEARS OF D. INSTALL FLOOR CLEANOUTS AT ELEVATION TO ACCOMMODATE FINISHED FLOOR. A FINNED TUBE HEATING ELEMENTS EASILY ACCESSIBLE WITH AUTOMATIC RESET THERMAL TO LOUVER FRAME AND DUCT.
0. F. THERMOSTATS: NAMEPLATES.
DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. PART 3 EXECUTION
E. INSTALL APPROVED PORTABLE WATER PROTECTION DEVICES ON PLUMBING LINES WHERE CUT-OUT, BUILT-IN MAGNETIC CONTACTORS, GALVANIZED STEEL FRAME, CONTROL CIRCUIT 2.04 MANUFACTURED DUCTWORK AND FIRINGS
a G. VALVES: TAGS AND CEILING TACKS WHERE LOCATED ABOVE LAY-IN CEILING. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 3.01 EXAMINATION CONTAMINATION OF DOMESTIC WATER MAY OCCUR; ON BOILER FEED WATER LINES, JANITOR TRANSFORMER AND FUSE, MANUAL RESET THERMAL CUT-OUT, »AIRFLOW PROVING
M H. WATER TREATMENT DEVICES: NAMEPLATES. A VERIFY THAT EXCAVATIONS ARE TO REQUIRED GRADE, DRY, AND NOT OVER-EXCAVATED. ROOMS, FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS, PREMISE ISOLATION, IRRIGATION SYSTEMS, FLUSH DEVICE,>> TOGGLE SWITCH (PILOT DUTY), LOAD FUSES. A DOUBLE WALL INSULATED ROUND DUCTS: ROUND SPIRAL LOCKSEAM DUCT WITH
A ACCEPT MATERIALS ON SITE IN ORIGINAL FACTORY PACKAGING, LABELED WITH VALVES, INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR HOSE BIBBS. GALVANIZED STEEL OUTER WALL, PERFORATED GALVANIZED STEEL INNER WALL; FiRING
it 3.02 PREPARATION B. CONTROLS: START SUPPLY FAN BEFORE ELECTRIC ELEMENTS ARE ENERGIZED AND
2.02 NAMEPLATES MANUFACTURER'S IDENTIFICATION, INCLUDING PRODUCT DENSITY AND THICKNESS. WITH SOLID INNER WALL
A REAM PIPE AND TUBE ENDS. REMOVE BURRS. BEVEL PLAIN END FERROUS PIPE. F. PIPE RELIEF FROM BACKFLOW PREVENTER TO NEAREST DRAIN. CONTINUE OPERATING UNTIL AIR TEMPERATURE REACHES MINIMUM SETTING, WITH SWITCH
A DESCRIPTION: LAMINATED THREE-LAYER PLASTIC WITH ENGRAVED LETTERS. B. PROTECT INSULATION FROM WEATHER AND CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC, DIRT, WATER, CHEMICAL, 1. MANUFACTURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS -
1. LETTER COLOR: WHITE. AND MECHANICAL DAMAGE, BY STORING IN ORIGINAL WRAPPING. B. REMOVE SCALE AND DIRT, ON INSIDE AND OUTSIDE, BEFORE ASSEMBLY. G. INSTALL WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS COMPLETE WITH ACCESSIBLE ISOLATION VALVE ON FOR CONTINUOUS FAN OPERATION. METAL AND FLEXIBLE.
HOT AND COLD WATER SUPPLY PIPING TO ALL FIXTURES WITH QUICK CLOSING FITTINGS. 2.05 EVAPORATOR COIL 2. INSULATION:
. 2. LETTER HEIGHT: 1/4 INCH. 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS C. PREPARE PIPING CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT WITH FLANGES OR UNIONS. A. PROVIDE COPPER TUBE ALUMINUM FIN COIL ASSEMBLY WITH GALVANIZED DRAIN PAN AND
12 3. &4CKGROUND COLOR: BLACK. a. THICKNESS: 1 INCH.
A MAINTAIN AMBIENT TEMPERATURES AND CONDITIONS REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURERS OF CONNECTION. PROVIDE FLOAT SWITCH TO SHUT DOWN UNIT WHERE REQUIRED BY LOCAL
1 2.03 TAGS ADHESIVES, MASTICS, AND INSULATION CEMENTS. CODEB. FLEXIBLE DUCTS: BLACK POLYMER FILM SUPPORTED 13Y HELICALLY WOUND SPRING
.
a o STEEL WIRE.
A PLASTIC TAGS: LAMINATED THREE-LAYER PLASTIC WITH ENGRAVED BLACK LETTERS ON B. MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE DURING AND AFTER INSTALLATION FOR MINIMUM PERIOD OF 24 B. PROVIDE CAPILLARY TUBES OR THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVES FOR UNITS OF 6 TONS M P 1 .
'i�y, LIGHT CONTRASTING BACKGROUND COLOR. TAG SIZE MINIMUM 1-1/2 INCH DIAMETER. HOURS. 1. UL LABELED.
CAPACITY AND LESS, AND THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVES AND ALTERNATE ROW 2. INSULATION: FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH POLYETHYLENE VAPOR BARRIER FILM.
o 0.`' B. METAL TAGS: BRASS WITH STAMPED LETTERS; TAG SIZE MINIMUM 1-1/2 INCH DIAMETER PART 2 PRODUCTS CIRCUITING FOR UNITS 7.5 TONS COOLING CAPACITY AND LARGER. 3. PRESSURE RATING: 10 INCHES WG POSITIVE AND 0.5 INCHES WG NEGATIVE.
I I.
��z WITH SMOOTH EDGES. 2.01 REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION
mow : 4. MAXIMUM VELOCITY: 4000 FPM.
yyU ; A SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: FLAME SPREAD SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF
y�0 / 5. TEMPERATURE RANGE: -20 DEGREES F TO 175 DEGREES F.
I-.rm 25/50, MAXIMUM, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, OR UL
reteirence only btEC1,ANICAL PLUABINO
SPECS
1-11; 723• Not part of this permit
2.05 CASINGS 2.04 CEILING EXHAUST AND RETURN REGISTERS/GRILLES 2. INCLUDE AT LEAST THE FOLLOWING IN THE PLAN:
A. FABRICATE CASINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS A TYPE: STREAMLINED BLADES, 3/4 INCH MINIMUM DEPTH, 3/4 INCH MAXIMUM SPACING, a. LIST OF ALL AIR FLOW, WATER FLOW, SOUND LEVEL, SYSTEM CAPACITY AND
- METAL AND FLEXIBLE, AND CONSTRUCT FOR OPERATING PRESSURES INDICATED. WITH BLADES SET AT 45 DEGREES, VERTICAL FACE. EFFICIENCY MEASUREMENTS TO BE PERFORMED AND A DESCRIPTION OF SPECIFIC 0 0
TEST PROCEDURES, PARAMETERS, FORMULAS TO BE USED.
B. MOUNT FLOOR MOUNTED CASINGS ON 4 INCH HIGH CONCRETE CURBS. AT FLOOR, RIVET B. FRAME: 1-1/4 INCH MARGIN WITH COUNTERSUNK SCREW MOUNTING. Ell m
PANELS ON 8 INCH CENTERS TO ANGLES. WHERE FLOORS ARE ACOUSTICALLY INSULATED, b. COPY OF FIELD CHECKOUT SHEETS AND LOGS TO BE USED, LISTING EACH PIECE OF _
C. FABRICATION: STEEL WITH 20 GAGE MINIMUM FRAMES AND 22 GAGE MINIMUM BLADES, EQUIPMENT TO BE TESTED, ADJUSTED AND BALANCED WITH THE DATA CELLS TO BE rnn o,
PROVIDE LINER OF 18 GAGE GALVANIZED EXPANDED METAL MESH SUPPORTED AT 12 INCH N m
CENTERS, TURNED UP 12 INCHES AT SIDES WITH SHEET METAL SHIELDS. STEEL AND ALUMINUM WITH 20 GAGE MINIMUM FRAME, OR ALUMINUM EXTRUSIONS, WITH GATHERED FOR EACH. a `°
FACTORY BAKED ENAMEL FINISH. c. DISCUSSION OF WHAT NOTATIONS AND MARKINGS WILL BE MADE ON THE DUCT AND
C. REINFORCE DOOR FRAMES WITH STEEL ANGLES TIED TO HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL 0
PLENUM SUPPORTING ANGLES. INSTALL HINGED ACCESS DOORS WHERE INDICATED OR - °
c
D. COLOR: TO BE SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD RANGE. PIPING DRAWINGS DURING THE PROCESS.
w r °
REQUIRED FOR ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT FOR CLEANING AND INSPECTION. E. DAMPER: INTEGRAL, GANG-OPERATED, OPPOSED BLADE TYPE WITH REMOVABLE KEY d. FINAL TEST REPORT FORMS TO BE USED. V ''o a
PART 3 EXECUTION
OPERATOR, OPERABLE FROM FACE WHERE NOT INDIVIDUALLY CONNECTED TO EXHAUST e. PROCEDURES FOR FORMAL DEFICIENCY REPORTS, INCLUDING SCOPE, FREQUENCY E v
FANS. AND DISTRIBUTION. LZ w m of
3.01 INSTALLATION
PART 3 EXECUTION C. FINAL REPORT: INDICATE DEFICIENCIES IN SYSTEMS THAT WOULD PREVENT PROPER TESTING, o
A INSTALL, SUPPORT, AND SEAL DUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT 3.01 INSTALLATION ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING OF SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT TO ACHIEVE SPECIFIED N o N
CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE. PERFORMANCE.
B. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 1. REVISE TAB PLAN TO REFLECT ACTUAL PROCEDURES AND SUBMIT AS PART OF FINAL I= W
C. DURING CONSTRUCTION PROVIDE TEMPORARY CLOSURES OF METAL OR TAPED B. CHECK LOCATION OF OUTLETS AND INLETS AND MAKE NECESSARY ADJUSTMENTS IN REPORT. W he
POLYETHYLENE U OPEN DUCTWORK TO PREVENT CONSTRUCTION DUST FROM ENTERING POSITION TO CONFORM WITH ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES, SYMMETRY, AND LIGHTING 2. SUBMIT DRAFT COPIES OF REPORT FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF 2
DUCTWORK SYSTEM. ARRANGEMENT. PROJECT. PROVIDE FINAL COPIES FOR ARCHITECT AND FOR INCLUSION IN OPERATING a
D. FLEXIBLE DUCTS: CONNECT TO METAL DUCTS WITH ADHESIVE AND MANUFACTURER'S C. INSTALL DIFFUSERS TO DUCTWORK WITH AIR TIGHT CONNECTION. AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. C W
PLASTIC DRAW BANDS. D. PROVIDE BALANCING DAMPERS ON DUCT TAKE-OFF TO DIFFUSERS, AND GRILLES AND 3. INCLUDE ACTUAL INSTRUMENT LIST, WITH MANUFACTURER NAME, SERIAL NUMBER, AND
REGISTERS, DESPITE WHETHER DAMPERS ARE SPECIFIED AS PART OF THE DIFFUSER, OR DATE OF CALIBRATION. 40
E. DUCT SIZES INDICATED ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. FOR LINED DUCTS, MAINTAIN GRILLE AND REGISTER ASSEMBLY. 4. FORM OF TEST REPORTS: WHERE THE TAB STANDARD BEING FOLLOWED RECOMMENDS
SIZES INSIDE LINING. E. PAINT DUCTWORK VISIBLE BEHIND AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS MATTE BLACK. A REPORT FORMAT USE THAT; OTHERWISE, FOLLOW ASHRAE STD 111.
F. LOCATE DUCTS WITH SUFFICIENT SPACE AROUND EQUIPMENT TO ALLOW NORMAL 5. UNITS OF MEASURE: REPORT DATA IN I-P (INCH-POUND) UNITS. _
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES. SECTION 15940 PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED (i Y.
G. USE CRIMP JOINTS WITH OR WITHOUT BEAD FOR JOINING ROUND DUCT SIZES 8 INCH PART 3 EXECUTION
AND SMALLER WITH CRIMP IN DIRECTION OF AIR FLOW. HVAC SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
H. USE DOUBLE NUTS AND LOCK WASHERS ON THREADED ROD SUPPORTS. N
A PERFORM TOTAL SYSTEM BALANCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
I. CONNECT TERMINAL UNITS TO SUPPLY DUCTS DIRECTLY OR WITH FIVE FOOT MAXIMUM
PART i GENERAL i. MBC MN-1, AABC NATIONAL STANDARDS FOR TOTAL SYSTEM BALANCE. ry
LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE DUCT. DO NOT USE FLEXIBLE DUCT TO CHANGE DIRECTION.
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 2. NEBB PROCEDURAL STANDARDS FOR TESTING ADJUSTING BALANCING OF ENVIRONMENTAL 0�'p V1
J. CONNECT DIFFUSERS OR LIGHT TROFFER BOOTS TO LOW PRESSURE DUCTS DIRECTLY OR I �' O
' A. THIS SECTION DEFINES THE MANNER AND METHOD BY WHICH CONTROLS FUNCTION. SYSTEMS. ¢ w N z
WITH 5 FEET MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE DUCT HELD IN PLACE WITH MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH TYPE OF CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION ARE SPECIFIED. d
B. BEGIN WORK AFTER COMPLETION OF SYSTEMS TO BE TESTED, ADJUSTED, OR BALANCED AND w)Z rn �
PLASTIC DRAW BAND. EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, AND SYSTEM COMPONENTS REQUIRED FOR CONTROL SYSTEMS ARE COMPLETE WORK PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. r^. in w > Z N
K. AT EXTERIOR WALL LOWERS, SEAL DUCT TO LOUVER FRAME. SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS. o',=A Q W
C. WHERE HVAC SYSTEMS AND/OR COMPONENTS INTERFACE WITH LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS, J Q w
3.02 CLEANING 1.02 SUBMITTALS '
INCLUDING FIRE AND SMOKE DETECTION, ALARM, AND CONTROL, COORDINATE SCHEDULING, Cr
A. CLEAN DUCT SYSTEM AND FORCE AIR AT HIGH VELOCITY THROUGH DUCT TO REMOVE A. SEQUENCE OF OPERATION DOCUMENTATION: SUBMIT WRITTEN SEQUENCE OF OPERATION TESTING AND INSPECTION PROCEDURES WITH THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. a
ACCUMULATED DUST. TO OBTAIN SUFFICIENT AIR, CLEAN HALF THE SYSTEM AT A TIME. FOR ENTIRE HVAC SYSTEM AND EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. D. TAB AGENCY QUALIFICATIONS: �b w
PROTECT EQUIPMENT THAT COULD BE HARMED BY EXCESSIVE DIRT WITH TEMPORARY 1. PREFACE: 1 OR 2 PARAGRAPH OVERVIEW NARRATIVE OF THE SYSTEM DESCRIBING ITS 1. COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN THE TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING OF SYSTEMS
FILTERS, OR BYPASS DURING CLEANING. PURPOSE, COMPONENTS AND FUNCTION. SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. Doolp ow Cellouetion aoe.n'nu t.
B. CLEAN EXISTING DUCTWORK WHERE REUSED, USING THE LATEST NADCA STANDARDS FOR 2. STATE EACH SEQUENCE IN SMALL SEGMENTS AND GIVE EACH SEGMENT A UNIQUE h.tru.onto of oorvioo are eivon in
EXISTING DUCTWORK. NUMBER FOR REFERENCING IN FUNCTIONAL TEST PROCEDURES; PROVIDE A COMPLETE E. TAB SUPERVISOR AND TECHNICIAN QUALIFICATIONS: CERTIFIED BY SAME ORGANIZATION AS b the o prop"m
DESCRIPTION REGARDLESS OF THE COMPLETENESS AND CLARITY OF THE SEQUENCES TAB AGENCY. of uu Thi for phimur em aohetruotlootbw them e
SECTION 15820 SPECIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 3.02 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE °0a1ni1pr ,�
3. INCLUDE AT LEAST THE FOLLOWING SEQUENCES: A. PRIOR TO COMMENCING WITH THE BALANCING WORK THE BALANCING CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT THE pNtkkpO.khaR.7osoE VAbM
DUCT ACCESSORIES a• START-UP.
DUCTWORK INSTALLATION TO DETERMINE IF ALL REQUIRED BALANCING DAMPERS AND ACCESS DOOR of Christopher F. Ylorke,Archheot.
b. WARM-UP MODE. PANELS HAVE BEEN INSTALLED. DO NOT USE OUTLET OBD FOR BALANCING.
PART 1 GENERAL
c. NORMAL OPERATING MODE. B. PRIOR TO SCHEDUUNG THE EOC, THE HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT; THE SHIPPING
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES BLOCKS HAVE BEEN REMOVED, ALL OF THE AIR CONDITIONING UNITS ARE OPERATIONAL, DUCTWORK, GAS
d. UNOCCUPIED MODE. PIPING, CONDENSATE PIPING, POWER WIRING AND CONTROL WIRING HAVE BEEN INSTALLED.
A. AIR TURNING DEVICES/EXTRACTORS. e. SHUTDOWN.
C. THE HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AT THEIR COST A QUALIFIED SERVICE TECHNICIAN TO BE
B. DUCT ACCESS DOORS. f. CAPACITY CONTROL SEQUENCES AND EQUIPMENT STAGING. PRESENT DURING THE EQUIPMENT OPERATION CHECK.
C. FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS. g. TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE CONTROL, SUCH AS SETBACKS, SETUPS, RESETS, ETC. D. ANY AND ALL DEFECTS IN THE AIR CONDITIONING UNITS, INSTALLATION AND SYSTEM OPERATION SHALL
D. VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS. h. DETAILED SEQUENCES FOR ALL CONTROL STRATEGIES, SUCH AS ECONOMIZER BE CORRECTED EIY THE HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE EOC
CONTROL, OPTIMUM START STOP, STAGING, OPTIMIZATION, DEMAND LIMITING, ETC. REPORT. FAILURE TO IDENTIFY A DEFECT DURING THE EOC DOES NOT RELIEVE THE HVAC
1.02 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING i. EFFECTS OF POWER OR EQUIPMENT FAILURE WITH ALL STANDBY COMPONENT SUB-CONTRACTOR OF THE RESPONSIBILITY TO CORRECT SUBSEQUENTLY IDENTIFIED DEFECTS.
A. PROTECT DAMPERS FROM DAMAGE TO OPERATING LINKAGES AND BLADES. FUNCTIONS. E. ALL EQUIPMENT, INSTALLATION, DESIGN AND OPERATION DEFECTS DISCOVERED DURING THE INSTALLATION,
PART 2 PRODUCTS j. SEQUENCES FOR ALL ALARMS AND EMERGENCY SHUT DOWNS. CHECK, BALANCE AND OPERATION OF THE HVAC SYSTEM THAT REQUIRE A CHANGE IN THE DESIGN AND
SPECIFICATION OF THE HVAC SYSTEM OR ITS COMPONENTS MUST BE PROPERLY INCORPORATED BY
2.01 AIR TURNING DEVICES/EXTRACTORS k. SEASONAL OPERATIONAL DIFFERENCES AND RECOMMENDATIONS. CHANGE ORDER IN THE PROJECT CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS.
A. MULTI-BLADE DEVICE WITH BLADES ALIGNED IN SHORT DIMENSION; STEEL CONSTRUCTION; I. INTERACTIONS AND INTERLOCKS WITH OTHER SYSTEMS. F. BALANCE ALL FANS AIRFLOW WITHIN +10%/-5% OF DESIGN. REPLACE FAN DRIVE IF REQUIRED TO
WITH INDIVIDUALLY ADJUSTABLE BLADES, MOUNTING STRAPS. 4. INCLUDE INITIAL AND RECOMMENDED VALUES FOR ALL ADJUSTABLE SETTINGS, SETPOINTS OBTAIN THE DESIGN CAPACITY.
2.02 DUCT ACCESS DOORS AND PARAMETERS THAT ARE TYPICALLY SET OR ADJUSTED BY OPERATING STAFF; AND G. BALANCE OUTLETS AS FOLLOWS:
A FABRICATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - ANY OTHER CONTROL SETTINGS OR FIXED VALUES, DELAYS, ETC. THAT WILL BE USEFUL SMALL AREAS WITH 1 OR 2 OUTLETS: +/-5% OF DESIGN
DURING TESTING AND OPERATING THE EQUIPMENT. LARGE AREAS WITH 3 OR MORE OUTLETS: + 10% OF DESIGN
METAL AND FLEXIBLE, AND AS INDICATED. /-
5. FOR PACKAGED CONTROLLED EQUIPMENT, INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S FURNISHED H. REPORT IN WRITING ALL DEFICIENCIES AND PROBLEMS DISCOVERED, AS WELL AS COMPLETED BALANCING
B. ACCESS DOORS WITH SHEEP METAL SCREW FASTENERS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. SEQUENCE OF OPERATION AMPLIFIED AS REQUIRED TO DESCRIBE THE RELATIONSHIP REPORT TO: THE HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR PRIOR TO COMPLETING THE BALANCING WORK. THIS REPORT
2.03 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS BETWEEN THE PACKAGED CONTROLS AND THE CONTROL SYSTEM, INDICATING WHICH SHOULD INCLUDE THE 'CAUSE' AND SUGGESTED 'SOLUTION', IF KNOWN.
A. FABRICATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - POINTS ARE ADJUSTABLE CONTROL POINTS AND WHICH POINTS ARE ONLY MONITORED. I. THE AIR CONDITIONING UNITS SHALL BE BALANCED IN THE MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR MODE. THE OUTSIDE
METAL AND FLEXIBLE, AND AS INDICATED. B. CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAMS: SUBMIT GRAPHIC SCHEMATIC OF THE CONTROL SYSTEM AIR DAMPER '% MINIMUM OPEN POSITION* AND THE METHOD' USED SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE
B. FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS: FABRIC CRIMPED INTO METAL EDGING STRIP. SHOWING EACH CONTROL COMPONENT AND EACH COMPONENT CONTROLLED, MONITORED, BALANCING REPORT. ALSO MEASURE AND REPORT THE FAN OPERATING DATA FOR UNITS WITH
1. FABRIC: UL LISTED FIRE-RETARDANT NEOPRENE COATED WOVEN GLASS FIBER FABRIC OR ENABLED. ECONOMIZERS IN THE 100% OUTSIDE AIR MODE.
TO NEPA 90A, MINIMUM DENSITY 30 OZ PER SQ YD. 1. LABEL WITH SETTINGS, ADJUSTABLE RANGE OF CONTROL AND LIMITS. J. CORRECTION OF DEFECTS: REQUIRED WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE BALANCING REPORT,
a. NET FABRIC WIDTH: APPROXIMATELY 2 INCHES WIDE. 2. INCLUDE FLOW DIAGRAMS FOR EACH CONTROL SYSTEM, GRAPHICALLY DEPICTING
2. METAL' 3 INCHES WIDE, 24 GAGE THICK GALVANIZED STEEL. CONTROL LOGIC.
3. INCLUDE THE SYSTEM AND COMPONENT LAYOUT OF ALL EQUIPMENT THAT THE CONTROL
C. LEADED VINYL SHEET: MINIMUM 0.55 INCH THICK, 0.87 LBS PER SQ FT, 10 DB SYSTEM MONITORS, ENABLES OR CONTROLS, EVEN IF THE EQUIPMENT IS PRIMARILY
ATTENUATION IN 10 TO 10,000 HZ RANGE. CONTROLLED BY PACKAGED OR INTEGRAL CONTROLS.
D. MAXIMUM INSTALLED LENGTH: 14 INCH. 4. INCLUDE ALL MONITORING, CONTROL AND VIRTUAL POINTS SPECIFIED IN ELSEWHERE.
2.04 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS 5. INCLUDE A KEY TO ALL ABBREVIATIONS.
A. FABRICATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - C. POINTS LIST: SUBMIT LIST OF ALL CONTROL POINTS INDICATING AT LEAST THE
METAL AND FLEXIBLE, AND AS INDICATED. FOLLOWING FOR EACH POINT.
B. SINGLE BLADE DAMPERS: FABRICATE FOR DUCT SIZES UP TO 6 X 30 INCH. 1. NAME OF CONTROLLED SYSTEM.
1. FABRICATE FOR DUCT SIZES UP TO 6 X 30 INCH. 2. POINT ABBREVIATION.
2. BLADE: 24 GAGE, MINIMUM. 3. POINT DESCRIPTION; SUCH AS DRY BULB TEMPERATURE, AIRFLOW, ETC.
C. MULTI-BLADE DAMPER: FABRICATE OF OPPOSED BLADE PATTERN WITH MAXIMUM BLADE 4. DISPLAY UNIT.
SIZES 8 X 72 INCH. ASSEMBLE CENTER AND EDGE CRIMPED BLADES IN PRIME COATED 5. CONTROL POINT OR SETPOINT (YES / NO); I.E. A POINT THAT CONTROLS EQUIPMENT
OR GALVANIZED CHANNEL FRAME WITH SUITABLE HARDWARE. AND CAN HAVE ITS SETPOINT CHANGED.
1. BLADE: 18 GAGE, MINIMUM. 6. MONITORING POINT (YES / NO); I.E. A POINT THAT DOES NOT CONTROL OR
D. END BEARINGS: EXCEPT IN ROUND DUCTS 12 INCHES AND SMALLER, PROVIDE END CONTRIBUTE TO THE CONTROL OF EQUIPMENT BUT IS USED FOR OPERATION,
BEARINGS. ON MULTIPLE BLADE DAMPERS, PROVIDE OIL-IMPREGNATED NYLON OR MAINTENANCE, OR PERFORMANCE VERIFICATION.
SINTERED BRONZE BEARINGS. 7. INTERMEDIATE POINT (YES / NO); I.E. A POINT WHOSE VALUE IS USED TO MAKE A
E. QUADRANTS: CALCULATION WHICH THEN CONTROLS EQUIPMENT, SUCH AS SPACE TEMPERATURES THAT
ARE AVERAGED TO A VIRTUAL POINT TO CONTROL RESET.
1. PROVIDE LOCKING, INDICATING QUADRANT REGULATORS ON SINGLE AND MULTI-BLADE
B. CALCULATED POINT (YES / NO); I.E. A "VIRTUAL° POINT GENERATED FROM
DAMPERS.
2. ON INSULATED DUCTS MOUNT QUADRANT REGULATORS ON STAND-OFF MOUNTING CALCULATIONS OF OTHER POINT VALUES.
BRACKETS, BASES, OR ADAPTERS. D. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS: RECORD ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF COMPONENTS AND
3. WHERE ROD LENGTHS EXCEED 30 INCHES PROVIDE REGULATOR AT BOTH ENDS. SETPOINTS OF CONTROLS, INCLUDING CHANGES TO SEQUENCES MADE AFTER SUBMISSION
POF SHOP DRAWINGS.
ART 3 EXECUTION
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
3.01 INSTALLATION PART 3 EXECUTION
A. INSTALL ACCESSORIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, AND FOLLOW 3,01 ROOFTOP AIR CONDITIONING UNIT SYSTEMS
SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS - METAL AND FLEXIBLE.
B. PROVIDE DUCT ACCESS DOORS FOR INSPECTION AND CLEANING BEFORE AND AFTER A. WALL MOUNTED THERMOSTAT FURNISHED AS ACCESSORY TO UNIT SHALL SEQUENCE
FILTERS, COILS, FANS, AUTOMATIC DAMPERS, AND ELSEWHERE AS INDICATED. PROVIDE HEATING AND COOLING. PROVIDE WITH SUB-BASE TO MANUALLY SELECT HEATING,
MINIMUM 8 X 8 INCH SIZE FOR HAND ACCESS, SIZE FOR SHOULDER ACCESS, AND AS COOLING, FAN ON-OFF, AUTO OPERATION.
INDICATED. PROVIDE 4 X 4 INCH FOR BALANCING DAMPERS ONLY. REVIEW LOCATIONS B. UNIT SHALL OPERATE IN OCCUPIED OR UNOCCUPIED MODES BASED UPON TIME CLOCK
PRIOR TO FABRICATION. SEQUENCE AS DETERMINED BY OWNER.
C. PROVIDE DUCT TEST HOLES WHERE INDICATED AND REQUIRED FOR TESTING AND C. UNOCCUPIED MODE - THE SUPPLY FAN WILL BE OFF, THE OUTDOOR AIR DAMPER WILL
BALANCING PURPOSES. GO TO 100% CLOSED POSITION AND UNIT WILL CYCLE ON WITH CALL FOR HEATING OR
D. AT FANS AND MOTORIZED EQUIPMENT ASSOCIATED WITH DUCTS, PROVIDE FLEXIBLE DUCT COOLING.
CONNECTIONS IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO THE EQUIPMENT. D. OCCUPIED MODE - THE SUPPLY FAN SHALL RUN CONTINUOUSLY, THE OUTDOOR AIR
E. AT EQUIPMENT SUPPORTED BY VIBRATION ISOLATORS, PROVIDE FLEXIBLE DUCT DAMPER WILL OPEN TO THE MINIMUM AIR POSITION AND THE UNIT WILL GO INTO THE
CONNECTIONS IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO THE EQUIPMENT; HEATING OR COOLING MODE, BASED UPON ROOM THERMOSTAT SETPOINT TEMPERATURE.
F. FOR FANS DEVELOPING STATIC PRESSURES OF 5.0 INCHES AND OVER, COVER FLEXIBLE E. UPON CALL FOR COOLING, THE OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE IS 55 DEGREES F.
CONNECTIONS WITH LEADED VINYL SHEET, HELD IN PLACE WITH METAL STRAPS. (ADJUSTABLE), THE OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER SHALL GO TO MINIMUM POSITION, AND THE A1111111 00
COMPRESSORS WILL BE ENERGIZED. vm 0
G. PROVIDE BALANCING DAMPERS AT POINTS ON SUPPLY, RETURN, AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS F. UPON A CALL FOR HEATING, THE GAS BURNER SHALL FIRE.
WHERE BRANCHES ARE TAKEN FROM LARGER DUCTS AS REQUIRED FOR AIR BALANCING. W
INSTALL MINIMUM 2 DUCT WIDTHS FROM DUCT TAKE-OFF. G. A LOW TEMPERATURE THERMOSTAT WILL DE-ENERGIZE THE SUPPLY FAN AND CLOSE THE
OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER IF THE MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE IS SENSED AT 40 DEGREES F OR
H. PROVIDE BALANCING DAMPERS ON DUCT TAKE-OFF TO DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, AND y
REGISTERS, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER DAMPERS ARE SPECIFIED AS PART OF THE COLDER.
DIFFUSER, GRILLE, OR REGISTER ASSEMBLY. H. A DUCT MOUNTED, PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR (FURNISHED BY ELECTRICAL = Z W
CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR) SHALL SHUT DOWN THE UNIT, F W W
SECTION 15850 CLOSE THE OUTSIDE ARE DAMPER AND SEND A SIGNAL TO THE FIRE ALARM PANEL WHEN W H M
AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES ACTIVATED. BOTH SAFETIES WILL REQUIRE MANUAL RESET, AND WILL ACTIVATE AN ALARM N
AT THE LOCAL CONTROL PANEL ® W0
n
PART 1 GENERAL = 2 Y 0
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES CL 0
A. DIFFUSERS. 0
B. REGISTERS/GRILLES. Z y 2
PART 2 PRODUCTS Z a
2.01 MANUFACTURERS, AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS OR APPROVED EQUAL w n
2.02 RECTANGULAR CEILING DIFFUSERS SECTION 15950 H 0 H
A. TYPE: SQUARE, STAMPED, MULTI-CORE DIFFUSER TO DISCHARGE AIR IN 360 DEGREE TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
PATTERN WITH SECTORIZING BAFFLES WHERE INDICATED. PNIM Moa 16076
B. FRAME: SURFACE MOUNT TYPE. IN PLASTER CEILINGS, PROVIDE PLASTER FRAME AND PART 1 GENERAL Illim
CEILING FRAME. PROVIDE FANGED FRAME FOR SUSPENDED LAYIN CEILINGS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Ju
C. FABRICATION: STEEL WITH BAKED ENAMEL FINISH. A TESTING, ADJUSTMENT, AND BALANCING OF AIR SYSTEMS. Dow Iwuo
0
D. COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD RANGE. B. TESTING, ADJUSTMENT, AND BALANCING OF REFRIGERATING SYSTEMS. 07/0x" SWO. t
E. ACCESSORIES: ROUND TO SQUARE ADAPTORS, RADIAL OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER AND C. MEASUREMENT OF FINAL OPERATING CONDITION OF HVAC SYSTEMS.
MULTI-LOUVERED EQUALIZING GRID WITH DAMPER ADJUSTABLE FROM DIFFUSER FACE. 1.02 SUBMITTALS
2.03 CEILING SUPPLY REGISTERS/GRILLES A TAB PLAN: SUBMIT A WRITTEN PLAN INDICATING THE TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING
y A TYPE: STREAMLINED AND INDIVIDUALLY ADJUSTABLE CURVED BLADES TO DISCHARGE AIR STANDARD TO BE FOLLOWED AND THE SPECIFIC APPROACH FOR EACH SYSTEM AND
ALONG FACE OF GRILLE, ONE-WAY DEFLECTION. COMPONENT.
B. FRAME 1-1/4 INCH MARGIN WITH COUNTERSUNK SCREW MOUNTING AND GASKET. 1. INCLUDE CERTIFICATION THAT THE PLAN DEVELOPER HAS REVIEWED THE CONTRACT
DOCUMENTS, THE EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS, AND THE CONTROL SYSTEM WITH THE
C. FABRICATION: ALUMINUM EXTRUSIONS WITH FACTORY ENAMEL FINISH. ARCHITECT AND OTHER INSTALLERS TO SUFFICIENTLY UNDERSTAND THE DESIGN INTENT
D. COLOR: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD RANGE. FOR EACH SYSTEM.
g E. DAMPER: INTEGRAL, GANG-OPERATED, OPPOSED BLADE TYPE WITH REMOVABLE KEY
OPERATOR, OPERABLE FROM FACE.
e
N
1=
t
n
0
n
e
0
m
0
n
F
X
3
986
MP2t. 0
�N
oo,$
o�FY
0
i n U
nl :.U
ti
Reference r
xk'o pe
F„Eq�NCAL PLLWINO
Not part of this p
SPECS
�— o E
O o
U � U
W m 4
U) 03
N 4)
U
V T
O
(E .0 p
T L
UO O
m O
C V)
W Cl)
O j N
O m
N U N
W
W
2
CL
O Nd
t—
fl?
Z
Ci LL
N
N
FAUCET SPECIFICATION w N Z��' Zvi 0
ON PLUMBING FIXTURE C. `,O
n
CONNECTION SCHEDULE PROVIDE WYE BRANCH AND ONE—EIGHTH Z M w >-
1E
Z
• BEND WITH SCREWED COUNTERSUNK ABS COLUMN OR PARTITION AS v, �¢ Q t
PLUMBING FIXTURE CONNECTION SCHEDULE — —
PLASTIC PLUG: TAPERED-THREAD wrrH SHOWN ON FLOOR PLAN •�-• .A��Q W
TFE JOINT COMPOUND �p� 2
CONNECTIONS t s, to
SINK/LAV
RK ITEM MAKE NAME MODEL TFM TAP STOPS REMARKS WHERE CLEANOUT TEE IS CONCEALED IN '
WASTE VENT HW CW A CHASE OR PARTITION, PROVIDE A ow4n W4�raw:t�aoeew�w
ROUND 18 GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL I Inatru•ont• of service we eleven in
= v COVER WITH BEVELED EDGES AND oonUdone•end remain the property of
DRAIN - ELKAY LKQS35, BLACK REMOVABLE BASKET STRAINER. FAUCET (ELKAY t Cl Waspish F. w•ko6 koldi m. The=
KITCHEN QUARTZ MODEL# LKAV3021 MB) TO BE ADA COMPLIANT, SINGLE HOLE BAR FAUCET WITH FLATHEAD MACHINE SCREW. t of this design eta thaw construction
doweents S-1 SINK ELKAY CLASSIC ELGR13322BK0 - NOTE 3 NOTE 4 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1/2" 1/2" SINGLE LEVER HANDLE, 1.8 GPM AERATOR. PROVIDE WITH ASSE 1070 TEMPERING t ' t
specific project fond herein moony
VALVE. SET AT 110DF. FLOW REGULATOR pat•hrd Oahu e�d■tun s•r.s
CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB of Christopher F. Ylerks, Architect.
PLASTIC WATER OUTLET BOX WITH LEAD FREE QUARTER TURN HAMMER ARRESTER CW SUPPLY WITH STOP �---cy WB-1 WATER BOX IPS CORP. GUY GRAY AB9700HA - - - - - - 1/2" VALVE. IF BOX IS TO BE INSTALLED IN A FIRE RATED WALL, PROVIDE INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC APPROPRIATE FIRE RATED BOX (MODEL FR-12) OR EQUAL WATER HEATER. MOUNT 0 ON WALL OR CABINET
CO-1 CLEANOUT JAY R. SMITH - 4020 - - - SEE PLANS - _ - DUCO CAST IRON CLEANOUT WITH ROUND ADJUSTABLE SCORIATED SECURED SURFACE BELOW SINK ELECTRICAL JUNCTION
SHUT-OFF VALVE BOX BY ELECTRICAL
NICKEL BRONZE TOP. CONTRACTOR
CO-2 CLEANOUT JAY R. SMITH - 4402 - - - SEE PLANS - _ _ DUCO CAST IRON CAULK FERRULE AND CAST IRON LEAD SEAL PLUG WITH
STAINLESS STEEL ROUND COVER AND SCREW.
WIRING BY ELECTRICAL NOTES:
CONTRACTOR
1. PROVIDE WCO WHERE SHOWN ON PLAN, AND ON SANITARY WASTE
NOTES: NOTE: BRANCHES NOT SERVED WITH A FLOOR CLEANOUT: LOCATE ABOVE
1. INSTALL SERVICE, SHUTOFF & CHECK VALVES, COCKS, STOPS, AIR CUSHIONS, VACUUM BREAKERS, AND SAFETY DEVICES WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE, SPECIFICATIONS, OR DRAWINGS. A INSULATE ALL EXPOSED WASTE AND SUPPLY PIPING UNDER LAVATORIES WITH FIXTURE FLOOD RIM WITHIN 4 FT OF FLOOR. CONSULT LOCAL CODES
2. ALL CATALOG NOS. REFER TO AMERICAN STANDARD UNLESS NOTED. THE HANDI-LAV GUARD INSULATION KIT BY TRUEBRO OR EQUAL FOR OTHER WCO REQUIREMENTS.
3. EXPOSED P-TRAPS TO BE 17 GA. CHROME PLATE WITH CLEANOUT AND ESCUTCHEON PLATE. 2. REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.
4. STOPS TO BE CHROME PLATED 1/2" ANGLE VALVE WITH CHROME PLATED 12" LONG, 1/2' O.D. FLEXIBLE RISER AND ESCUTCHEON PLATE. 3. CLEANOUT FACE SHALL BE WITHIN 4 INCHES OF WALL SURFACE.
5. ALL DRAINS AND WATER SUPPLY PIPING TO LAVATORIES TO BE INSULATED WITH 'HAND] LAV-GUARD' INSULATION KIT BY TRUEBRO. UNDERCOUNTER INSTANTANEOUS PROVIDE PIPE EXTENSION IF REQUIRED.
1 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER DETAIL
NOT TO SCALE 3 ( WALL CLEANOUT
N.T.S.
INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SCHEDULE
FLOW DISCH
MARK MANUFACTURER MODEL SERVICE ATE TEMPERATURE TEMPEERATTUURE KW POWER NOTES
(GPM) RISE ff) (*F) (VOLT/PH) SECURELY ATTACH TO
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION
IWH-1 CHRONOMITE M-30 SINK 1.0 43 110 6.24 208/1 1 REFER TO SPECIFICATHANGER ROD
ION
ADJUSTABLE CLEVIS HANGER
NOTES: GALVANIZED STEEL SHIELD
1. PROVIDE WITH FACTORY DISCONNECT SWITCH 2095-1 12" LONG MIN. AT EACH FIBERGLASS INSULATION
POINT OF SUPPORT
CALCIUM SILICATE INSERT 12"
PIPE/TUBE LONG MIN. AT EACH POINT OF
SUPPORT THICKNESS EQUAL
PLUMBING SYMBOLS/ABBREVIATION LEGEND TO ADJOINING FIBERGLASS
i
NOTES:
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION
1. USE THIS DETAIL WHEN SUPPORTING INSULATED PIPING AND
DOMESTIC HOT WATER A.F.F. ABOVE FINISH FLOOR TUBING LARGER THAN ONE (1) INCH.
DOMESTIC COLD WATER CW COLD WATER
SANITARY VENT GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR 2 ADJUSTABLE CLEVIS PIPE SUPPORT
SANITARY SEWER HW HOT WATER N.T.S.
C PIPE DROP PC PLUMBING CONTRACTOR
0— PIPE RISE SAN SANITARY
PIPE BREAK V VENT
SHUT—OFF VALVE WB WATER BOX
S SINK
IWH INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER �\
0
ALL SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS ON THIS LIST ARE NOT NECESSARILY USED ON THIS PROJECT.
0
3/4" 'X3/4"
41 5
CODED NOTES -t \ j� ,��, ,/2"0 x z W
Ill UJI
1. CONNECT TO EXISTING SANITARY 2" OR LARGER. CONTRACTOR SHALL \ l / \ \ '/ Q W M N
X-RAY SLAB TO CONFIRM EXACT LOCATION, DIRECTION, AND INVERT. FIELD c • > y N
VERIFY EXACT ROUTING OF NEW HORIZONTAL SANITARY TO ENSURE i 1/2"O �\ ��/ _ Y A
ROUTING, SLOPE AND CONNECTION TO EXISTING SANITARY CAN BE
ACHIEVED PER CODE. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY \ / 3/4" t IL
O Q
OFFSETS, CLEANOUTS ETC. REQUIRED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE L,,-1 1/2" v \ / 1 3 O
INSTALLATION. IF A CLOSER CONNECTION POINT IS CONFIRMED TO THE
EXISTING SANITARY SYSTEM MINIMIZING THE HORIZONTAL RUNS, t \ / 5 IWH Z N I
CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT PROPOSED SKETCH OF SIZING, ROUTING ETC. \ 1 a tp Q
FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO ANY WORK. COORDINATE ANY I vv LU ^ O
6.24 KW
REQUIRED WORK WITH TENANT BELOW. :0 1-- a 1-
2.
2. CONNECT TO EXISTING BUILDING VENT 2" OR LARGER. FIELD LOCATE AND I S1 WB-1
VERIFY. ENSURE VENT GOES UP THRU ROOF. Pym N0. sm
WB-1
3. 1/2" CW DOWN TO WATER VALVE BOX FOR ICE MAKER. 190DimBY �y
c 4. CONNECT TO EXISTING 3/4" CW SUPPLY OR LARGER. FIELD LOCATE AND 14%6�2" CO-2 Dib IMlas
VERIFY. PROVIDE WITH NEW SHUT—OFF VALVE AT POINT OF CONNECTION 59ti
a: IF EXISTING VALVE IS NOT PRESENT. �7181 �
aa�
z e� 5. MOUNT INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC WATER HEATER BELOW SINK IN AN
ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. REFER TO INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC WATER
HEATER DETAIL ON THIS DRAWING FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
HNA 6. 1/2" CW DOWN TO WATER VALVE BOX FOR COFFEE MAKER. COORDINATE
m FINAL LOCATION WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.
xx�
� •Q
e
'ae
cse
ce ce
3 3 •�'
hey
4 SANITARY ISOMETRIC 5 ( DOMESTIC ISOMETRIC
y y NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE
ee=
pq0
i
9
.. P1 . O
oa �
ooye
cosh
ee-i i
0 o F o
yyw
WW`m
��a , ,ieterence only P< DETAILS•
11
plot part of this permit SCHEDULES, Arm
ISOMETRICS
PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES: ~ °
U
m
1. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATIONS AND W
SIZES OF ALL UTILITIES, PRIOR TO START OF WORK. THIS DRAWING IS NOT to N m
INTENDED TO INDICATE ALL EXISTING UTILITIES. _ °x
C,
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID AND FIELD = fr ° °
VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS TO ENSURE THAT THE WORK REPRESENTED ' O O
ON THE DRAWINGS AND IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS CAN BE INSTALLED AS U E d
INDICATED. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL INTERFERENCES INTO W m ri
CONSIDERATION. IDENTIFY POTENTIAL INTERFERENCES WITH NEW WORK Q o > N
AND REPORT TO ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY N U N
OFFSETS TO SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS AS REQUIRED.
3. THE COMPLETED INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL UJ W
APPLICABLE INDUSTRY STANDARDS OF GOOD PRACTICE AND SAFETY, AND =
THE MANUFACTURER'S STRICTEST RECOMMENDATIONS FOR EQUIPMENT AND C
PRODUCT APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION. C
W
4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS AND F-
-- _- -- -_ -- -- _ INSPECTIONS RELATED TO THE INSTALLATION OF THE WORK.
m a 5. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPUCABE FEDERAL, STATE AND C
-! LOCAL CODES, LAWS, ACTS AND ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION =
AND LANDLORD'S CRITERIA �y LL
° a 6. MAINTAIN ALL MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED SERVICE CLEARANCES FOR
ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR
j EXACT LOCATIONS OF PLUMBING FIXTURES. N
m N
7. ALL HORIZONTAL FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER PIPING AND ALL ABOVE 0
GRADE EXPOSED HORIZONTAL PIPING IS TO BE INSTALLED AS HIGH AS 0�
ri%
L) Qj POSSIBLE. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE SPRINKLER SYSTEM p a N zo a
WITH DUCTWORK AND LIGHTS. ALL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH RAISING Z
SPRINKLER PIPING WHERE THE ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN CAN NOT BE -
- - -- - ACCOMPLISHED SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE SPRINKER °t�A r Q w
I I CONTRACTOR. 1S SpA � 2
8. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND SHALL NOTIFY THE bib w
ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
KEY
COUN TEEING PLAN BEFORE COMMENCING ANY WORK.
\ ` ' 0"40 Md of servo"°oe oven in
OFFICE 1 9. SLEEVE AND SEAL ALL PIPE PENETRATIONS OF WALLS AND FLOORS. eMrreenteeeoneeemeesf ereomain trvicehe property or
V82• . T-0• COUNSELING COUNSELING COUNSELING COUNSELING CherrpherF. Isurse,Nururea noose
01 OFFICE 2 OFFICE 3 OFFICE 4 OFFICE 6 APPLY INTUMESCENT FIRE SAFING COMPOUND AT PENETRATIONS OF of this elayn est voce omntreotan
WIN FIRE-RATED WALLS, FLOORS AND CEILINGS, MAINTAINING INTEGRITY AND doweento for purposes other then the
102 105 104 lob RATING OF FIRE SEPARATION. SLEEVES THROUGH FLOORS SHALL EXTEND eraproject Form. ��
2" ABOVE FLOOR, BE GROUTED INTO PLACE AND WATERPROOFED. of Christopher F. rrurrse,sromteot.
10. ALL DOMESTIC COLD, HOT AND TEMPERED WATER PIPING TO BE INSULATED
COUNSELING WITH RIGID FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH TYPE 'ASJ' JACKET. COLD
WATER PIPES AND TO HAVE 1/2" THICK INSULATION. DOMESTIC HOT AND
\ ' OFFICE 7 TEMPERED WATER PIPES TO HAVE 1" THICK INSULATION.
0'1
`.a 11. PVC PIPING IS NOT ALLOWED EXCEPT FOR UNDERGROUND SANITARY LINES.
12. SPRINKLER HEADS WHICH OCCUR IN DRYWALL, METAL AND ACOUSTIC
CEILINGS ARE TO BE CONCEALED AND CUSTOM COLORED TO MATCH
\..., CEILING COLOR.
13. ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING OF THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION REQUIRED
FOR THIS WORK SHALL BE BY THIS CONTRACTOR UNLESS SHOWN ON
\ HALL ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND CONFIRMED AS TO SIZE AND LOCATION
`,. SOI PRIOR TO NEW CONSTRUCTION. CUTTING SHALL BE IN A NEAT AND
002 I WORKMANLIKE MANNER.
14. NEATLY SAW CUT ALL RECTANGULAR OPENINGS, SET SLEEVE THROUGH
`
[WB-1 O6 TELECOM OPENING, AND FINISH PATCH OR PROVIDE TRIM FLANGE AROUND OPENING
ROOM TO MATCH EXISTING.
❑ ❑ i 401 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY SLAB-ON-GRADE OR SUPPORTED FLOOR
CONSTRUCTION TYPE PRIOR TO CUTTING. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES
SHALL THIS CONTRACTOR CUT A FLOOR THICKER THAN 4 INCHES, A
STRUCTURAL FLOOR SLAB, WHETHER ON GRADE OR SUPPORTED, WITHOUT
t PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE ARCHITECT. IF FLOOR SLAB
COUNSELING INDICATED TO BE CUT ON MECHANICAL PLANS IS FOUND TO BE
COUNSELING STRUCTURAL IN NATURE, DO NOT CUT. CONTACT ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY
OFFICE 5 OFFICE 8 FOR FURTHER DIRECTIONS.
08 08 16. CORE DRILL AND SLEEVE ALL ROUND OPENINGS.
17. DO NOT CUT ANY STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS WITHOUT ARCHITECT'S
RECEPTION WRITTEN APPROVAL, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO ROOF JOIST,
WAITING 601 COLUMNS, FLOOR JOIST, BEAMS, GIRDERS, STRUCTURAL FLOOR SLABS.
ROOM 18. PATCH AND FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT AREAS THAT HAVE BEEN CUT,
001 i 2 DAMAGED OR MODIFIED AS A RESULT OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. FIRE-STOP ALL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED
CONSTRUCTION IN A CODE APPROVED MANNER.
` I t COUNSELING
OFFICE 9 FIRE PROTECTION NOTES:
- - - 109
t .,� _ 1. A LICENSED FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL REWORK EXISTING
_
- SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO PROVIDE COVERAGE PER NFPA 13 REQUIREMENTS.
\ �.\'`•. 6.24 KW CO-2 2. PROVIDE AND INSTALL DESIGN-BUILD SYSTEM TO MEET CODE REQUIREMENTS.
O WB-11 PREPARE HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS AND DESIGN DRAWINGS. OBTAIN ALL
\ \ IWH PERMITS, INSPECTIONS AND APPROVALS.
\ \\ 5 1
3. PROVIDE FIRE STOPPING AT WALL PENETRATIONS, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL
PLANS FOR LOCATIONS.
4. PROVIDE AND INSTALL RECESSED SPRINKLER TYPES IN ALL AREAS WITH
FINISHED CEILINGS AND UPRIGHT SPRINKLER HEADS FOR AREAS WITHOUT
CEILINGS.
` BREAK
` ROOM COUNSELING 5. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFECTED CEILING PLANS, MECHANICAL PLANS,
` ` \ 301 OFFICE 10 LIGHTING HEADS AND PIPING . LIGHTING WILL HAVEENAND PLACEMENT HIGHEST PRIORITY,OF SPRINKLER
F110
6. SPRINKLER HEADS THAT ARE LOCATED IN THE ACOUSTICAL PANELS OF THE
CEILING GRID SHALL BE IN THE CENTER OF THE PANEL. THE EXACT
\` \ ` `•., LOCATION OF THE SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE DETERMINED AFTER CEILING
GRID IS INSTALLED. DO NOT USE THE CEILING GRID PLANS TO DETERMINE
THE LOCATION OF THE SPRINKLER HEADS.
7. HYDRANT TEST DATA TO BE DETERMINED BY FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR.
\ \ \ ` FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO DETERMINE IF A FIRE
EX PUMP WILL BE REQUIRED, AND PROVIDE AND INSTALL AS NECESSARY.
�\
8. SEE LEASE OUTLINE DRAWINGS FOR EXISTING DOMESTIC AND FIRE PROTECTION\ \ TELEHEALT WATER SERVICE ENTRY LOCATION.
\ `\ ROOM 12 0
9. THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH ALL 0
\ ` 112 COUNSELING STATE, LOCAL AND NATIONAL CODES, ALL APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF THE
OFFICE 11 NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION, AND DIVISION 13 SPECIAL W
`•, \`..,. `'
CONSTRUCTION. NOTE: THE MOST STRINGENT SPECIFlCAl1ON REQUIREME
COLNTS y
10. ALL ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS REQUIRED FOR EACH FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM, 2
WATER FLOW ALARM AND VALVE SUPERVISION WIRING SHALL BE CHECKED BY I- W W
\ 1 THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE PROPER OPERATION. J a � Cq
` SPRINKLER SUPERVISORY DEVICES WILL BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE ALARM Q ; N N
\ \ \ EQUIPMENT PANEL COORDINATE WITH FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. •® y�
\ `\ J = WYo
11. SPRINKER HEADS WHICH OCCUR IN DRYWALL METAL AND ACOUSTIC CEILINGS IL a
ARE TO BE CONCEALED AND CUSTOM COLORED TO MATCH CEILING COLOR. O 0
\ \ \�• �` ` Z y G
` OX CODED NOTES
` \ 1. CONNECT TO EXISTING SANITARY 2" OR LARGER. CONTRACTOR F"
SHALL X-RAY SLAB TO CONFIRM EXACT LOCATION, DIRECTION,
AND INVERT. FIELD VERIFY EXACT ROUTING OF NEW HORIZONTAL
SANITARY TO ENSURE ROUTING, SLOPE AND CONNECTION TO NO' inn
EXISTING SANITARY CAN BE ACHIEVED PER CODE. CONTRACTOR
IhBy.
JFu
COUNSELING SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY OFFSETS, CLEANOUTS ETC.
REQUIRED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE INSTALLATION. IF A CLOSER Ode b"\ i OFFICE 14 CONNECTION POINT IS CONFIRMED TO THE EXISTING SANITARY �� �
\\`'•.., \` COUNSELING 4 SYSTEM MINIMIZING THE HORIZONTAL RUNS, CONTRACTOR SHALL
OFFICE 15 SUBMIT PROPOSED SKETCH OF SIZING, ROUTING ETC. FOR REVIEW
AND`., \ \ IS COUNSELING WORK WITHVENANTAL OBELOW.TO ANY WORK. COORDINATE ANY REQUIRED
`•, .\ OFFICE 13 2. CONNECT TO EXISTING BUILDING VENT 2" OR LARGER. FIELD
- - - - - 113 LOCATE AND VERIFY. ENSURE VENT GOES UP THRU ROOF.
r
3. 1/2" CW DOWN TO WATER VALVE BOX FOR ICE MAKER.
N
J
4. CONNECT TO EXISTING 3/4" CW SUPPLY OR LARGER. FIELD
6 LOCATE AND VERIFY. PROVIDE WITH NEW SHUT-OFF VALVE AT
POINT OF CONNECTION IF EXISTING VALVE IS NOT PRESENT.
5. MOUNT INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC WATER HEATER BELOW SINK IN
LL AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. REFER TO INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC
WATER HEATER DETAIL ON DRAWING P1.0 FOR ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION.
0
0 6. 1/2" CW DOWN TO WATER VALVE BOX FOR COFFEE MAKER.
COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.
0
0
e
o NOTE:
SPACE H` ABOVE N RETURNRCEILING
A P ENUA
M. ALL MATERIALS
tiY PLUMBING PLAN RABVE AGED. CEILINGS SHALL BE PLENUM • ■ O
`€ T
V4• T
� -0'
a = eterenee only PLLRANd PLAN
Not part of this permit
a•
io
GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES ELECTRICAL SYMBOL/ABBREVIATION LEGEND LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE 0
VENDOR Ll1 00m
1. ANY AND ALL °BUILDING STANDARDS" AND/OR "BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS" SHALL BE CONSIDERED AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE DOCUMENTS AND SYMBOL DESCWTION MIG' 'T' BREVIATION DESCWTION TYPE LAMP WATTAGE VOLTAGE DRIVER DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER REMARKS (SEE NOTE X
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO OBTAIN A COPY OF THESE REQUIREMENTS/THIS DOCUMENT AND COMPLY WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS (U hLO.) #5) 01
AND STANDARDS CONTAINED WITHIN. HOME RUN TO PANEL ALL UNMARKED HOMERUNS TO CONTAIN 2-12 AWG & 1-12 AWG AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION LLD 6"X4' RECESSED LINEAR LED LUMINAIRE, WHITE REGRESSED LENS, MARK LIGHTING: MARS = Ir ° °
1% DIMMING DRIVER, >80CRI SL6L-QS-LOP-4FT-RLP-TG-80CRI-30K- o 0
2. THESE DRAWINGS ARE GENERALLY DIAGRAMMATIC AND ARE INTENDED TO CONVEY THE SCOPE OF WORK AND INDICATE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF GND IN 3/4° CONDUIT, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. AC ABOVE COUNTER A 3000K 40 UNV 0-10V 120OLMF-MIN1-120-ZT ELECTRIC U E .o N
LIGHTING FIXTURES, DEVICES, CONTROLS, ELECTRICAL FIXTURES, MOTORS, PANELBOARDS, EQUIPMENT, EIC. THE LOCATIONS OF ALL ITEMS SHOWN $� DUAL TECHNOLOGY WALLBOX VACANCY SENSOR - SEE DETAIL ON DRAWING E2.0 4800LM SUPPLY w 00 C13
Cl)
ON THESE DRAWINGS OR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS THAT ARE NOT DEFINITELY FIXED BY DIMENSIONS ARE APPROXIMATE. THE EXACT TYP TYPICAL 6°X4' RECESSED LINEAR LED LUMINAIRE, WHITE REGRESSED LENS, MARK LIGHTING: Q o m
LOCATIONS NECESSARY TO SECURE THE BEST CONDITIONS AND RESULTS MUST BE DETERMINED AT THE PROJECT. ALL LOCATIONS OF WORK $� DUAL TECHNOLOGY DIMMABLE WALLBOX VACANCY SENSOR - SEE DETAIL ON DRAWING E2.0 LED MARS
EXPOSED TO VIEW ARE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. o LINO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE Al 3000K 24 UNV 0-10V 1% DIMMING DRIVER, >80CRI. SL6L-QS-LOP-4FT-RLP-TG-80CRl-30K- ELECTRIC N 0
DIMMER SWITCH - LUTRON CTCL 153P-WH - SEE DETAIL ON DRAWING E2.0 240OLM 600LMF-MIN1-120-ZT SUPPLY
W WALL MOUNTED - SEE DETAIL = W
3. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS TO INSURE THAT ALL NEW WORK WILL FIT INTO THE EXISTING STRUCTURE IN (D /0 /0 SINGLE / DUPLEX / DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE NEMA 5-20R 18" 2'X4' RECESSED LED VOLUMETRIC LUMINAIREMATTE DIFFUSE FINISH, >80 CRI, UTHONIA ***NOT USED THIS PROJECT*** W
,
THE MANNER INTENDED AND AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT/OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO LED MARS
ANY ROUGH-INS, FABRICATIONS, OR PERFORMING ANY WORK IN THE AREA INVOLVING DIFFERENCES. NOTIFICATION SHALL BE IN THE FORM OF A 0 TAMPER RESISTANT DUPLEX RECEPTACLE NEMA 5-20R 18' 91 3500K 37 UNV 0-10V 10% DIMMING CPX-2X4-AL08-SWW7-M2 ELECTRIC
DRAWING OR SKETCH INDICATING FIELD MEASUREMENTS AND NOTES RELATED TO THE AREA. 0 TAMPER RESISTANT DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE NEMA 5-20R 18" 4677LM SUPPLY C
W
4. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE PROMPTLY BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER FOR 0 RECEPTACLE WITH GROUND FAULT PROTECTION NEMA 5-20R AC LED p 2'X2' RECESSED LED VOLUMETRIC LUMINAIRE, MATTE DIFFUSE FINISH, >80 CRI, MARS ~ none
CLARIFICATION DURING THE BIDDING PERIOD. NO ALLOWANCE SHALL SUBSEQUENTLY BE MADE TO THE CONTRACTOR BY REASON OF HIS FAILURE B2 3500K 29 UNV 0-10V 10% DIMMING CPX-2X2-AL07-SWW7-M4 ELECTRIC H
TO HAVE BROUGHT SAID DISCREPANCIES TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER DURING THE BIDDING PERIOD OR OF ANY ERROR ON THE 0 COMMUNICATIONS JACK, PROVIDE SINGLE GANG BOX WITH 3/4" CONDUIT (WITH BUSHINGS & 18" 3356LM SUPPLY
CONTRACTOR'S PART. PULLWIRE) TO 12 ABOVE CEILING SPACE. COORDINATE WITH CBRE PROJECT MANAGER C
= °
5. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A NEAT, PROFESSIONAL AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER, RECTILINEAR TO BUILDING STRUCTURE. Q JUNCTION BOX LLD 6" APERTURE RECESSED LED DOWNUGHT, MATTE DIFFUSE FINISH, >80 CRI LITHONIA MARS
C 3000K 10 UNV 0-10V ELECTRIC LDN6-30-1O-LO6-AR-LD-MVOLT- LL
6. ALL COMPONENTS SHOWN ON THE RISER/ONE-UNE DIAGRAMS, BUT NOT ON THE PLAN OR VICE VERSA, SHALL BE INCLUDED AS IF SHOWN ON i GZ10 PANELBOARD 1000LM SUPPLY
BOTH. EP FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH LLD 4'-0' LED STRIP WITH ASSYMETRIC REFLECTOR AND DROP WHITE LENS, >80 CRI, UTHONIA: MARS
7. REVIEW ALL TRADES' CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TO DETERMINE SPECIFIC MOUNTING LOCATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE EXACT D NON-FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH D 4000K 34 UNV 0-10V CHAIN HANGER KR CSS-L48-4000LM-MVOLT-40K-BOCRI- ELECTRIC
MOUNTING LOCATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECT. ® 4298LM HC36-M12 SUPPLY
ELECTRIC STRIKE c° Q' N "0
SELF CONTAINED UNIVERSAL MOUNT LED EXT SIGN WITH DUAL HEADS, WHITE UTHONIA `� Z" t° -Z
8. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS TO DERIVE EXACT LOCATIONS OF ALL RECEPTACLES, OUTLETS/JACKS, SWITCHES, ETC. LUMINAIRES AND MARS o Ui a O
�F Q FIRE ALARM COMBINATION HORN/STROBE DEVICE. °C" INDICATES CEILING MOUNTED 80" THERMOPLASTIC HOUSING, QUANTITY OF FACES AND DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AS LHQM-LED-G-SD rc Z M U r w
CEILING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. X1 LED 3 UNV - ELECTRIC d
SHOWN ON PLANS, SELF DIAGNOSTICS r ,m
❑V FIRE ALARM VISUAL DEVICE. "C" INDICATES CEILING MOUNTED 80" SUPPLY o c7 o a j
9. EXACT LOCATION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT THAT REQUIRE ELECTRICAL CONNECTION ARE SHOWN ON THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. FIELD VERIFY
EXACT LOCATIONS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ANY ROUGH-INS. SELF CONTAINED UNIVERSAL MOUNT LED EXIT SIGN, WHITE THERMOPLASTIC LITHONIA MARS
X2 LED 2 LINV _ HOUSING, QUANTITY OF FACES AND DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AS SHOWN ON PLANS, LQM-S-W-3-G-120/277-ELN-SD ELECTRIC
10. ALL CIRCUITING SHALL BE RUN CONCEALED UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. SELF DIAGNOSTICS SUPPLY
11. ALL RACEWAYS RUNNING THROUGH BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH EXPANSION FITTINGS. ** ALL DEVICES ARE TO BE WHITE IN SELF CONTAINED UNIVERSAL MOUNT LED EXITSIGN WITH DUAL HEADS, WHITE LITHONIA ***NOT USED THIS PROJECT*** ovew am conotruotbn 0ooweonto r
COLOR WITH MATCHING FACEPLATES THERMOPLASTIC HOUSING, QUANTITY OF FACES AND DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AS LHQM-LED-R-SD-HO MARS Instruments 01 ommin t r pr vivenparty In
12. CONDUIT HOME RUNS SHOWN ON THE DRAWING WITH MORE THAN (3) CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTORS ARE SHOWN DIAGRAMATICALLY. THIS X3 LED 3 UNV - ELECTRIC t WM@ptw ontl I , Ardftn
property et
INCLUDING DATA DEVICE FACEPLATES ** SHOWN ON PLANS, SELF DIAGNOSTICS, REMOTE HEAD CAPACITY SUPPLY of t° t�hn and theste a otTMtio
CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT INSTALL MORE THAN (3) CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTORS IN A RACEWAY UNLESS NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE (N.E.C), t••w•�nm�uan�
ARTICLE 310.15 DERATING FACTORS ARE APPLIED. UNIVERSAL MOUNT LED EDGEUT EXIT SIGN, GREEN LETTERS ON WHITE LITHONIA ***NOT USED THIS PROJECT*** MARS m
bp
BACKGROUND, QUANTITY OF FACES AND DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AS SHOWN ON EDGR-X-GW-EL M'
Christopher s, Arobitooi
13. ALL LIGHTING AND GENERAL POWER BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL INCLUDE A SEPARATE NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED X4 LED 3 UNV - PLANS ELECTRIC of hrist
OTHERWISE. SUPPLY
14. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO THE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ACCEPTABLE CONDUIT TYPES/LOCATIONS. ALL CONDUIT SIZES SELF CONTAINED WALL MOUNTED EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT WITH DUAL HEADS, LITHONIA MARS
ON THE DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON THE LATEST EDITION OF THE N.E.C. CONDUIT FILL TABLES FOR ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (E.M.T). CONDUIT EM LED 2 UNV - WHITE THERMOPLASTIC HOUSING, SELF DIAGNOSTICS, MOUNTED AT 7'6" AFF TO ELM2L-WOLT-SDRT ELECTRIC
SIZES SHALL BE REVISED TO THE SIZE REQUIRED, RELATIVE TO THE ACTUAL CONDUIT TYPE TO BE INSTALLED. CENTER SUPPLY
15. IT IS NOT INTENDED THAT THE PLANS INDICATE ALL THE NECESSARY BENDS, OFFSETS, PULL BOXES AND OBSTRUCTIONS. IT SHALL BE THE EXTERIOR WEATHERPROOF DUAL HEAD LED EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHT UTHONIA: ***NOT USED THIS PROJECT*** MARS
RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL HIS WORK TO CONFORM TO THE STRUCTURE, MAINTAIN HEADROOM AND KEEP OPENINGS AND RH LED 2 UNV - ELA-T-QWP-L0309-SD ELECTRIC
PASSAGEWAYS CLEAR. REFER TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR ALL DIMENSIONS AS REQUIRED. SUPPLY
16. IT IS NOT INTENDED THAT THE PLANS INDICATE ALL CONDUIT ROUTES, PULL BOXES, ETC. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR
DETERMINING ACTUAL CONDUIT ROUTING, QUANTITY AND LOCATION OF PULL BOXES WITHIN ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. LLD 14' DIAMETER DECORATIVE LED PENDANT LUMINAIRE, LARGE GLASS GLOBE, SILK RBW AKOYA PENDANT:
17. PROVIDE SCREW-COVER PULL BOXES IN CONDUIT RUNS AS REQUIRED TO UMIT THE NUMBER OF BENDS TO NO MORE THAN THREE (3) OR 270 P1 44OLM 9 UNV 0-10V GREY FINISH SHADE, 16' CORD, 1% DIMMING DRIVER, >80CRI AK-MI4-PC25-27-120/277-10-DEX RBW
DEGREES TOTAL. SIZE PULL BOXES IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC, ARTICLE 314.28. DOCUMENT ON RECORD DRAWINGS, SIZE AND LOCATION OF
PULL BOXES USED IN FEEDER CONDUIT RUNS. LED 8' DIAMETER DECORATIVE LED PENDANT LUMINAIRE, SILK GREY FINISH SHADE, RBW HOIST PENDANT:
' WHITE CORD, 1% DIMMING DRIVER, >8OCRI HP-B-PCXX-27-120/277-10-DEX
18. ALL OUTLET BOXES IN WALLS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF ONE (1) DEDICATED VERTICAL CONDUIT ENTERING AT THE TOP OF THE BOX. P2 2700K 9 UNV O-tOV HAND BLOWN OPAL GLASS, 72RBW
HORIZONTAL CONDUIT CONNECTIONS SHALL ONLY BE PERMITTED UNDER WINDOWS OR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. 59OLM
19. WHERE MULTIPLE DEVICES ARE INDICATED IN A COMMON LOCATION, GANG INTO A SINGLE COVER PLATE. LLD 12' DIAMETER DECORATIVE LED SCONCE LUMINAIRE, WHITE OAK FINISH SHADE, 1% RBW RADIENT SCONCE:
SI 2700K 5 UNV 0-10V DIMMING DRIVER, >80CRI RA-WFO1-27-120-TM-DIN RBW
131LM
LLD 5' DIAMETER DECORATIVE LED GLASS SCONCE LUMINAIRE, AMBER GLASS WITH RBW DIMPLE SCONCE:
S2 2700K 7 UNV 0-10V BLACK ANODIZED FINISH, 1% DIMMING DRIVER, >80CRI DP-FM-S3-AA04-27-120/277-10- RBW
FIRE ALARM SIGNAL, 184LM DEX-IP20
SPEAKER OR LIGHT
RECEPTACLES BEHIND LLD 14" DIAMETER DECORATIVE LED SCONCE LUMINAIRE, LARGE GLASS DIFFUSER SILK RBW HOIST SCONCE:
GREY FINISH SHADE, 1% DIMMING DRIVER, >80CRI HS-14-B-27-120/277-10-REFRIGERATORS AND DISCONNECT S3 2700K 9 UNV 0-10V DEX RBW
VENDING MACHINES SWITCHES PANELBOARD 59OLM
WALL TELEPHONES LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE GENERAL NOTES:
FIRE ALARM PULL STATION 1. VERIFY ALL LUMINAIRE COLORS, TRIMS, LENGTHS, EIC. WITH THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PLACING FINAL PURCHASE ORDERS. SUBMISSION OF SHOP DRAWINGS WILL BE INTERPRETED AS HAVING BEEN COORDINATED WITH THE
LIGHTING CONTROLS ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.
VOLUME CONTROLS U 2. PROVIDE ALL LENGTHS, FEEDS, ACCESSORIES, CONNECTORS, WIRING, POWER SUPPUES, DRIVERS, ETC. FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. THE E.C. SHALL VERIFY THE COMPLETE BILL OF MATERIAL WITH MANUFACTURER'S
DEVICES ABOVE COUNTERTOP REPRESENTATIVE AND INSURE ALL EQUIPMENT IS INCLUDED IN BID PRICE. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS.
AND/OR BACKSPLASH
3. VERIFY FINAL LUMINAIRE LOCATIONS WITH OTHER CEILING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SUCH AS DIFFUSERS, FIRE ALARM DEVICES, SPEAKERS, ETC., WITH ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS.
RECEPTACLES IN�- SPACES AND ADJACENT/ELETOC 4. VERIFY EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHT AND LOCATIONS OF ALL WALL MOUNTED AND PENDANT MOUNTED LUMINAIRES WITH ARCHITECTURAL PIANS AND ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
LAVATORIES o M
o a �k X5. EQUIPMENT SHOWN IS TO BE PURCHASED THROUGH NATIONAL ACCOUNT VENDOR - NO SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED. CONTACT'
Go �� RECEPTACLES BEHIND GENERAL LIGHTING: ACCENT LIGHTING:
® DOMESTIC WASHERS MARS ELECTRIC SUPPLY RBW
AND DRYERS CONTACT: PHIL HARRELL CONTACT: solesOrbw.com
LO 216-470-3592 REFERENCE "UFESTANCE' FOR DISCOUNTED PRICING AND AVAILABILITY
GENERAL PURPOSE pharrell®mars-electric.com
RECEPTACLES
VOICE/DATA OUTLETS
RECEPTACLES SERVING Ed
DISHWASHERS AND
°O GARBAGE DISPOSALS
FINISHED FLOOR
PANEL: MAIN: 200A MAIN LUGS ONLY VOLTAGE: 208/120 PANEL: MAIN: 100A MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER VOLTAGE: 1 208/120
TYPICAL DEVICE MOUNTING DETAIL 5A (EXISTING) PHASE- 3 WIRE: 4 BUS AMPS: 200 Alc: 1oK LS (NEW) PHASE- 3 WIRE: 4 BUS AMPS: 125 vc: ,oK
N.T.S. MOUNTING: SURFACE LOCATION: LANDLORD ELECTRICAL ROOM FEED THRU LUGS: NO ISOLATED GROUND BUS: NO MOUNTING: SURFACE LOCATION: LS TELECOM ROOM FEED THRU LUGS: NO ISOLATED GROUND BUS: NO
NOTES: CKT NOTE I BKR I LOAD DESCRIPTION KVA AO 80 co KVA LOAD DESCRIPTION BKR NOTE CKT CKT NOTE BKR LOAD DESCRIPTION KVA AO BO co KVA F LOAD DESCRIPTION BKR NOTE CKT
1. ALL MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHALL BE MEASURED FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO THE CENTERLINE OF DEVICE EXCEPT FIRE ALARM 1 20/1 EXISTING RECEPTACLE LOAD 0.90 1.9 1.00 EXISTING LIGHTING LOAD 20/1 2 1 20/1 LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL 'LCP' 0.20 1.3 1.08 BREAK RM/HALL RECEPTS 20/1 2
A/V DEVICES. 3 20/1 EXISTING RECEPTACLE LOAD 1.08 2.2 1.08 EXISTING RECEPTACLE LOAD 20/1 4 3 20/1 LIGHTING VIA 'LCP' 0.71 2.2 1.44 WAITING/HALL/CLOSET RECEPTS 20/1 4
2. NO WIRING DEVICES OR OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE MOUNTED BACK TO BACK. 5 20/1 EXISTING RECEPTACLE LOAD 1.08 2.3 1.20 EXISTING LIGHTING LOAD 20/1 6 5 20/1 LIGHTING-OFFICE/BREAK 1.44 1.6 0.18 COFFEE STATION 20/1 6
3. ALL MOUNTING DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT MOUNTING HEIGHTS AS INDICATED ON THIS DETAIL UNLESS OTHERWISE 7 20/1 EXISTING RECEPTACLE LOAD 0.90 10.3 9.40 NEW LS PANEL 100/3
NOTED. 8 7 20/1 TELCOM RM QUAD 24° 0.36 1.1 0.72 RECEPTION QUADS 20/1 8
rm
4. FOR ALL ELEVATIONS (WHERE APPLICABLE), CASEWORK DETAILS, FIRE WALLS, SMOKE WALLS, LOCATION OF COUNTERTOP 9 20/1 EXISTING RECEPTACLE LOAD 0.54 10.8 10.3 10 9 20/1 TELCOM RM QUAD 72" 0.36 1.4 1.00 RECEPTION COPIER 20/1 10 W
RECEPTACLES, LUMINAIRE SWITCHES, TELEPHONE OUTLETS, EQUIPMENT ROUGH-INS, HEADWALLS, ETC., SEE ARCH 11 20/1 EXISTING RECEPTACLE LOAD 1.08 7.5 6.40 12 11 20/1 COUNSEL RM RECEPTS 1.44 2.4 1.00 BREAK RM GFCI 20/1 12 H
DRAWINGS. WHERE NO ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS OR DETAILS OCCUR, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL USE MEANS N
AND METHODS AS WELL AS THEIR FIELD KNOWLEDGE TO SPOT DEVICES IN THE BEST LOCATIONS FOR THE PROJECT. 13 20/1 EXISTING RECEPTACLE LOAD 1.08 2.2 1.10 EXISTING LIGHTING LOAD 20/1 14 13 20/1 COUNSEL RM RECEPTS 1.44 2.4 1.00 BREAK RM GFCI 20/1 14
15 20/1 EXISTING RECEPTACLE LOAD 0.54 1.6 1.08 EXISTING RECEPTACLE LOAD 20/1 16 15 20/1 COUNSEL RM RECEPTS 1.44 2.2 0.80 BREAK RM REFRIGERATOR 20/1 16 �- W W
17 20/1 EXISTING RECEPTACLE LOAD 1.08 1.4 0.36 EXISTING RECEPTACLE LOAD 20/1 18 17 20/1 COUNSEL/TELE HEALTH RECEPTS 0.90 2.3 1.44 COUNSEL RM RECEPTS 20/1 18 J 2 CC Co
19 20/1 EXISTING RECEPTACLE LOAD 0.36 2.6 2.25 EXISTING WATER HEATER LOAD 30/2 20 19 30/2 IWH-1 3.12 4.6 1.44 COUNSEL RM RECEPTS 20/1 20 ® W �
3C CC Y o►
21 20/1 EXISTING RECEPTACLE LOAD 0.36 2.6 2.25 22 21 3.12 4.6 1.44 COUNSEL RM RECEPTS 20/1 22 IL O
23 20/1 EXISTING RECEPTACLE LOAD 0.36 0.7 0.36 EXISTING RECEPTACLE LOAD 20/1 24 23 20/1 SPARE 0.0 1.2 1.2 BREAK RM RECEPT MICROWAVE 20/1 24 O
LANDLORD ELEC. ROOM LIFESTANCE SPACE 25 20/1 EXISTING LOAD 1.10 1.5 0.36 EXISTING RECEPTACLE LOAD 20/1 26 25 20/1 SPARE 0.0 0.0 0.0 SPARE 20/1 26 Z N 2
DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM NOTES: F29
20/1 EXISTING RECEPTACLE LOAD 1.08 1.4 0.36 EXISTING RECEPTACLE LOAD 20/1 28 27 20/1 SPARE 0.0 0.0 0.0 SPARE 20/1 28 Z to CD
1. PROVIDE FULL LENGTH VERTICAL BUSSING IN ALL PANELBOARDS. 20/1 EXISTING RECEPTACLE LOAD 0.36 0.7 0.36 EXISTING RECEPTACLE LOAD 20/1 30 29 20/1 SPARE 0.0 0.0 0.0 SPARE 20/1 30 4 ~ W ~
1 2. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE BOLT-ON TYPE.
NOTES: TOTAL KVA PER PHASE: 18.5 18.7 12.6 31 20/1 SPARE 0.0 0.0 0.0 SPARE 20/1 32
3. ALL INTERIOR WALL-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MOUNTED ON 3/4° L HANDLE LOCK Rn(eoe No. 1BB76
FIRE RATED BACKBOARD. GFl GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTING 33 20/1 SPARE 0.0 0.0 0.0 SPARE 20/1 34
AR ARC FAULT INTERRUPTING TOTAL KVA: 49.8 Drown By. AM
4. COORDINATE SPACE W/ ALL OTHER TRADES TO MAINTAIN ALL CD CONTINUOUS DUTY 35 20/1 SPARE 0.0 0.0 0.0 SPARE 20/1 36
EXISTING NEW PANEL CODE-REQUIRED CLEARANCES. H HACR RATED TOTAL AMPS: 138.1 Deis Imus
PANEL '5A' 37 SPACE 0.0 O.0 0.0 SPACE 38 07�� Bft.
208/120V, 5. REFER TO ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 39 SPACE 0.0 0.0 0.0 SPACE 40
30 4w 230, 4W OKEYED NOTE SCHEDULE 41 SPACE 0.0 0.0 0.0 SPACE 42
1. REMOVE (3) 20AMP 1POLE BREAKERS MADE AVAILABLE AFTER DEMOLITION NOTES: TOTAL KVA PER PHASE: 9.4 10.3 7.6
1O AND PROVIDE NEW 100A, 3P BREAKER IN EXISTING PANEL. L HANDLE LOCK
GFI GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTING
AFI ARC FAULT INTERRUPTING TOTAL KVA 27.3
- OFEEDER SCHEDULE H CONTINUOUS DUTY TOTAL AMPS: 75.7
H HACR RATED
1. 4-1 AWG, 1-8 AWG GND. IN 1-1/2"C. APPROXIMATE LENGTH: 50 FEET
5TH FLOOR
DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM
N.T.S.
E1w0
ELECTRICAL LEGEND,
Reference only SCHEDULES AND
DETAILS
Not part of this permit
0 E
0 0
U
Lu '
cl) 00
N �
U
�p 0
LV! ® O
120/277V
L0 LOAD H o
SPARE H V 0 T
o
On
SPARE _ o m N
0
Q N d m N
im
SPARE O o w o wa o w o N U
IL w a O
e a b e � WSX-D INSTRUCTIONS s m le
(OPERATIONAL SETTINGS) a
CAT 5e CAT 5e
LS-1 n n ON/OFF. VIO (+) FUNCTION 2 = OCCUPANCY TIME DELAY W
p � s`v 0 � 0-10V
NEW SETTING: 14 (30 MINUTES) ~
"b•0 ° DIMMING Ori/OFF ON/OFF y
ARP-INTENC08-NLT- NPODMA-4P-WH NPODMA-WH AGRY (TYPE A) a FUNCTION 3 = ON MODE 9
4SPR-MVOLT-SC-SM-DTC = O (-) NEW SETTING: 2 (MANUAL ON)
($ = O =
D)
O FUNCTION 8 = DIM TO OFF OCCUPANCY TIME O LL
NEW SETTING: 4 (5 MINUTES)
LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL IILCPII DIMMABLE VACANCY SENSOR SWITCH FUNCTION 10 = MINIMUM TIME ON VACANCY SENSOR SWITCH
NEW SETTING: 5 (60 MINUTES)
SCALE: NOT TO SCALE WIRING DIAGRAMVSD
( ) FUNCTION 13 = MICROPHONE GRACE PERIOD WIRING DIAGRAM AG RAM (VS)
ACUITY NUGHT RELAY PANEL - SURFACE MOUNTED SCALE: NOT TO SCALE 4 wiz
NEW SETTING: 7 (60 SECONDS)
NOTES: NOTES: NOTES: SCALE: NOT TO SCALE Z ` w w
FUNCTION 14 = MANUAL ON GRACE PERIOD M 4 M Lu c� —
NEW SETTING: 1 (0 SECONDS) WO
1. LCP SHALL BE LOCATED AS CLOSE TO PANELBOARD AS PRACTICAL OR AS SHOWN ON PLAN. PROVIDE WIRING FROM LOW VOLTAGE 1. VACANCY SENSOR SHALL BE "SENSOR SWITCH" WSX-PDT-D-VA-WH. 1. VACANCY SENSOR SHALL BE 'SENSOR SWITCH" WSX-PDT-VA-WH. 1d 11 ��m Q
SWITCH TO RELAY CABINET FOR EACH RELAY AS REQUIRED.
2. PROVIDE 'LUMINAIRY' CABLE FOR ALL 0-10V DIMMING. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN VACANCY SETTING ON ALL SENSORS
2. HEADEND SHALL CONTAIN ASTRONOMICAL DIGITAL TIME CLOCK, PROGRAMMABLE MATRIXING AND OCCUPANY WARNING VIA LIGHT PROVIDED. 'OCCUPANCY' SETTING SHALL NOT BE UTILIZED.
FLASHING. 3. USE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS PROVIDED WITH DEVICE.
3. "OCCUPANCY" TIME DELAY SHALL BE SET TO 30 MINUTES USING Design am owntruonon aooutrnu r
3. PROVIDE LIGHTING RELAYS IN PANELS AS SHOWN. REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS WIRED VIA RELAY PANELS. 4. VACANCY SENSOR VSD SHALL ENERGIZE ALL LOADS WITHIN ROOM AND PROVIDE Inotrnnonto of oervtoe are given in
(VSD) MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS PROVIDED WITH DEVICE. oonlNoneo ono vonone the property of
AUTO SHUT OFF OF ALL LIGHTING UPON TIME OUT FUNCTION. C1 Now F. Yorke.Arefbot The ue
4. PROGRAM LIGHTING SCHEDULE AND HOURS OF OPERATION WITH OWNER. of this gehign am thown;"retroomn
ooworin for prrpom other then the
5. OPERATION: VACANCY SENSOR SHALL TURN ON ALL LIGHTING UPON PUSHING oFowgo pnpet unto herein in otrlody
5. PROVIDE LOW-VOLTAGE OVERRIDE SWITCH CONTROLS ( $LV ) AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. LOW-VOLTAGE OVERRIDE SWITCH ON/OFF BUTTON; TYPE 'A' LUMINARIES SHALL BE DIMMED VIA THE UP/DOWN P "g"01 spon'o�"0p1""
CONTROLS SHALL INITIATE AN OVERRIDE OF A MAXIMUM TIME OF NO MORE THAN FOUR 4 HOURS of Christopher F. rtorhe,Arohnoot.
( ) BUTTONS: TYPE 'Si' SCONCES SWILL NOT BE DIMMED AND TYPE 'P1' PENDANT
6. PROVIDE TWO (2) HOUR TRAINING ON PROGRAMMING OF SYSTEM AND SYSTEM OPERATION. SHALL BE DIMMED VIA THE LINE VOLTAGE DIMMER ($D) UPON BEING ENERGIZED
VIA THE 'VSD'.
EG EG
3
P1
S1
C)
111
TYPICAL OFFICE TYPICAL HUDDLE/PHONE
ELEVATION ROOM ELEVATION
P2 P2 P2
P1
S1
� 1
of 111
TYPICAL RECEPTION TYPICAL PHONE ROOM
DESK ELEVATION ELEVATION
EG EG EQ L EA 6 EG 11 EG
3 3
�p p S1
_�
N M N t ICI
1E
TYPICAL HUDDLE/PHONE TYPICAL HUDDLE/PHONE TYPICAL BENCH AREAS TYPICAL OFFICE TYPICAL OFFICE N
ROOM ELEVATION ROOM ELEVATION ELEVATION ELEVATION =
H W W
J 20: 00
•® W � N N
2 2 Q
a.
"DECORATIVE LIGHTING ELEVATIONSII 00
3
SCALE: NOT TO SCALE Z
W n Q
R*M No: IBm
DIM or. AFI
ode Faux
07/oJ202I empalmt
E 1 . 1
Reference only FIDET
DFTALSLS
Not part of this permit
` ^
� � {
uj
cl) co
0 010
_ ____
ui
LU he
�
Fr Fr 71 Fr-li�m-71 Fr -71 Illsoneop 0 Lu
���� �K � �
U��� � �����K�
f 14LLIJ LLIJ C0 cc)
LU c 111111111 1111111 111111 111111 111111 111111 11111 11111
U.
CO
LU LL
0960 Net construction dommits a
lastrumonts of service we sivon in
LU-1 Ll LU_A
MINN N I—L_j_j ocielideaft OW rOff"the PFOP"Of
N\\ of this design OW tivess,construction
.. ...... ..0— decommission for purposes other then the
XRE
r- WATER
Lull
N.
Luej
+60
1+60 FF
+60 CO3 E03 CO3
.... ............ --------
rneop won
Illeensel
N INN
Ilion n__11
07
�\NMIM \\\�� & ad::::::
XRE
INN
SECURITY
KEYPAD
Lu
rsoon nee mi
IN
U) "
--------- -�� '���
—1�� U.
! �= dW cm
--� -'- ---' - �� !--- . -. - �� ��-----������������-�-������� ' ' ��� ������������������������������- ... ---------------- . > ca cy
� ww �
I= �
a.
| 0
°~
IZ
��U�x�DU�Kx�� NOTES:
��U�o�UU�U^�� PLAN�*��U�K��'��UUU�.�U'� U`���' U ���� ��w�'
" ����U�U�~v��UUK���K,� �-����U'� 00 �� ��
DEMOLITION ANNOTATION LEGEND 1. PERFORM ALL DEMOLITION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AS INDICATED ON ELECTRICAL AND 1/4" - T-V
ARCHITECTURAL PLANS OR NECESSARY FOR THE PROJECT. REMOVE FROM SITE AND PROPERLY
DISPOSE OF ALL MATERIAL AND DEBRIS FROM THIS WORK. Pmoo Nn- am
2. DEMOLITION DRAWINGS ARE GENERAL IN NATURE SHOWING THE SCOP[ OF U[WOUT|ON WORK. BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING, CONDUIT, ETC. FOR EXTENSION TO NEW LOCATION (-XN-) INDICATED
CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH THE QUANTITY OF LUMINAIRES, ON POWER PLAN. INM or. AH
OUTLETS, ETC. REMOVE ALL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES NO LONGER REQUIRED FOR FINISHEDDENOTES EXISTING TO BE MAINTAINED CONSTRUCTION. REMOVE CONDUITS BEYOND NEW SURFACES. REMOVE ALL EXISTING WIRE FROM ode 1wwm
CONDUIT BACK TO POINT OF COMMON USE OR TO PANELS. 0718120M ON!"Wift
3. FOR ALL DEVICES AND LUMINAIRES BEING REW0V[D, REMOVE RELATED CONDUIT AND 0/|R|NC TO
SOURCE. RE-LABEL ��������� �o��� SCHEDULE
REMOVED 0RREmSELABEL ONPANEL DIRECTORY APPR0PRNJ[LYAND SET BREAKER TOTHE \«/���� D ���� U,��,� U ��
'UR" POSITION.
� 1. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE EXISTING FLOOR BOXES COMPLETE BACK TO SOURCE. PATCH FLOOR AS
� 4. PATCH ALL SURFACES TO MATCH SURROUNDING FOR DEVICES BEING REMOVED FROM EXISTING REQUIRED TO WATCH ADJACENT SLAB.
�
WALLS TO BE MAINTAINED. ALL CIRCUITS WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO REMAIN ACTIVE SHALL BE
�
MAINTAINED 0RREWORKED ASREQUIRED. ANY EXISTING CIRCUITS ORCABLING SYSTEMS SERVING
»
AREAS NOT AFFECTED BYDEMOLITION SHALL BEMAINTAINED.
�
5. ALL CIRCUITS SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH EXISTING DRAWINGS AND ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR
�
TO BEGINNING DEMOLITION.
� 5. THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT OF SALVAGE FOR ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PRIOR
�
TO DEMOLITION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL MATERIALS AND DELIVER TOTHE OWNER
Z3 THOSE REQUIRED |NTHEIR EXISTING CONDITION. ALL OTHER MATERIAL SHALL 8EREMOVED 8YTHIS
^ CONTRACTOR.
.
* 7. DISCONNECT AND REMOVE ALL EXISTING DATA, PHONE AND SECURITY VNR|NC FROM SPACE.
REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF ALL DEVICES ASSOCIATED WITH THESE SYSTEMS UNLESS NOTED
OTHERWISE.
8. EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM TO BE MAINTAINED IN PLACE DURING CONSTRUCTION AND MODIFIED
PER DRAWINGS. EXISTING WIRING TDREMAIN SHALL BESUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURE BEFORE
CEILING REMOVAL. ���nN � N � �
� ���� ���� N � ���
8. ALL WORK SHOWN LIGHT |SEXISTING TUREMAIN UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
10. ALL WORK SHOWN DARK OR unm` A3HEU SHALL BE DISCONNECTED AND REMOVED IN ITS
�
ENTIRETY UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
� '���������� ���Q� ���K� PL�
� w~ww �r" m�. "�°�~ ��" nw��
���� At ciart ofthi it |
`
uj
C OD
OFFICE 8
COUNSELIN
OFFICE 1 F106
OFFICE 7
F 1-0 1-1 OUNSELING COUNSELING
Lu
02 i
Aa A,o Ao Lu
S1,b IL
���'� PLAN
K�U� �
SO D
EM
EM
CLOSET
COM
TELE S2,C
E801 X2
LSH-3 ROOM tu
114 —4L
Sk
nh
EM
NG of this design and theme construotion
documents for wpom other Sm do
Al b
of Christopher F. Works, Arohiltmot.
WAITING
ROOM COUNSELING
RECOTION
OFFICE 9
Nib
La
S1 b
COUNSELING
OFFICE 10
BREAK Aa Aa
AL
ROOM Vr.
Al
le
COUNSELING
OFFICE 11
EMt
ab
Ax
ROO
Pi
EM
OFFICE 15
!"121-t%��
a Aa
COUNSELING
COUNSELING OFFICE 13
OFFICE 14
X
Lu
> mm
� LL �
3C CCCL �
�
GENERAL NOTES:
VKEYED NOTE SCHEDULE LIGHTING PLAN �
0
1. ALL DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, LUW|NAIU
LUMINAIRES, 1� GRDNGCONTROL PANEL ^LCP'. REFER TODETAIL ONDRAWING [1.0FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 1/4° - T~C° -
GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL BONDS 0FTHE METALLIC RACEWAY SYSTEM SHALL ALSO
INTERCEPT EXISTING LIGHTING CIRCUIT SERVING SPACE AND REWORK THROUGH NEW 'LCP' AS SHOWN.
BE MAINTAINED.
mm2. LOW VOLTAGE MULTI-BUTTON LIGHTING CONTROL STATION. REFER TO DETAIL ON DRAWING [1.0 FOR
2. BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRE SIZES (AND CONDUITS) SHALL BEINCREASED FROM THESE INDICATED 8NTHE PLANS FURTHER INFORMATION. BUTTON FOR SWITCH LEG "c" SHALL CONTROL LUMINAIRES DENOTED WITH A °n"
TO PREVENT EXCESSIVE VOLTAGE DROP. BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE |N57AU'[D WITH WIRES OF SUFFICIENT
SIZE SO THAT VOLTAGE DROP BETWEEN THE PANEL AND THE LOADS DOES NOT EXCEED A LIMIT OF 3% J� /&L SWITCHES 0/UH|N ORR�E3 SHALL BE |NSl�U'EU 8" FROM ROUGH OPENING OF DOOR. (TYPICAL)� ` -` PWIM No: em
I CIRCUITS MAY BE C0M8|N[O IN CONDUIT PROVIDED WIRE IS PROPERLY DE-RATED AND CONDUIT SIZED PER
COD[. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL MORE THAN NINE /9\ CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTORS BE RUN ��m»��� m
IN A SINGLE CONDUIT. Dokw N��w
4. ALL CONDUITS SHALL CONTAIN A GROUND N/|R[ SIZED PER NEC TABLE 250-122. WHERE CIRCUIT 07mm BWPwmt
CONDUCTORS ARE INCREASED IN SIZE FOR VOLTAGE UROP, THE GROUND WIRE SIZE SHALL BE INCREASED
PROPORTIONATELY (ACCORDING TO CIRCULAR MIL AREA) FROM THE SIZE REQUIRED BY NEC TABLE
#250-122.
5. EXPOSED CONDUITS, WHERE PERMITTED, SH/&L BE RUN PARALLEL TO OR AT RIGHT ANGLES TO BUILDING
STRUCTURAL MEMBERS.
U. ALL DEVICES SHALL 8[ WHITE WITH MATCHING CDVERPUTES. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
� 7. ALL EXIT SIGNS, EMERGENCY LIGHTING BATTERY PACKS, EMERGENCY LUMINAIRES /UN GENERATOR OR
EMERGENCY UCRDNG BATTERY PACKS INTEGRAL TO LUMINAIRE), AND NIGHT UCHlS /DENOTED 'NL') SHALL
8ECONNECTED TOTHE LOCAL LIGHTING CIRCUIT AHEAD UFANY CONTROLS SUCH AS: SWITCHES (DEVICE),
'RESS
OCCUPANCY SENSORS AND/OR RELAY CONTROLS.
E2m O
~
� U(*MNG PLM
/��������� ����� |
" ��*x��v �rn ��p�� only |
�J�lf []��rf of this
�f
`
| | �
LIJ -5
cr
o
AD 0
LO
cc uj
LU he
0 Lu
NINE
_
COUNSELING
OFFICE I COUNSELING
COUNSELING
���� PLANp COUNSELINGOFFICE 3
U��� �
Vu' - TI COUNSELINGOFFICE 4 17-106-1 OFFICE 7
z LL
Ir
LS-20 N7
CL ET
HALL 5N TELI
ROOM LS-11
C inavIiamoents at "I we given in
immildenom end remain the prepwity of
401
NEW PANEL V
00000000000
of Chdmtaphw F. bilarke,Architect.
LS- U4
x\N COUNSELING
LS-8 COUNSELING E lob
F-105 I
XN
601
WAITING
ROOM
COPIER COUNSELING
FYI
COUNSE
BREAK OFFICE 10
ROOM F
COUNSELING
OFFICI
I LS
MI
ROOM 12
112
COUNSELING
�
�
L
|
U
,
III Lu
COUNSELING
OFFICE 14 F 1-19-1
CMr-Lu
CO
F III
� �
| ��
| �-- -- -����������-- 0
�_��. �� � �
ir
Pmom NwL Im
1km By. m
GENERAL NOTES" (3KEYED NOTE SCHEDULE POWER PLAN Ode b"
ANNOTATION LEGEND 1. ALL DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, FIXTURES, E �. �U3TB[ �ROUNUEUBYUSEOFAPROP[R[YS|Z[D
1� CARD READER TO BE MOUNTED ON 0DUR FRAME BY TENANTS VENDOR. PROVIDE A 3/4
" CONDUIT
1/4° Y�r 07M�M 0Wm�n0
GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. �[CHAN|CA-/EU[CTR|CALBONDS OFTHE WE]7�UCRACE0V0SYSTEM ON STRIKE SIDE OF DOOR FRAME DOWN TO 42"
AFF FROM ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE WITH
SHALL ALSO BE MAINTAINED. PULU0|R[ AND INSULATING BUSHINGS FOR TENANTS SECURITY VENDOR USE.
DENOTES NEW LOCATION OF EXISTING RELOCATED (-XR-) DEVICE/EQUIPMENT. VISIT 2 BRANCH CIRCUIT 0/|R[ SIZES CONDUITS) SHALL B� INCREASED FROM THOSE INDICATED ON . .
FOR FOR EXISTING LOCATION OF DEVICES. REWORK ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING, � '""' / 2 PROVIDE 4X8 PLYWOOD BACKBOARD PAINTED ON ALL SIDES WITH FIRE RETARDANT PAINT
THE PLANS TUPREVENT EXCESSIVE VOOAGEDROPBRy0|CHC|RCU|TS3HAU' 8[ |N3�&U[UYV�H �
CONDUIT, ErC. TO NEW LOCATION AS REQUIRED. � MOUNTED V[RT|CAUj' ON WALL
WIRES OFSUFFICIENT SIZE 50THAT VOLTAGE DROP BETWEEN THE PANEL AND THE LOADS DOES
NOTEXCE[DAU�|T0F3�� J� COOR0NA7[ EXACT U0CA�UNOFALL DKQ\ 8ACKBUXL0C*�ON3WDHFURNITURE PU��SAND
^ C8REPR0JECTWANAGERPR|0RTOROUGH-|N (TYPICAL)
� ` �
� 3. CIRCUITS kW� BE COMBINED IN CONDUIT PROVIDED WIRE IS PROPERLY DERATED AND CONDUIT
~'\
SIZED PER CODE. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL MORE THAN NINE (0) CURRENT CARRYING 4. PROVIDE NEW RR[ ALARM DEVICE AS SHOWN AND CONNECT TO EXISTING RR[ ALARM LOOP
CONDUCTORS BE RUN IN A SINGLE CONDUIT. SERVING SPACE. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH BUILDING FIRE ALARM MAINTENANCE CONTRACTOR.
4. ALL CONDUITS SHALL CONTAIN A GROUND WIRE SIZED PER NEC TABLE 250-122. WHERE CIRCUIT 5. PROVIDED WITH FACTORY DISCONNECT SWITCH.
CONDUCTORS ARE INCREASED IN SIZE FOR VOLTAGE DROP, THE GROUND YY|R[ SIZE SHALL BE
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CERTIFIED FIRE ALARM DRAWINGS AS STATED IN THE INCREASED PROPORTIONATELY (ACCORDING TO CIRCULAR MIL AREA) FROM THE SIZE REQUIRED BY 8. FOR MICROWAVE, �|UJNORKCONTRACl0RPR0RD] RUU�H-|N
.
SPECIFICATIONS, STAMPED BY A STATE CERTIFIED NICET DESIGNER DENOTING SCOPE OF
NEC TABLE 125O-122.
WORK SHOWN AND ANY MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED TO MEET CODE REQUIREMENTS. REFER
� 5. EXPOSED CONDUITS, WHERE PERMITTED, SHALL B[ RUN PARALLEL T0ORATRIGHT ANGLES TD
� COMPLETE, CODE COMPLIANT SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED BASED ON THE NICET
BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS.
CERTIFIED DESIGNER DOCUMENTS AND AHJ REQUIREMENTS.
6. ALL EXISTING TO REMAIN UBNC[S SHALL BE REPLACED WITH NEW WHIT[ DEVICE AND CDVERPUQI
TOMATCH NEW DEVICES.
E3mO
Reterencmonly
y POWER PLAN
`« \J{ltnart ()fthis []e[ �t |
PART I - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.10 MATERIAL SUBSTITUTIONS C. COORDINATION DRAWINGS 1.17 INTERFERENCES 2.4 WIRE AND CABLE �--° 0 E
0 0
a U
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. BIDS SHALL BE BASED UPON THE SPECIFIED PRODUCTS OR LISTED ALTERNATIVES. DRAWINGS AND 1. BEFORE BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TO A. BEFORE INSTALLING ANY WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SEE THAT IT DOES NOT INTERFEREA. PROVIDE SINGLE-CONDUCTOR, ANNEALED COPPER WIRE AND CABLE WITH INSULATION RATED 600 m
SPECIFICATIONS ARE BASED ON THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY TYPE, MODEL, AND SIZE AND THUS THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MARKED UP PRINTS INDICATING ALL ELECTRICAL WORK WHICH WITH CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR LIGHTS, CONDUIT, AND CEILINGS AND FOR FINISH ON BEAMS, V, OF SIZES SPECIFIED AND SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS, FOR SECONDARY SERVICE, FEEDERS, W .5 m
A. THE PROVISIONS OF THE INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY ESTABLISH MINIMUM QUALITIES, WHICH SUBSTITUTES MUST MEET TO QUALIFY FOR REVIEW. AFFECTS LOCATION OF HEATING, VENTILATING, AIR CONDITIONING, PLUMBING PIPING, FIRE COLUMNS, PILASTERS, WALLS OR OTHER STRUCTURAL OR ARCHITECTURAL MEMBERS, AS SHOWN BRANCH AND SYSTEM WIRING. �_ cl) Nm
CONDITIONS, ALTERNATES, ADDENDA'S', AND DIVISION 1 ARE A PART OF THIS SPECIFICATION. PROTECTION, AND DUCTWORK. REFER TO DIVISION 1 AND DIVISION 15 FOR RELATED WORK. ON CONTRACT DRAWINGS. IF ANY WORK IS SO INSTALLED AND IT LATER DEVELOPS THAT _ W� x
CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL EXAMINE SAME AS WELL AS OTHER DIVISIONS OF B. SHOULD THE CONTRACTOR PROPOSE TO FURNISH MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND DEVICES, OTHER ORIGINAL DESIGN CANNOT BE FOLLOWED, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL, AT HIS OWN EXPENSE, MAKE B. METAL CLAD CABLE SHALL BE 600 V COPPER WITH FULL-SIZED INSULATED GROUND CONDUCTOR. 0 c
THE SPECIFICATIONS WHICH AFFECT WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION. THAN THOSE SPECIFIED AND LISTED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR 2. COORDINATION DRAWINGS: REFLECTED CEILING PLANS DRAWN TO SCALE AND COORDINATING SUCH CHANGES IN HIS WORK AS ARCHITECT MAY DIRECT TO PERMIT COMPLETION OF WORK IN USE IS RESTRICTED BY REQUIREMENTS OF PARAGRAPH ENTITLED WIRING METHODS IN PART 3 OF = 0 0
SUBSTITUTIONS, TO THE ENGINEER AT LEAST TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS PRIOR TO BID OPENING. PENETRATIONS AND CEILING-MOUNTED ITEMS. SHOW THE FOLLOWING: ACCORDANCE WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THIS SECTION. MINIMUM SIZE SHALL BE 12-AWG UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. 0 0
0
1.2 SUMMARY THE REQUEST SHALL BE AN ALTERNATE TO THE ORIGINAL BID AND SHALL INCLUDE AND U a
BE ACCOMPANIED WITH COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS CUT SHEET SUBMITTAL AS OUTLINED IN THIS i. CEILING SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY MEMBERS. B. INSTALL ADDITIONAL OFFSETS ON PIPING OR DUCTWORK WHERE REQUIRED TO OBTAIN MAXIMUM C. WIRE 10-AWG AND LARGER SHALL BE STRANDED; 12-AWG AND SMALLER SHALL BE SOLID. WIRE o w 0 c')
A. THIS SECTION INCLUDES GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIFICATION SECTION, COMPLETE WITH DESCRIPTIVE (MANUFACTURER, BRAND NAME, CATALOG j. METHOD OF ATTACHING HANGERS TO BUILDING STRUCTURE. HEADROOM OR TO AVOID CONFLICT WITH OTHER WORK WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. AND CABLE SHALL HAVE THWN-THHN OR XHHW INSULATION. Q 0 >N
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS COMMON TO ALL SECTIONS OF DIVISION 16. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AND NUMBER, ETC.) AND TECHNICAL DATA FOR ALL ITEMS. INDICATE ANY ADDITIONS OR DEDUCTIONS k. CEILING-MOUNTED ITEMS INCLUDING LIGHTING FIXTURES, EXIT SIGNAGE, FIRE ALARM 0 v N
PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS IN THIS SECTION EXPAND AND SUPPLEMENT THE REQUIREMENTS TO THE CONTRACT PRICE WITH THE SUBSTITUTION SUBMITTAL AND ON THE BID FORM. DEVICES, CCTV, SPEAKERS, ACCESS PANELS, ETC. 1.18 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE D. MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUITS AND SIGNAL WIRING MAY BE 14-AWG IF NEC REQUIREMENTS ARE MET.
SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 1. 1FROM PANEL TO LSTOUTLET.
BRANCH CIRCUITS
W
FOR 120 V AND 175' FOR 277 V SHALL BE AT LEAST =
D. RECORD DRAWINGS A. WHEN WORK PROGRESS MAKES TEMPORARY SHUTDOWN OF SERVICES UNAVOIDABLE, SHUTDOWN 0-AWG
C. ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO APPROVAL W
be
1.3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK OF THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER. IFD REQUESTED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT INSPECTION 1. EACH CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR FOR ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL KEEP ONE COMPLETE TO ESTABLISHED LL BE COORDINATED
ROUTINE. ARRANGETH AND APPROVED BY TO ASR SO AS NECESSARY
TOO CAUSE RE-ESTABLISH E. WIRING WITHIN LUMINAIRES AND OTHER HIGH-TEMPERATURE EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE 150'C =
SAMPLES OF BOTH THE UPTION
SPECIFIED AND THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTE ITEMS.
A. ELECTRICAL, ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION, STRUCTURAL, ETC., AND SET OF THE CONTRACT WORKING DRAWINGS ON THE PROJECT SITE ON WHICH THEY SHALL SERVICE WITHIN SHORTEST POSSIBLE DOWNTIME. IN THOSE INSTANCES WHERE THE LENGTH OF INSULATION AS REQUIRED BY NEC. O.
ALL OTHER DRAWINGS AS WELL AS THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL THE DIVISIONS ARE A PART OF D. IF ANY SUBSTITUTIONS ARE APPROVED, AN ADDENDUM LISTING THE APPROVED ITEM(S) WILL BE RECORD ANY DEVIATIONS OR CHANGES FROM SUCH CONTRACT DRAWINGS MADE DURING TIME REQUIRED FOR THE SERVICE INTERRUPTION IS NOT ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER, UNLESS O W
THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ISSUED TO ALL BIDDING CONTRACTORS PRIOR TO THE BID DATE. CONSTRUCTION. THESE CHANGES SHALL BE ACCURATELY RECORDED IN RED INK ON THE OTHERWISE INDICATED, FURNISH AND INSTALL TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS S REQUIRED TO F. MAKE SPLICES IN BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING WITH UL-LISTED, SOLDERLESS CONNECTORS RATED F
PRINTS. RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL SHOW CHANGES IN: REDUCE THE LENGTH OF TIME OF SERVICE INTERRUPTION TO AN ACCEPTABLE LEVEL. 600 V, OF SIZES AND TYPES REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS WITH CO 2
B. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE TO BE CONSIDERED S SUPPLEMENTING EACH OTHER. WORK E. IN ALL CASES WHERE SUBSTITUTIONS ARE PERMITTED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR ANY EXTRA TEMPERATURE RATINGS EQUAL TO THOSE OF WIRES. SPLICE CONNECTORS SHALL BE SCREW-ON.
SPECIFIED BUT NOT SHOWN, OR SHOWN BUT NOT SPECIFIED, SHALL BE PERFORMED OR COST OF EVALUATING THE EQUALITY OF THE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED. a. SIZE, TYPE, CAPACITY, ETC. OF ANY MATERIAL, DEVICE, OR PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. B. REPORT ANY INTERFERENCE BETWEEN WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION AND THAT OF ANY OTHER INSULATE SPLICES WITH INTEGRAL COVERS OR WITH PLASTIC OR RUBBER FRICTION TAPE TO 11=
FURNISHED S THOUGH MENTIONED IN BOTH SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS. b. LOCATION OF ANY DEVICE OR PIECE OF EQUIPMENT. CONTRACTORS TO ARCHITECT S SOON S THEY ARE DISCOVERED. ARCHITECT WILL DETERMINE PRESERVE CHARACTERISTICS OF WIRE AND CABLE INSULATION. = e
F. WHERE ONLY ONE MAKE IS NAMED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS OR ON THE DRAWINGS, IT SHALL BE C. LOCATION OF ANY OUTLET OR DEVICE AND ASSOCIATED WIRING. WHICH EQUIPMENT SHALL BE RELOCATED, REGARDLESS OF WHICH WAS FIRST INSTALLED, AND HIS LL
C. VISIT THE SITE OF THE WORK AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH CONDITIONS AFFECTING THE PROVIDED. d. ROUTING OF FEEDER CONDUITS. DECISION SHALL BE FINAL. G. MAKE TERMINATIONS AND SPLICES FOR CONDUCTORS 6-AWG AND LARGER WITH
INSTALLATION. SUBMISSION OF A PROPOSAL SHALL PRESUPPOSE KNOWLEDGE OF SUCH e. BRANCH CIRCUIT NUMBER ASSIGNMENTS. CORROSION-RESISTANT, HIGH-CONDUCTIVITY PRESSURE INDENT, HEX SCREW OR BOLT-CLAMP
CONDITIONS AND NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE ALLOWED WHERE EXTRA LABOR OR G. VERBAL REQUESTS OR APPROVALS SHALL NOT BE BINDING ON THE ENGINEER OR OWNER. 1.19WORKMANSHIP CONNECTORS, WITH OR WITHOUT TONGUES, DESIGNED SPECIFICALLY FOR INTENDED SERVICE.
MATERIALS ARE REQUIRED BECAUSE OF IGNORANCE OF THESE CONDITIONS. 2. RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL BE KEPT CLEAN AND UNDAMAGED, AND SHALL NOT BE USED FOR CONNECTORS FOR CABLES 250 KCMIL AND LARGER SHALL HAVE TWO CLAMPING ELEMENTS OR
1.11 QUALITY ASSURANCE ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN RECORDING DEVIATIONS FROM WORKING DRAWINGS. A. WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE BEST PRACTICES OF THE TRADE AND IN A COMPRESSION INDENTS. TERMINALS FOR BUS CONNECTIONS SHALL '�pL
1.4 WORK INCLUDES WORK LIKE MANNER AND SHALL NEAT AND RECTILINEAR TO FINISHES. HAVE TWO BOLT HOLES. '�' � , \>.
3. AFTER THE PROJECT IS COMPLETED, RECORD SETS OF DRAWINGS SHALL BE DELIVERED TO 5 Q N
A. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, DEVICES, AND ACCESSORIES: UNDERWRITER LABORATORIES, INC. (UL) <' �Z ��'��
A. INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, AND PERMITS NECESSARY FOR THE THE TENANT AND BUILDING MANAGEMENT IN GOOD CONDITION, S A PERMANENT RECORD OF B. ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED BY JOURNEYMEN ELECTRICIANS UNDER THE SUPERVISION H. AMPACITY OF SPLICES AND CONNECTORS SHALL BE EQUAL TO THOSE OF ASSOCIATED WIRES AND `� � 1°
LISTED AND LABELED S DEFINED IN NFPA 70, ARTICLE 100, BY A TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE o w a 0
PROPER COMPLETION OF ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHOWN. ITEMS OMITTED, BUT NECESSARY TO THE INSTALLATION S CONSTRUCTED. ALL COSTS FOR PRODUCTION, PRINTING, ETC. SHALL BE OF A COMPETENT FOREMAN. CABLES. ir Z `O °� � r r
MAKE THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM COMPLETE AND WORKABLE, SHALL BE UNDERSTOOD TO FORM TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED USE. BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE BID. � `� LU � LL
PART OF THE WORK. 1.20 DEMONSTRATION OF COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 2.5 COLOR CODING � y W 0 o -
1.12SUBMITTALS
4. REFER TO DIVISION 1 SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS RELATED TO RECORD b( � ^' Q
B. IT IS THE PURPOSE OF THE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS TO INDICATE THE APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF A. SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA DRAWINGS. A. BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT, DEMONSTRATE TO THE OWNER'S SATISFACTION THE PROPER OPERATION A COLOR CODE SECONDARY SERVICE, FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUrr CONDUCTORS AS FOLLOWS: P �
ALL EQUIPMENT, OUTLETS, ETC. ASCERTAIN EXACT LOCATIONS AND ARRANGE WORK OF EACH OF THE SYSTEMS COMPRISING THIS CONTRACT. fit/
ACCORDINGLY. THE RIGHT IS RESERVED TO EFFECT REASONABLE CHANGES IN THE LOCATION OF 5. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL RECORD ALL CHANGES FROM ORIGINAL DESIGN DRAWINGS WHICH
1. PREPARE SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WITH ADEQUATE 208Y/120 VOLT: 480Y/277 VOLT:
OUTLETS UP TO THE TIME OF ROUGHING-IN, WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. WERE THE INSTALLATION OF THE WORK. THESE CHANGES SHALL BE RECORDED IN RED INK B. INSTRUCT THE OWNER'S MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF ALL PHASE A: BLACK PHASE A: BROWN
DETAILS AND SCALES E NECESSARY TO CLEARLY SHOW CONSTRUCTION. INDICATE OPERATING ON THE PRINTS. CHANGES SHALL BE ACCURATELY DIMENSIONED. anyn ons construction servia s e siv e in
CHANGES IN LOCATION OF OUTLETS OR EQUIPMENT NECESSITATED BY INTERFERENCE WITH THE CHARACTERISTICS FOR EACH REQUIRED ITEM AND DESIGN CONDITIONS FOR EACH. CLEARLY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND CONTROLS. PHASE B: RED PHASE 1: ORANGE hutruuente er eerriee re dhen in
WORK OF OTHER TRADES SHALL BE MADE ONLY WITH THE CONSENT OF THE ARCHITECT AND IDENTIFY EACH ITEM ON THE DRAWINGS S TO MARK, LOCATION, AND USE. PHASE C: BLUE PHASE C: YELLOW eonrtlenee eod rearm the prep"of
6. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP AN UPDATED SET OF PRINTS, INCLUDING CHANGES, ON THE NEUTRAL: WHITE NEUTRAL: GRAY of this"F. WYS Ano con Mom
ENGINEER OR OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, AND AT NO ADDITIONAL COST. C. DELIVER TO THE OWNER ALL SPECIAL TOOLS AND APPURTENANCES FOR PROPER OPERATION AND of this awpn ens tneee construction
2. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW, STAMP WITH APPROVAL AND SUBMIT, WITH REASONABLE JOB SITE AT ALL TIMES AND SHALL SUBMIT ONE (1) SET OF UPDATED AND LEGIBLE MAINTENANCE OF THE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED AND REQUEST RECEIPT FOR SAME. ATTACH TO THE GROUND: GREEN GROUND: GREEN doo e s for purpnn other than tM
" "S-BUILT" PRINTS TO THE ARCHITECT WHEN THE WORK IS COMPLETE. CONTRACTOR'S REQUEST FOR FINAL PAYMENT. speedo prepet noted herein Y ehbdp
C. AS USED IN THIS SPECIFICATION, PROVIDE MEANS FURNISH AND PROMPTNESS AND IN ORDERLY SEQUENCE SO AS TO CAUSE NO DELAY IN WORK OR IN THE ■dMod WNW erveeud.uri MOM
INSTALL" AND "HVAC" MEANS "HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING" AND "POS" MEANS WORK OF ANY OTHER CONTRACTOR, ALL SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES REQUIRED BY THE of Christopher F. Ylerhe,Aroldteot.
"PROVIDED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS". "FURNISH" MEANS "TO PURCHASE AND DELIVER TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. SHOP DRAWINGS NOT STAMPED WITH CONTRACTOR APPROVAL WILL BE 7. PREPARE RECORD DOCUMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS IN 1.21 CLEANING AND FINISHING B. BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS 12-AWG AND 10-AWG SHALL HAVE SOLID COLOR COMPOUND,
PROJECT SITE COMPLETE WITH EVERY NECESSARY APPURTENANCE AND SUPPORT," AND RETURNED FOR REPROCESSING. THE SUBMITTALS WILL BE REVIEWED ONLY FOR GENERAL DIVISION 1 SECTION "PROJECT CLOSEOUT." SOLID COLOR COATING. NEUTRALS AND EQUIPMENT GROUNDS SHALL HAVE SOLID COMPOUND OR
"INSTALL" MEANS "TO UNLOAD AT THE DELIVERY POINT AT THE SITE AND PERFORM EVERY COMPLIANCE AND NOT FOR DIMENSIONS, QUANTITIES, ETC. 8. IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 1, INDICATE THE FOLLOWING A. GENERAL: FOLLOW THE REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 1 SECTION "PROJECT CLOSEOUT." SOLID COLOR COATING (WHITE, GRAY AND GREEN).
OPERATION NECESSARY FOR PROPER INSTALLATION PER CODES AND MANUFACTURERS
REQUIREMENTS, TO ESTABLISH SECURE MOUNTING AND CORRECT OPERATION AT THE PROPER 3. IF THE SUBMITTAL SHOWS VARIATIONS FROM THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT INSTALLED CONDITIONS (ACCURATELY DIMENSIONED): B. IN SO FAR AS THIS DIVISION IS CONCERNED, AT ALL TIMES KEEP PREMISES AND BUILDING IN A C. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER FOR WIRE AND CABLE SHALL BE S FOLLOWS:
LOCATION IN THE PROJECT." DOCUMENTS FOR ANY REASON, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE MENTION OF SUCH VARIATION NEAT AND ORDERLY CONDITION, FOLLOW EXPLICITLY ANY INSTRUCTIONS OF ARCHITECT AND 1. AMERICAN INSULATED WIRE CORP.; A LEVITON COMPANY
IN A LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTE IN RED ON THE SUBMITTAL a. CONCEALED EQUIPMENT, UNITS, DEVICES, ETC., REQUIRING PERIODIC MAINTENANCE OR OWNER IN REGARD TO STORING OF MATERIALS, PROTECTIVE MEASURES, CLEANING-UP OF DEBRIS, 2. SENATOR WIRE & CABLE COMPANY
D. WORK INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO: ANY CHANGE IN DESIGN OR DIMENSION ON THE ITEMS SUBMITTED INCLUDING CHANGES MADE REPAIR. ETC. 3. SOUTHWIRE COMPANY
BY THE MANUFACTURER WHICH MAY DIFFER FROM CATALOG INFORMATION.
1. REUSE OF EXISTING AND NEW PANELBOARDS AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 9. APPROVED SUBSTITUTIONS, CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS AND ACTUAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS C. UPON COMPLETION OF WORK, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL EQUIPMENT 2.6 WIRE PULLING EQUIPMENT
2. FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING 4. CONTRACTOR FURTHER AGREES THAT IF DEVIATIONS, DISCREPANCIES, OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN INSTALLED. EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS (EXPOSED AND CONCEALED), DIMENSIONED FROM LEAVING EVERYTHING IN WORKING ORDER AT THE COMPLETION OF THIS COMPLETED THEIR WORK.
3. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS AND THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IN THE FORM OF DESIGN PROMINENT BUILDING LINES. CLEAN LUMINAIRES, OUTLET BOX PLATES, PANEL AND CABINET INTERIORS AND EXTERIORS, ETC., A. PROVIDE POLYETHYLENE ROPES FOR PULLING WIRE.
4. ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION DRAWING AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE DISCOVERED, EITHER PRIOR TO OR AFTER SHOP DRAWING OF DIRT, DUST, DEBRIS, PAINT, ETC.
5. CONDUCTORS AND CABLES SUBMITTALS ARE PROCESSED BY THE ENGINEER, THE DESIGN DRAWINGS, AND SPECIFICATIONS 1.13PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE. AND HANDLING B. PROVIDE FISH WIRES IN TELEPHONE CONDUITS AND OTHER EMPTY CONDUIT SYSTEMS REQUIRED,
6. GROUNDING AND BONDING SHALL CONTROL AND SHALL BE FOLLOWED. 1.22GUARANTEE AND WARRANTIES WITHOUT SPLICES AND WITH AMPLE EXPOSED LENGTHS AT EACH END.
7. RACEWAYS AND BOXES A. DELIVER PRODUCTS TO THE PROJECT PROPERLY IDENTIFIED WITH NAMES, MODEL NUMBERS,
B. WIRING DEVICES 5. THE SUBMITTALS THAT ARE RETURNED SHALL BE USED FOR PROCUREMENT. THE TYPES, COMPLIANCE LABELS AND SIMILAR INFORMATION NEEDED FOR IDENTIFICATION. MATERIALS A. WARRANT THAT EQUIPMENT AND ALL WORK IS INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOOD C. PROVIDE WIRE PULLING LUBRICANTS THAT MEET APPLICABLE UL REQUIREMENTS S NECESSARY.
9. LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES RESPONSIBILITY OF CORRECT PROCUREMENT REMAINS SOLELY WITH THE CONTRACTOR. THE MUST BE ADEQUATELY PACKAGED OR PROTECTED TO PREVENT DETERIORATION DURING SHIPMENT, ENGINEERING PRACTICE AND THAT ALL EQUIPMENT WILL MEET REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED. ANY
10.LUMINAIRES, INCLUDING DRIVERS SUBMITTAL REVIEW SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR ERRORS OR STORAGE AND HANDLING. EQUIPMENT FAILING TO PERFORM OR FUNCTION S SPECIFIED SHALL BE REPLACED WITH 2.7 WIRING DEVICES
11.RE-WORKING AND NEW DEVICES TO THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM OMISSIONS AND DEVIATIONS FROM THE CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS. COMPLYING EQUIPMENT WITHOUT COST TO THE OWNER.
12.FIRE STOPPING B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE PROVISIONS FOR THE DELIVERY AND SAFE STORAGE OF HIS RECEPTACLES
13.ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS TO MECHANICAL HVAC AND PLUMBING EQUIPMENT 6. IN CHECKING SHOP DRAWINGS, THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER WILL MAKE EVERY EFFORT TO MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT IN COORDINATION WITH THE WORK OF OTHERS. MATERIALS AND B. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE AGAINST DEFECTS OF ALL MATERIALS, WORKMANSHIP AND
14.NAMEPLATES LABELS, AND TAGS DETECT AND CORRECT ERRORS, OMISSIONS, AND INACCURACIES IN SUCH DRAWINGS. HOWEVER, EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DELIVERED AT SUCH STAGES OF THE WORK S WILL EXPEDITE THE WORK THE COMPLETE OPERATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT AND APPARATUS INSTALLED BY HIM FOR A A. CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES
15.000RDINATION DRAWINGS FAILURE TO DETECT ERRORS, OMISSIONS, AND INACCURACIES SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE S A WHOLE AND SHALL BE MARKED AND STORED IN SUCH A WAY S TO BE EASILY CHECKED PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF THE FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE ENTIRE WORK AND
CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE PROPER AND COMPLETE INSTALLATION IN AND INSPECTED. THE ARRIVAL AND PLACING OF LARGE EQUIPMENT ITEMS SHALL BE SCHEDULED SHALL GUARANTEE TO REPAIR OR REPLACE AT HIS OWN EXPENSE ANY PART OF THE APPARATUS STRAIGHT BLADE CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE DEVICES SHALL BE EXTRA HEAVY DUTY INDUSTRIAL
16.SHOP DRAWINGS ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. EARLY ENOUGH TO PERMIT ENTRY AND SETTING WHEN THERE IS NO RESTRICTION OR PROBLEM WHICH MAY SHOW DEFECT DURING THAT TIME PROVIDED SUCH DEFECT IS, IN THE OPINION OF SPECIFICATION GRADE AND SHALL AT A MINIMUM INCORPORATE THE FOLLOWING FEATURES AND
17.TESTING DUE TO SIZE AND WEIGHT. THE ARCHITECT, DUE TO IMPERFECT MATERIAL OR WORKMANSHIP AND NOT TO CARELESSNESS OR BENEFITS. COLOR SHALL BE WHITE.
E. THE ELECTRICAL DESIGN IS BASED ON THE CURRENT ADOPTED EDITION NFPA 70 - "THE 7. CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS PROCESSED BY THE ENGINEER ARE IMPROPER USE.
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE". THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BID THE COST OF NOT CHANGE ORDERS; THAT THE PURPOSE OF SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS BY THE C. MATERIALS SHALL BE STORED TO PROTECT THEM FROM INJURY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. MATERIAL 1. RECEPTACLES, 20 A, 125V, 2-POLE, 3-WIRE, GROUNDING TYPE WITH SELF GROUNDING
INSTALLING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO SATISFY ALL LOCAL, AND/OR STATE CONTRACTOR IS TO DEMONSTRATE TO THE ENGINEER THAT THE CONTRACTOR UNDERSTANDS SHOULD NOT BE STORED DIRECTLY ON THE GROUND OR FLOOR AND SHALL BE KEPT AS CLEAN PART 2 - PRODUCTS FEATURE: COMPLY WITH NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6 CONFIGURATION 5-20R, AND UL 498.
CODES. THE DESIGN, THAT THEY DEMONSTRATE THEIR UNDERSTANDING BY INDICATING WHICH AND DRY AS POSSIBLE AND FREE FROM DAMAGE OR DETERIORATING ELEMENTS.
EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL THEY INTEND TO FURNISH AND INSTALL, AND BY DETAILING THE 2.1 RACEWAYS B. GFCI RECEPTACLES:
1.5 WORK OR MATERIALS NOT INCLUDED FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION METHODS THEY INTEND TO USE. D. IN GENERAL, DO NOT DELIVER ITEMS OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO THE PROJECT SUBSTANTIALLY
BEFORE THE TIME OF INSTALLATION. LIMIT EACH SHIPMENT OF BULK AND MULTIPLE-USE A. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) SHALL BE ELECTRO-GALVANIZED AND MANUFACTURED IN STRAIGHT BLADE GFCI TYPE RECEPTACLE DEVICES SHALL BE, NON-FEED-THROUGH TYPE. COMPLY
A. THE EXACT WIRING REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE S RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF THE B. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL CLEARLY INDICATE ALL DIMENSIONAL DATA FOR ALL PARTS OF THE MATERIALS TO THE QUANTITIES NEEDED FOR INSTALLATION WITHIN 3-WEEKS OF RECEIPT. ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI C80.3. WITH NEMA WD 1, NEMA WD 6, UL 498, AND UL 943, CLASS A, GROUP I SOLID STATE SENSING
EQUIPMENT AND SHALL BE VERIFIED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR WITH THE EQUIPMENT ITEM, TYPES AND MATERIALS FOR ALL CONNECTIONS, FINISHES, THE EXACT RELATION OF AND SIGNALING WITH FIVE (5) MILLI-AMPERE FAULT TRIP LEVEL AND INCLUDE INDICATOR LIGHT
MANUFACTURER BEFORE SUBMITTING THE BID. THE ITEM TO ADJACENT MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT IN THE COMPLETED STRUCTURE INCLUDING 1.14PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY B. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (FMC) SHALL CONSIST OF CONTINUOUS LENGTHS OF SPIRALLY WOUND THAT IS LIGHTED WHEN DEVICE IS TRIPPED.
CLEARANCE, ANY NECESSARY ISOLATION AND FASTENING METHODS AND DEVICES AND AND INTERLOCKED GALVANIZED STEEL, MANUFACTURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 1. LIQUID TIGHT
MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SAFEGUARDING WORK, PROPERTY, AND FACILITIES FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT LFMC SHALL BE USED IN WET LOCATIONS. 1. DUPLEX GFCI RECEPTACLES, 20 A. 125V, 2-POLE, 3-WIRE, GROUNDING TYPE WITH SELF
B. STARTERS SUPPLIED AS AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FURNISHED UNDER ( )
THE DIVISION PROVIDING THE EQUIPMENT. POWER WIRING DISCONNECT SHALL BE UNDER AGAINST DAMAGE, BOTH HIS OWN S WELL S OTHERS, WITH WHICH HE MAY COME INTO GROUNDING FEATURE.
STARTERS AND AUXILIARY CONTROL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUPPLIED 9• SUBMIT NEWLY PREPARED INFORMATION, DRAWN TO ACCURATE SCALE. HIGHLIGHT, ENCIRCLE, CONTACT IN THE PERFORMANCE OF HIS WORK. C. CONDUIT EXPANSION FITTINGS SHALL BE THREADED HOT-DIPPED GALVANIZED MALLEABLE IRON
DIVISION 16. ALL OTHER S
AND WIRED UNDER DIVISION TA UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. OR OTHERWISE INDICATE DEVIATIONS FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. DO NOT REPRODUCE WITH INTERNAL BONDING ASSEMBLY. SWITCHES
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR COPY STANDARD INFORMATION AS THE BASIS OF SHOP DRAWINGS. B. STORED MATERIALS SHALL BE PROTECTED AGAINST DAMAGE FROM WEATHER. PIPE AND DUCT
1.6 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE STANDARD INFORMATION PREPARED WITHOUT SPECIFIC REFERENCE TO THE PROJECT IS NOT OPENINGS SHALL BE CLOSED WITH CAPS OR PLUGS DURING INSTALLATION. ALL FIXTURES AND D. PROVIDE THREADED MALLEABLE IRON OR STEEL CONNECTORS AND COUPLINGS WITH INSULATED A. AC TOGGLE SWITCHES
CONSIDERED SHOP DRAWINGS AND WILL BE CAUSE FOR REJECTION. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COVERED AND PROTECTED AGAINST DAMAGE. ANY MATERIALS OR THROATS; MANUFACTURED ELBOWS; LOCKNUTS; AND PLASTIC OR BAKELITE BUSHINGS AT
A. DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DAMAGED AT ANY STAGE IN THE CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPLACED OR REPAIRED TERMINATIONS, AS NECESSARY. COUPLINGS AND CONNECTORS SHALL BE GLAND AND RING AC TOGGLE SWITCHES SHALL BE EXTRA HEAVY DUTY INDUSTRIAL (COMMERCIAL) SPECIFICATION
10.SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA SHALL BE SUBMITTED S FOLLOWS: AND AT THE FINAL COMPLETION, ALL WORK SHALL BE IN A CLEAN, UNBLEMISHED CONDITION. COMPRESSION OR STAINLESS STEEL MULTIPLE POINT LOCKING OR STEEL CONCRETE-TIGHT SET GRADE QUIET TYPE, AND SHALL AT A MINIMUM INCORPORATE THE FOLLOWING FEATURES AND
1.7 CODES, PERMITS, AND FEES a. CONFORM TO SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS OUTLINED IN DIVISION 1 OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. C. FURNISH INFORMATION TO GENERAL CONTRACTOR AS TO SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL BUILT-IN SCREW. COMPRESSION COUPLINGS AND CONNECTORS SHALL FORM POSITIVE GROUND. BENEFITS AND COMPLY WITH NEMA WD1 AND U.L. 20
OPENINGS REQUIRED. DO NOT CUT, REMOVE OR PIERCE: GENERAL LO MECHANICAL INSULATION; SET-SCREW CONNECTORS AND COUPLINGS SHALL HAVE WALL THICKNESS EQUAL TO CONDUIT,
A. INSTALL WORK IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH RULES AND REGULATIONS OF STATE, COUNTY, AND CSE-HARDENED, HEX-HEAD SCREWS AND SEPARATE GROUND WIRE. BUSHINGS FOR RIGID STEEL ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS/DEVICE NUMBERS FOR RECEPTACLES AND SWITCHES:
CITY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ) OVER PREMISES. THIS SHALL INCLUDE SAFETY b. WHERE CONTENTS OF SUBMITTAL LITERATURE INCLUDE DATA NOT PERTINENT TO THE FIRE RATED WALLS OR CEILINGS; OR STEEL WORK; WITHOUT PRIOR PERMISSION AND AND CONNECTORS FOR EMT SHALL HAVE INSULATING INSERTS THAT MEET REQUIREMENTS OF UL
REQUIREMENTS OF THE STATE OF OREGON DEPARTMENTS OF COMMERCE AND NATURAL SUBMITTAL, CLEARLY INDICATE WHICH PORTION OF CONTENT IS BEING SUBMITTED FOR INSTRUCTION. 514 FLAME TEST. RECEPTACLES - INDUSTRIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE
REVIEW. HUBBELL COOPER
RESOURCES. DO NOT CONSTRUE THIS AS RELIEVING CONTRACTOR FROM COMPLIANCE WITH ANY
1.15CU1TING AND PATCHING E. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER FOR METALLIC RACEWAY SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: CONVENIENCE HBL5362 5362
REQUIREMENTS OF SPECIFICATION WHICH ARE IN EXCESS OF CODE REQUIREMENTS AND NOT IN 11.SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION DRAWINGS, SETTING
CONFLICT THEREWITH. WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE DIAGRAMS, SCHEDULES, PATTERNS, TEMPLATES AND SIMILAR DRAWINGS. ALSO, INCLUDE THE A. GENERAL: ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THIS BRANCH OF THE WORK 1. ALFLEX GFCI GFR5362 GF20
PROVISIONS OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, S INTERPRETED BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITY 2. ELECTRI-FLEX
HAVING JURISDICTION, AS WELL AS ANY FURTHER MODIFICATIONS OR REGULATIONS PUBLISHED BY
FOLLOWING INFORMATION: SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THIS CONTRACTOR. 3. GRINNEL CO. AC SWITCHES 201, 120 277 VAC
LOCAL OR STATE AUTHORIB. PERFORM CUTTING AND PATCHING IN ACCORDANCE WITH 4. 0-Z GEDNEY
TIES.
a. DIMENSIONS. AC SWITCHES - INDUSTRIAL SPECIFICATION GRADE TOGGLE TYPE
B. GIVE PROPER AUTHORITIES NOTICE S REQUIRED BY LAW RELATIVE TO THE WORK IN THEIR b. IDENTIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS INCLUDED. DIVISION 1 SECTION "PROCEDURES, SEPARATE PRIMES: IN ADDITION TO THE REQUIREMENTS 2,2 OUTLET BOXES HUBBELL COOPER LEVITON
CHARGE. COMPLY WITH THE REGULATIONS REGARDING TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES, OBSTRUCTIONS, c. COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED STANDARDS. SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 1, PERFORM CUTTING, FITTING AND PATCHING OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SINGLE POLE HBL1201 2221 1221-2
OR EXCAVATIONS AND PAY ALL LEGAL FEES INVOLVED. d. NOTATION OF COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS. AND MATERIALS REQUIRED TO: A. OUTLET BOXES ON CONCEALED WORK SHALL BE AT LEST 4 11/16" SQUARE OR OCTAGONAL, THREE-WAY HBL1203 2223 1223-2
e. NOTATION OF DIMENSIONS ESTABLISHED BY FIELD MEASUREMENT. GALVANIZED PRESSED STEEL WITH PLASTER RINGS S REQUIRED. OUTLET BOXES FOR EXPOSED FOUR-WAY HBL1204 2224 1224-2
C. SECURE AND PAY FOR PERMITS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTIONS INCIDENTAL TO THIS WORK, 1. INSTALL NEW WORK. CONDUIT WORK SHALL BE CAST ALUMINUM ALLOY WITH CAST ALUMINUM ALLOY COVERS.
AS REQUIRED BY ALL FOREGOING AUTHORITIES. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PAYMENTS TO ALL PUBLIC 12.WHERE ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION DRAWINGS, WIRING DIAGRAMS OR OTHER DRAWINGS ARE 2. UNCOVER WORK TO PROVIDE FOR INSTALLATION OF ILL-TIMED WORK.
UTILITIES FOR WORK PERFORMED BY THEM IN CONNECTION WITH PROVISION OF SERVICE SPECIFIED AS A PART OF THE SUBMITTAL, THEY SHALL BE SUBMITTED AT THE SAME TIME WITH 3. REMOVE AND REPLACE DEFECTIVE WORK. B. WHERE INSTALLED IN PLASTER, BOXES SHALL BE FITTED WITH GALVANIZED STEEL PLASTER INSTALLATION
CONNECTIONS REQUIRED UNDER THIS DIVISION OF SPECIFICATIONS. TURN OVER CERTIFICATES OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA. PARTIAL SUBMITTALS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 4. REMOVE AND REPLACE WORK NOT CONFORMING TO REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT COVERS OF REQUIRED DEPTH TO FINISH FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL OR CEILING.
DOCUMENTS. A. WIRING DEVICES AND WALL PLATES
APPROVAL TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND/OR OWNER PROMPTLY WHEN RECEIVED, AND 13.SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR ALL MATERIAL ITEMS S OUTLINED IN THESE 5. INSTALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS IN EXISTING STRUCTURE. C. SWITCH BOXES, RECEPTACLE BOXES AND OTHER OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE STANDARD 4 11/16"
BEFORE PAYMENT IS MADE FOR THE WORK. DELIVER ALL CERTIFICATES TO ARCHITECT IN SPECIFICATIONS. ANY DEVIATIONS FROM CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS MUST BE CLEARLY INDICATED 6. UPON WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE ENGINEER, UNCOVER AND RESTORE WORK TO SQUARE WITH PLASTER RINGS OR GANG COVER AS REQUIRED. 1. SINGLE AND COMBINATION TYPES TO MATCH CORRESPONDING WIRING DEVICES.
DUPLICATE. ON SHOP DRAWINGS AND JUSTIFICATION FOR THEIR CONSIDERATION MUST BE INCLUDED. PROVIDE FOR ENGINEER OBSERVATION OF CONCEALED WORK.
D. PROVISIONS OF THE LATEST REVISIONS TO THE FOLLOWING CODES AND STANDARDS SHALL BE 7. CUT, REMOVE AND LEGALLY DISPOSE OF SELECTED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, COMPONENTS AND D. OUTLET BOXES FOR VARIOUS SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS SHALL BE AS REQUIRED BY EQUIPMENT a. SMOOTH HIGH-IMPACT THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL FOR FINISHED SPACES:
FOLLOWED WHERE APPLICABLE: 14.APPROVAL OF SUBMITTAL ITEMS SHALL NOT PRECLUDE REJECTION OF THOSE ITEMS UPON MATERIALS S INDICATED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO REMOVAL OF CONDUITS AND MANUFACTURER. b GALVANIZED STEEL MATERIAL FOR UNFINISHED SPACES:
DISCOVERY OF DEFECTS IN THEM PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF COMPLETE WORK. CONDUCTORS, JUNCTION BOXES, LUMINAIRES AND TRIM, AND OTHER ELECTRICAL ITEMS MADE C. VOICE/DATA JACKS SHALL UTILIZE THE SAME TYPE OF PLATE USED FOR RECEPTACLES
OBSOLETE BY THE NEW WORK. E. PROVIDE ONLY ENOUGH CONDUIT OPENINGS TO ACCOMMODATE CONDUITS AT INDIVIDUAL LOCATION. d. DEVICES PLATES SHALL BE BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS THE WIRING DEVICE.
1. OREGON ADOPTED STATE BUILDING CODES 15.WHEN TWO OR MORE ITEMS THE SAME EQUIPMENT ARE REQUIRED (I.E. - LUMINAIRES, EACH BOX SHALL BE LARGE ENOUGH TO ACCOMMODATE NUMBER AND SIZES OF CONDUITS, e. DEVICE/PLATE COLOR SHALL BE MATCHING WHITE. p
2. CITY OF TIGARD BUILDING CODES WIRING DEVICES, ETC.), EQUIPMENT ITEMS SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER. C. PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK: DURING CUTTING AND PATCHING OPERATIONS, PROTECT WIRES AND SPLICES TO MEET NEC REQUIREMENTS, BUT SHALL BE AT LEST SIZE SHOWN OR �
3. NFPA 70 - NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE (NEC) ADJACENT INSTALLATIONS. SPECIFIED. NECESSARY VOLUME SHALL BE OBTAINED BY USING BOXES OF PROPER DIMENSIONS. B. RECEPTACLE ORIENTATION: W
4. NFPA 101 - LIFE SAFETY CODE 16.SUBMIT A MINIMUM OF SIX (6) COPIES OF SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE ARCHITECT. THE 0 H
5. TIA/EIA - 568, 569, AND J-STD-607 ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SHALL EACH RETAIN ONE (1) COPY AND RETURN THE REMAINDER D. PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY PARTITIONS OR DUST BARRIERS ADEQUATE TO PREVENT THE 2.3 JUNCTION BOXES AND PULL BOXES 1. INSTALL GROUND PIN OF VERTICALLY MOUNTED RECEPTACLES UP AND ON HORIZONTALLY N
6. AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA) SPREAD OF DUST AND DIRT TO ADJACENT AREAS.
TO THE CONTRACTOR WHO SHALL DISTRIBUTE COPIES S REQUIRED TO PROPERLY CONDUCT MOUNTED RECEPTACLES TO THE RIGHT.
7. FEDERAL OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT (OSHA) THE WORK, INCLUDING REQUIREMENTS OF THE OPERATING MANUAL. A.APROVIDE CODE GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES FOR CONDUIT 1-1/4"
E. ALL OPENINGS REQUIRED FOR THIS BRANCH OF WORK SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED IN TIME TO BE = F" �'
INCORPORATED IN, AND BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE CONSTRUCTION PROGRAM, OTHERWISE THIS TRADE SIZE AND LARGER, WHERE NECESSARY TO FACILITATE INSTALLATION, OF REQUIRED C. DO NOT USE OVERSIZED OR EXTRA-DEEP PLATES. REPAIR WALL FINISHES AND REMOUNT Z W
1.8 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES 17.SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA INCLUDES: DIMENSIONS, WITH ACCESSIBLE, REMOVABLE SCREW-ON COVERS. PROVIDE JUNCTION AND PULL OUTLET BOXES WHEN STANDARD DEVICE PLATES DO NOT FIT FLUSH OR DO NOT COVER ROUGH Q, F W W
CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE AND PAY FOR ALL CHANGES MADE NECESSARY FOR HIS J g 2
BOXES IN SPECIAL SIZES AND SHAPES DETERMINED IN FIELD WHERE NECESSARY. WALL OPENING.
A. CONSULT THE DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SHOP DRAWINGS COVERING THE WORK FOR FAILURE 70 DO S0. PIPE HOLES IN FLOORS AND WALLS SHALL BE CORE DRILLED. < W I- N
a. WIRING DEVICES • > Co N
VARIOUS OTHER TRADES, THE FIELD LAYOUTS OF THE CONTRACTORS FOR THE TRADE AND MAKE b. LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES B. JUNCTION BOX COVERS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE. DO NOT INSTALL JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE D. ARRANGEMENT OF DEVICES: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, MOUNT FLUSH, WITH LONG W Q r`
ADJUSTMENTS ACCORDINGLY IN LAYING OUT THE ELECTRICAL WORK. F. PATCH EXISTING FINISHED SURFACES AND BUILDING COMPONENTS USING NEW MATERIALS womal = c Q a
c. LUMINAIRES, DRIVERS. SUSPENDED CEILINGS EXCEPT WHERE CEILING IS REMOVABLE OR WHERE ACCESS PANEL IS DIMENSION VERTICAL GROUP ADJACENT SWITCHES UNDER A SINGLE, MULTI-GANG WALL PLATE.
MATCHING EXISTING MATERIALS AND EXPERIENCED INSTALLERS. FOR INSTALLERS' QUALIFICATIONS, a C �
d. FIRE ALARM DEVICES AND SYSTEM MODIFICATION DRAWINGS DESIGNED AND STAMPED BY A PROVIDED.
B. KEEP FULLY INFORMED OF THE PROGRESS OF THE GENERAL CONSTRUCTION. INSTALL WORK THAT STATE CERTIFIED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DESIGNER, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE REFER TO THE MATERIALS AND METHODS REQUIRED FOR THE SURFACE AND BUILDING 2.8 WIRING DEVICE PLATES 0
IS TO BE CONCEALED WITHIN THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION IN SUFFICIENT TIME TO SECURE FOLLOWING: COMPONENTS BEING PATCHED. C. PULL BOXES SHALL BE SUPPORTED ADEQUATELY TO MAINTAIN SHAPE. LARGER BOXES SHALL H 3
co d
PROPER LOCATION WITHOUT DELAY TO THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. ALL CONDUIT AND OUTLET d.a. BATTERY CALCULATIONS HAVE STRUCTURAL STEEL BRACING WELDED INTO RIGID ASSEMBLY FORMED ADEQUATELY TO A. VOICE/DATA OUTLET PLATES SHALL BE SAME S USED FOR RECEPTACLES. Z Q
BOXES CONCEALED IN MASONRY CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE INSTALLED DURING WALL d.b. FLOOR PLANS INDICATING LOCATION OF ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICES. 1.16FIRE STOPPING MAINTAIN ALIGNMENT IN SHIPMENT AND INSTALLATION. SECURE COVERS WITH Z to CD
CONSTRUCTION. ATTEND TO ELECTRICAL WORK DURING THE PROGRESS OF BUILDING-IN TO d.c. VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS FOR ALL WIRING AND WIRE TYPES. CORROSION-RESISTANT SCREWS. B. DEVICE PLATES SHALL BE BY MANUFACTURER OF WIRING DEVICES. LU n Q
PREVENT MISALIGNMENTS AND DAMAGES TO THE ELECTRICAL WORK. d.d. MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER AND LISTING INFORMATION FOR ALL DEVICES AND A. ANY CORE DRILLING OR CUTTING OF FIRE RATED FLOORS, SHAFTS AND WALLS SHALL BE FIRE4 �_ pp _
STOPPED PRIOR TO FINISH PATCHING. ALL FIRE STOPPING MATERIALS SHALL BE U.L.
WIRING BEING PROVIDED. 1. PULL BOXES EXPOSED TO RAIN OR IN WET LOCATIONS SHALL BE WEATHERPROOF. C. OUTLETS SHALL BE FLUSH TO SURFACE.
C. EXAMINE THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES WHEN IT COMES IN CONTACT WITH, OR IS COVERED BY d.e. LOCATION OF ALL REQUIRED SYNCHRONIZATION UNITS IF REQUIRED. "CLASSIFIED", INTUMESCING COMPOUND, DEVICE, OR SHEET RATED TO FUNCTION FOR THIS
WORK IN THIS DIVISION. DO NOT ATTACH TO, COVER UP, OR FINISH AGAINST ANY DEFECTIVE d.f. POWER EXTENDER PANELS, ADDRESSABLE MODULES, ETC. PURPOSE. ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTIONS PROVIDED, ALL PENETRATIONS IN 1-HOUR, 2-HOUR, 2. PROVIDE CLAMPS, GRIDS AND OTHER APPURTENANCES TO SECURE CABLES WITHIN PULL BOX. 2.9 LUMINAIRES PMON MO- am
WORK, OR INSTALL WORK IN A MANNER WHICH WILL PREVENT PROPER INSTALLATION OF THE AND 3-HOUR FIRE RATED WALLS, FLOORS OR PARTITION ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE SEALED WITH 3M NO CABLE SHALL BE UNSUPPORTED FOR MORE THAN 30". Diiiiiiiiiiiiirii
WORK OF OTHER TRADES. B. DESIGN DRAWINGS BRAND FIRE BARRIER CAULK, CP-25, OR COMPOSITE SHEET CS-195, OR EQUIVALENT. ALL A. PROVIDE LUMINAIRES, EQUIPMENT, AND COMPONENTS WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, AS LISTED IN AH
PENETRATIONS SHALL BE SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL FIRE RESISTANCE VOLUME II. 3. PULL BOXES CONNECTED TO CONCEALED CONDUITS SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH COVERS FLUSH LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE, AND AS SPECIFIED, WIRED AND ASSEMBLED. PROVIDE APPROVED Dom Ynr
D. ALL OUTLETS, SWITCHES, AND RECEPTACLES SHALL BE CENTERED WITH REGARD TO PANELING, 1. THE DESIGN DRAWINGS, AS SUBMITTED, ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND ARE NOT INTENDED TO SHOW WITH FINISHED WALL OR CEILING. ALIGNERS, CANOPIES, HANGERS AND OTHER APPURTENANCES S REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE
WALL COVERINGS, TRIM, EQUIPMENT, ETC., AND SHALL LINE UP WITH EITHER BOTTOM OR TOP OF EXACT LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT, CONDUITS, ETC. UNLESS DIMENSIONS ARE GIVEN. 1. CAULK P-25 FILL MATERIAL TO COMPLETELY FILL THE ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN THE SYSTEM PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND N.E.C. REQUIREMENTS. MOM 91Vat11t
MASONRY COURSES. CHANGES TO THE SPECIFIED MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ANY DEVICE SHALL BE DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO BE SCALED. EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT, ETC. TO BE INSTALLED ALONG INDIVIDUAL CONDUIT AND GYPSUM WALLBOARD WITH A MINIMUM 'k" DIAMETER BEAD OF CAULK
APPROVED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE BEFORE ROUGH-IN. THE GENERAL PLANS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, BUT KEEPING IN MIND ACTUAL BUILDING APPLIED TO THE PERIMETER OF CONDUIT (UL SYSTEM WL1001). B. REFER TO LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFIC LAMP AND DRIVER TYPE AND MANUFACTURER
E. TAKE ALL FIELD MEASUREMENTS NECESSARY AND ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR ACCURACY. CONDITIONS WHICH MUST BE CONFIRMED WITHIN THE ACTUAL WORK. 2. MULTIPLE CONDUITS SHALL BE CONTAINED WITHIN A 28 GAUGE STEEL SLEEVE. CAULK REQUIREMENTS.
2. IF THIS CONTRACTOR PROPOSES TO INSTALL EQUIPMENT REQUIRING SPACE CONDITIONS OTHER CP-25 FILL MATERIAL TO A DEPTH OF 1" COMPLETELY AROUND THE STEEL SLEEVE. A 2.10FUSIBLE SWITCHES
F. BEFORE BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TO THE THAN THOSE AS SPECIFIED AND/OR SHOWN ON THE DESIGN DRAWINGS, OR TO REARRANGE NOMINAL ',4" DIAMETER BEAD SHALL BE APPLIED ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL ASSEMBLE. A
MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, MARKED-UP PRINTS INDICATING ALL ELECTRICAL ITEMS WHICH AFFECT THE EQUIPMENT, HE SHALL ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE REARRANGEMENT OF MINIMUM 1" THICKNESS OF MINERAL WOOL BATT INSULATION SHALL BE PACKED FIRMLY INTO A. MANUFACTURERS
THE LOCATION OF HEATING, VENTILATING, AIR CONDITIONING, PLUMBING, PIPING, AND DUCTWORK. THE SPACE AND SHALL OBTAIN THE FULL APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING THE STEEL SLEEVE ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL ASSEMBLY S A PERMANENT FORM. PACKING
THESE SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO PULL BOXES, CONDUIT, ETC. WITH THE WORK. MATERIAL SHALL BE RECESSED 5/8" FROM SURFACE OF WALL ON BOTH SIDES OF WALL 1. CUTLER HAMMER
1.9 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ASSEMBLY. FILL RECESSED CAVITY WITH 1" OF CP-25 CAULK (UL SYSTEMS WL1016). 2. GENERAL ELECTRIC
A. ALL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, AND MATERIALS USED ON THIS PROJECT SHALL BE NEW AND U.L. 3. A MINIMUM 1" THICKNESS OF MINERAL WOOL BATT INSULATION SHALL BE PACKED FIRMLY INTO B. QUICK-MAKE/QUICK-BREAK FUSIBLE SWITCHES
LISTED AND LABELED FOR THE APPLICATION. THE MAXIMUM 2" ANNULAR SPACE S A PERMANENT FORM. A MINIMUM OF 1" OF
CP-25 CAULK SHALL FILL THE RECESSED CAVITY, (FOR WALLS, THIS SHALL BE APPLIED ON 1. PROTECTIVE DEVICES SHALL BE QUICK-MAKE/QUICK-BREAK FUSIBLE SWITCHES AS
B. PROVIDE MATERIAL AND LABOR WHICH IS NEITHER DRAWN NOR SPECIFIED, BUT WHICH IS BOTH SIDES OF THE WALL) (UL SYSTEM CAJ1044). MANUFACTURED BY CUTLER HAMMER TYPE FDP. FUSIBLE SWITCHES 30 AMPERES THROUGH
OBVIOUSLY A COMPONENT PART OF, AND NECESSARY TO COMPLETE WORK AND WHICH IS 600 AMPERES FRAMES SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH REJECTION CLASS "R" OR "J" TYPE FUSE
CUSTOMARILY A PART OF WORK OF SIMILAR CHARACTER. 4. COORDINATE WITH THE ARCHITECT FOR ALL EXACT MATERIAL AND RATINGS AND EXACT DETAILS CLIPS UNLESS OTHERWISE SCHEDULED. FUSIBLE SWITCHES 800 AMPERES THROUGH 1200
FOR FIRE STOPPING MATERIALS AND INSTALLATIONS PER ALL NFPA AND UL REQUIREMENTS. AMPERES SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH CLASS "L" FUSE CLIPS. SWITCHES SHALL INCORPORATE
C. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE SAFETY COVER INTERLOCKS TO PREVENT OPENING THE COVER WITH THE SWITCH IN THE "ON"
CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE PROTECTED BY SAME UNTIL FORMALLY ACCEPTED BY THE OWNER. POSITION OR PREVENT PLACING THE SWITCH IN THE "ON" POSITION WITH THE COVER OPEN.
PROVIDE DEFFATER FOR AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL. ANDLES SHALL HAVE PROVISIONS FOR
D. ALL MANUFACTURERS OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL VERIFY TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE PADLOCKING AND SHALL CLEARLY INDICATE THE "ON" OR "OFF" POSITION. FRONT COVER w . O
CONTRACTOR AND ENGINEER THAT THEIR EQUIPMENT WILL FUNCTION PROPERLY UNDER THE DOORS SHALL BE PADLOCKABLE IN THE CLOSED POSITION.
CONDITIONS OF USE, AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. DIMENSIONS, /T1
WEIGHTS, OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS AND ALL OTHER RELATED APPURTENANCES SHALL BE C. WARNING LABEL
VERIFIED BEFORE SUBMITTAL OF SHOP DRAWINGS.
1. PROVIDE ARC-FLASH HAZARD WARNING LABEL FOR EACH SWITCH PER NATIONAL ELECTRIC
CODE (N.E.C.) ARTICLE 110.16. FI WTFWAL
Reference only BET;'°"'$
Not part of this permit
�- 0 E
0 0
2.11 PANELBOARDS 3.4 WIRING METHODS
C6
W >
A. MANUFACTURERS A. ALL RACEWAYS, CABLE ASSEMBLIES, BOXES, CABINETS, FITTINGS, ETC. SHALL BE SECURED AND in N m
SUPPORTED IN ALL ASSEMBLIES AS REQUIRED PER N.E.C. ARTICLE 300.11. a
1. CUTLER HAMMER _ v x
2. GENERAL ELECTRIC B. INSTALL WIRE AND CABLE AS SPECIFIED AND AS APPROVED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING
OOCoo
3. SQUARE D JURISDICTION. ALL CONDUITS OR RACEWAYS SHALL BE CONCEALED WHERE POSSIBLE, EXCEPT , L
4. SEIMENS FOR UNFINISHED AREAS, SUCH AS EQUIPMENT ROOMS. PROVIDE STAND-OFF CLIPS WHERE 0 m 0
CONDUITS ARE INSTALLED ON MASONRY WALLS. a. w c
THE LISTING OF SPECIFIC MANUFACTURERS ABOVE DOES NOT IMPLY ACCEPTANCE OF THEIR
PRODUCTS THAT DO NOT MEET THE SPECIFIED RATINGS, FEATURES AND FUNCTIONS. C. RUN CONCEALED CONDUIT IN AS DIRECT LINES AS POSSIBLE WITH MINIMUM NUMBER OF BENDS 6( 0 > N
0
MANUFACTURERS LISTED ABOVE ARE NOT RELIEVED FROM MEETING THESE SPECIFICATIONS IN THEIR OF LONGEST POSSIBLE RADIUS. RUN CONDUIT PARALLEL TO OR AT RIGHT ANGLES TO BUILDING N v
ENTIRETY. PRODUCTS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATION AND MANUFACTURED BY OTHERS LINES TIGHT TO BUILDING STRUCTURE.
NOT NAMED WILL BE CONSIDERED ONLY IF PRE-APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER TEN (10) DAYS It W
PRIOR TO BID DATE. D. CONDUIT RUNS SHALL BE MECHANICALLY AND ELECTRICALLY CONTINUOUS FROM SERVICE W
ENTRANCE TO OUTLETS. CONDUIT SHALL ENTER AND BE SECURED TO CABINET, JUNCTION BOX, _
B. RATINGS PULL BOX OR OUTLET BOX WITH LOCKNUT OUTSIDE AND BUSHING INSIDE. D.
1. PANELBOARDS RATED 240V AC OR LESS SHALL HAVE SHORT-CIRCUIT RATINGS AS SHOWN ON E. ALL RACEWAY SHALL BE 3/4" TRADE SIZE MINIMUM, AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR AS W
THE DRAWINGS OR AS HEREIN SCHEDULED, BUT NOT LESS THAN 10,000 AMPERES RMS REQUIRED BY THE NEC AND SHALL CONTAIN AN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. PROVIDE sees
SYMMETRICAL. INSERTS, HANGERS, ANCHORS AND STEEL SUPPORTS AS NECESSARY. H C
2. PANELBOARDS RATED 480V AC OR LESS SHALL HAVE SHORT-CIRCUIT RATINGS AS SHOWN ON F. INSTALL CONDUIT SYSTEMS COMPLETE BEFORE DRAWING IN CONDUCTORS. BLOW THROUGH AND i
THE DRAWINGS OR AS HEREIN SCHEDULED, BUT NOT LESS THAN 14,000 AMPERES RMS SWAB AFTER PLASTER IS FINISHED AND DRY, AND BEFORE CONDUCTORS ARE INSTALLED. _
SYMMETRICAL. U.
G. WIRE FROM POINT OF SERVICE CONNECTION TO RECEPTACLES, LUMINAIRES, DEVICES, EQUIPMENT,
3. PANELBOARDS SHALL BE LABELED WITH A UL SHORT-CIRCUIT RATING. WHEN SERIES RATINGS AND OTHER ELECTRICAL APPARATUS AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. PROVIDE SLACK WIRE FOR
ARE APPLIED WITH INTEGRAL OR REMOTE UPSTREAM DEVICES, A LABEL OR MANUAL SHALL BE CONNECTIONS.
PROVIDED. IT SHALL STATE THE CONDITIONS OF THE UL SERIES RATINGS INCLUDING:
H. CONDUCTORS 10-AWG AND SMALLER IN BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS, SIGNAL CABINETS,
a. SIZE AND TYPE OF UPSTREAM DEVICE SIGNAL CONTROL BOARDS, SWITCHBOARDS AND MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS SHALL BE BUNDLED.
b. UL RECOGNIZED BRANCH DEVICES THAT CAN BE USED CONDUCTORS LARGER THAN 10-AWG IN SWITCHBOARDS, MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS, AND PULLw' �Q' `z
c. UL SERIES SHORT-CIRCUIT RATING. BOXES SHALL BE CABLED IN INDIVIDUAL CIRCUITS. o w a O F
07 ZUco
LU LL
C. CONSTRUCTION I. FOLLOW HOMERUN CIRCUIT NUMBERS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS TO CONNECT CIRCUITS TO p
C
PANELBOARDS. CONNECT EACH BRANCH CIRCUIT HOMERUN WITH TWO OR MORE CIRCUITS AND it L CO r
1. INTERIORS SHALL BE COMPLETELY FACTORY ASSEMBLED DEVICES. THEY SHALL BE DESIGNED COMMON NEUTRAL TO CIRCUIT BREAKER OR SWITCH IN THREE-WIRE OR FOUR-WIRE BRANCH
SUCH THAT SWITCHING AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES CAN BE REPLACED WITHOUT DISTURBING CIRCUIT PANELBOARD SO THAT NO TWO CIRCUITS ARE FED FROM SAME BUS. WHERE �s/��N Q�Al
ADJACENT UNITS AND WITHOUT REMOVING THE MAIN BUS CONNECTORS. PANELBOARD CABINETS ARE RECESSED, PROVIDE CONDUITS WITH SUFFICIENT CAPACITY FOR
FUTURE CONDUCTORS FOR SPARE BRANCH CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICES AND SPACES IN
2. TRIMS FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH A HINGED DOOR OVER PANELBOARD; STUB UP CONCEALED TO JUNCTION BOX. PROVIDE EXTENSIONS ABOVE CEILING. Design eMeoMo-mmnheaen.ntoa
ALL CIRCUIT BREAKER HANDLES. DOORS IN PANELBOARD TRIMS SHALL NOT UNCOVER ANY instrumento of ser•toe we siren in
LIVE PARTS. DOORS SHALL HAVE A SEMI FLUSH CYLINDER LOCK AND CATCH ASSEMBLY. J. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) MAY BE USED FOR INTERIOR APPLICATIONS ABOVE GRADE, oonndonm eM nmme the property of
DOORS OVER 48 INCHES IN HEIGHT SHALL HAVE AUXILIARY FASTENERS. WHERE PERMITTED BY CODES, FOR LUMINAIRE AND RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS, TELEPHONE, Christopher F. frurhs,Arohkm The mm
of this welsh SM these oormtruotbn
INTER-COMMUNICATIONS, SIGNAL AND INSTRUMENTATION CIRCUITS, AND FOR CONTROL CIRCUITS. 000mments for purposes other then the
3. DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD TRIMS SHALL COVER ALL LIVE PARTS. SWITCHING DEVICE HANDLES EMT MAY BE USED ABOVE HUNG CEILINGS, IN EQUIPMENT ROOMS, IN MECHANICAL AND speas0 prem resew hurem r scrim
votes SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE. ELECTRICAL CHASES AND CLOSETS, IN EXPOSED LOCATIONS ALONG CEILINGS OR WALLS ABOVE of ChristophersMarks, Architect
NORMAL TRAFFIC LEVEL AND WHERE NOT SUBJECT TO ACCIDENTAL DAMAGE OR ABUSE.
4. SURFACE TRIMS SHALL BE SAME HEIGHT AND WIDTH AS BOX. FLUSH TRIMS SHALL OVERLAP
THE BOX BY 3/4 OF AN INCH ON ALL SIDES. K. INSTALL CONNECTORS AND COUPLINGS AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURERS. COMPRESSION
FITTINGS SHALL BE USED IN AREAS SUBJECT TO MOISTURE.
5. A DIRECTORY CARD WITH A CLEAR PLASTIC COVER SHALL BE SUPPLIED AND MOUNTED ON
THE INSIDE OF EACH DOOR. L. METAL CLAD CABLE (MC) AS APPROVED BY LOCAL CODE FOR RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS IN
SUSPENDED CEILINGS AND STUD-WALL PARTITIONS.
6. ALL LOCKS SHALL BE KEYED ALIKE.
N. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (FMC) SHALL BE USED FOR CONNECTIONS TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
D. BUS AND TO EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER DIVISIONS 14 AND 15 THAT ARE SUBJECT TO MOVEMENT
AND VIBRATION. FMC SHALL BE LIMITED TO LENGTHS OF 6 FEET AND SHALL CONTAIN GROUNDING
1. MAIN BUS BARS SHALL BE TIN-PLATED ALUMINUM SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL STANDARDS CONDUCTOR.
TO LIMIT TEMPERATURE RISE ON ANY CURRENT CARRYING PART TO A MAXIMUM OF 65
DEGREES C ABOVE AN AMBIENT OF 40 DEGREES C MAXIMUM. 0. ALL LOW VOLTAGE CABLE NOT IN CONDUIT AND INSTALLED IN RETURN AIR PLENUM SHALL BE
U.L. LISTED PLENUM TYPE CABLE.
2. A SYSTEM GROUND BUS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN ALL PANELS.
P. OPENINGS AROUND ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RESISTANT RATED WALLS,
3. FULL-SIZE (100%-RATED) INSULATED NEUTRAL BARS SHALL BE INCLUDED FOR PANELBOARDS PARTITIONS, FLOORS, OR CEILINGS SHALL BE FIRESTOPPED USING U.L. APPROVED METHODS PER
SHOWN WITH NEUTRAL. BUS BAR TAPS FOR PANELS WITH SINGLE-POLE BRANCHES SHALL BE MANUFACTURES GUIDELINES (HILTI FIRE STOP SYSTEMS OR 3M FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS) TO
ARRANGED FOR SEQUENCE PHASING OF THE BRANCH CIRCUIT DEVICES. NEUTRAL BUSING MAINTAIN THE FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF STRUCTURE. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR
SHALL HAVE A SUITABLE LUG FOR EACH OUTGOING FEEDER AND/OR BRANCH CIRCUIT FIRE RATINGS REQUIREMENTS TO BE MAINTAINED.
REQUIRING A NEUTRAL CONNECTION.
3.5 INSTALLATION OF LUMINAIRES
E. BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS
A. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL CEILING CONSTRUCTION TYPES, HEIGHTS, CEILING
1. THE MINIMUM SHORT-CIRCUIT RATING FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS SHALL BE AS SPACE CLEARANCES, ETC. WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND FIRE
SPECIFIED HEREIN OR AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PANELBOARDS SHALL BE FULLY PROTECTION PLANS, ELEVATIONS, AND DETAILS. PROVIDE PROPER FRAMES, ROUGH-IN KITS, TRIM
RATED. RINGS, MOUNTING HARDWARE, N.E.C. REQUIRED ACCESS, ANCILLARY ACCRESSORIES, ETC. FOR A
COMPLETE N.E.C. AND U.L. LISTED INSTALLATION PER ALL MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS.
2. BOLT-ON TYPE, HEAVY-DUTY, QUICK-MAKE, QUICK-BREAK, SINGLE AND MULTI-POLE CIRCUIT
BREAKERS OF THE TYPES SPECIFIED HEREIN, SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH CIRCUIT WITH B. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF ALL LUMINAIRES WITH ALL TRADES AND THE INSTALLATION OF
TOGGLE HANDLES THAT INDICATE WHEN UNIT HAS TRIPPED. CEILING MATERIALS AND SUSPENSION SYSTEMS PRIOR TO ANY ROUGH-INS.
3. CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE THERMAL-MAGNETIC TYPE WITH COMMON TYPE HANDLE FOR ALL C. DO NOT INSTALL LUMINAIRES UNTIL WORK OF OTHER TRADES THAT MAY DAMAGE LUMINAIRES IS
MULTIPLE POLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS. CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE MINIMUM 100-AMPERE COMPLETED.
FRAME AND THROUGH 100-AMPERE TRIP SIZES SHALL TAKE UP THE SAME POLE SPACING.
CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE UL LISTED AS TYPE 'SWD' FOR LIGHTING CIRCUITS, AND UL D. INVESTIGATE LUMINAIRE LOCATIONS AND SUPPORTS TO ENSURE THAT NO INTERFERENCE EXISTS
LISTED AS TYPE 'HACR' FOR HEATING, AIR-CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATING EQUIPMENT. WITH HANGERS, DUCTS, SPRINKLERS, PIPES AND ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT.
a. CIRCUIT BREAKER HANDLE LOCKS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL CIRCUITS THAT SUPPLY E. PROVIDE PROPER PLASTER FRAMES FOR LUMINAIRES RECESSED IN GYPSUM BOARD OR PLASTER
EXIT SIGNS, EMERGENCY LIGHTS, ENERGY MANAGEMENT, AND CONTROL SYSTEM (EMCS) CEILING.
PANELS AND FIRE ALARM PANELS.
F. DO NOT SUSPEND OR SUPPORT LUMINAIRES OR SAFETY CHAINS FROM HUNG CEILING, CONDUIT
4. BRANCH CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM INTERRUPTING RATING OF 10,000 OR DUCT. SUPPORT LUMINAIRES FROM STRUCTURAL BUILDING MEMBERS ONLY.
AMPERES SYMMETRICAL AT 240 VOLTS AND 14,000 AMPERES SYMMETRICAL AT 480 VOLTS.
G. FRAMING MEMBERS OF SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEMS USED TO SUPPORT LUMINAIRES SHALL BE
H. ENCLOSURE SECURELY FASTENED TO EACH OTHER AND SHALL BE SECURELY ATTACHED TO THE BUILDING
STRUCTURE AT APPROPRIATE INTERVALS. LUMINAIRES SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED TO THE
1. ENCLOSURES SHALL BE AT LEAST 20 INCHES WIDE MADE FROM GALVANIZED STEEL. ROVIDE CEILING FRAMING MEMBER BY MECHANICAL MEANS SUCH AS BOLTS, SCREWS, OR RIVETS. LISTED
MINIMUM GUTTER SPACE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. WHERE CLIPS IDENTIFIED FOR USE WITH THE TYPE OF CEILING FRAMING MEMBER(S) AND LUMINAIRE(S)
FEEDER CABLES SUPPLYING THE MAINS OF A PANEL ARE CARRIED THROUGH ITS BOX TO SHALL ALSO BE PERMITTED PER N.E.C. 2017 ARTICLE 410.36(B).
SUPPLY OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, THE BOX SHALL BE SIZED TO INCLUDE THE
ADDITIONAL REQUIRED WIRING SPACE. AT LEAST FOUR INTERIOR MOUNTING STUDS WITH H. PROVIDE STRUT BELOW DUCTS WHERE LUMINAIRE LOCATIONS COINCIDE WITH DUCT RUNS.
ADJUSTABLE NUTS SHALL BE PROVIDED. PROVIDE A COMPLETE THREADED ROD SYSTEM TO SUPPORT STRUT.
2. ENCLOSURES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH BLANK ENDS. I. PATCH ALL EXISTING SPRAY-ON FIREPROOFING DAMAGED DURING INSTALLATION.
I. FUTURE DEVICES J. SUPPORT SURFACE-MOUNTED LUMINAIRES AT LEAST TWO CONCEALED POINTS TO PREVENT
ROTATION.
1. PANELBOARDS SHALL BE FULLY PROVISIONED WITH ALL NECESSARY MOUNTING BRACKETS, BUS
CONNECTIONS AND APPURTENANCES REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF FUTURE DEVICES. K. LOCATE CEILING AND WALL MOUNTED LUMINAIRES AS SHOWN ON ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED
CEILING PLANS AND ELEVATIONS.
K. ACCESSORY COMPONENTS AND FEATURES
3.6 GROUNDING
1. PROVIDE ACCESSORY SET INCLUDING TOOLS AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS REQUIRED FOR
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE TEST, INSPECTION, MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION. A. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING
SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED SO METALLIC STRUCTURES, ENCLOSURES, RACEWAYS, JUNCTION
L. NAMEPLATES BOXES, OUTLET BOXES, CABINETS, MACHINE FRAMES, PORTABLE EQUIPMENT AND OTHER
CONDUCTIVE ITEMS IN CLOSE PROXIMITY WITH ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY AT
1. PROVIDE AN ENGRAVED NAMEPLATE FOR EACH PANEL SECTION. GROUND POTENTIAL AND PROVIDE LOW IMPEDANCE PATH FOR POSSIBLE GROUND FAULT
CURRENTS.
M. WARNING LABEL
B. SYSTEM SHALL MEET NEC REQUIREMENTS, MODIFIED AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED.
1. PROVIDE ARC-FLASH HAZARD WARNING LABEL FOR EACH PANEL SECTION PER NATIONAL
ELECTRIC CODE (N.E.C.) ARTICLE 110.16. C. PROVIDE SEPARATE GREEN INSULATED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR FOR EACH BRANCH C
CIRCUIT. INSTALL GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN COMMON CONDUIT WITH RELATED PHASE OR
N. FINISH NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS, OR BOTH. PARALLEL FEEDERS INSTALLED IN MORE THAN ONE RACEWAY in
SHALL HAVE INDIVIDUAL FULL SIZE GREEN INSULATED EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTORS. W
1. SURFACES OF THE TRIM ASSEMBLY SHALL BE PROPERLY CLEANED, PRIMED, AND A FINISH H
COAT OF GRAY ANSI 61 PAINT APPLIED. D. DETERMINE NUMBERS AND SIZES OF SCREW TERMINALS FOR EQUIPMENT GROUNDING BARS IN N
PANELBOARDS AND OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE SCREW TERMINALS FOR ACTIVE
PART 3 - EXECUTION CIRCUITS, SPARES AND SPACES.
= Z W
3.1 TESTING. INSPECTION. AND CLEANING E. PROVIDE GREEN INSULATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN NONMETALLIC CONDUITS OR DUCTS J Lu L
0131
UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE. LLI C4
A. TEST WIRING AND CONNECTIONS FOR CONTINUITY AND GROUNDS BEFORE EQUIPMENT IS m®
CONNECTED; DEMONSTRATE INSULATION RESISTANCE BY MEGGER TEST AS REQUIRED. INSULATION 3.7 TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONDUIT SYSTEM = jrY
RESISTANCE BETWEEN CONDUCTORS AND GROUNDS FOR SECONDARY DISTRIBUTIONS SYSTEMS
9L 4c
SHALL MEET NEC REQUIREMENTS. A. PROVIDE SYSTEM OF EMPTY CONDUIT, OUTLETS AND MOUNTING BOARDS, AS SPECIFIED AND AS Q CC
CC
SHOWN ON DRAWINGS.
B. VERIFY AND CORRECT AS NECESSARY: VOLTAGES, TAP SETTINGS, TRIP SETTINGS AND PHASING ON H 3
EQUIPMENT FROM SECONDARY DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM TO POINTS OF USE. TEST SECONDARY B. NYLON PULL-IN WIRE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONDUITS FOR USE BY Z cc
VOLTAGES AT BUS IN MAIN SWITCHBOARD, AT PANELBOARDS, AND AT OTHER LOCATIONS ON OWNER. Z
CD
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS AS NECESSARY. TEST SECONDARY VOLTAGES UNDER NO-LOAD AND W n
FULL-LOAD CONDITIONS. 3.8 TEMPORARY ELECTRIC SERVICE 4
f'
C. TEST LUMINAIRES WITH SPECIFIED LAMPS IN PLACE FOR 10 HOURS. DO NOT OPERATE LAMPS A. FURNISH AND INSTALL (AND REMOVE AS REQUIRED) ALL TEMPORARY POWER AND LIGHTING IN
OTHER THAN FOR TESTING BEFORE FINAL INSPECTION BY ARCHITECT. REPLACE LAMPS THAT FAIL ALL AREAS WHERE NEEDED BY ALL TRADES IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THEIR WORK. PROVIDE A PMIM No: am
WITHIN 90 DAYS AFTER ACCEPTANCE BY ARCHITECT. MINIMUM OF 20 FOOT CANDLES OF ILLUMINATION FOR TEMPORARY LIGHTING. TEMPORARY Dim t or. AH
D. PROVIDE NECESSARY TESTING EQUIPMENT AND TESTING. ELECTRIC SERVICE(S) SHALL CONFORM TO ALL FEDERAL, OSHA, STATE, INCLUDING THE NATIONAL
ELECTRIC CODE. Dde b"
E. FAILURE OR DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP OR MATERIALS REVEALED BY TESTS OR INSPECTION 07f61= lamer
SHALL BE CORRECTED PROMPTLY AND RETESTED. REPLACE DEFECTIVE MATERIAL.
F. CLEAN PANELS AND OTHER EQUIPMENT. PANELBOARD INTERIORS SHALL BE CLEANED AND
VACUUMED. EQUIPMENT WITH DAMAGE TO PAINTED FINISH SHALL BE REPAIRED TO ARCHITECT'S
SATISFACTION.
3.2 NAMEPLATES
A. PROVIDE NAMEPLATES ON SWITCHBOARDS, PANELBOARDS, JUNCTION BOXES AND CABINETS, AND
FOR SPECIAL PURPOSE SWITCHES, MOTOR DISCONNECT SWITCHES, REMOTE CONTROL STATIONS,
STARTERS OR OTHER CONTROLS FURNISHED OR INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION. NAMEPLATES
SHALL DESIGNATE EQUIPMENT CONTROLLED AND FUNCTION.
3.3 ACCESS AND ACCESS PANELS
A. PROVIDE PROPER ACCESS TO MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT THAT REQUIRE INSPECTION, REPLACEMENT,
REPAIR OR SERVICE AND COORDINATE THEIR DELIVERY WITH THE INSTALLING TRADE. IF PROPER
ACCESS CANNOT BE PROVIDED, CONFER WITH ARCHITECT AS TO BEST METHOD OF APPROACH TO
MINIMIZE EFFECTS OF REDUCED ACCESS.
B. ACCESS PANELS SHALL HAVE SAME FIRE RATING CLASSIFICATION AS SURFACE PENETRATED.
C. PANELS SHALL BE AT LEAST 12" X 12"; ACCESS PANELS AT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE 18" X 18". r 4 m 1
rieterence only f:=TWAL
Vot part of this permit SPEOMATKM
SHEET 9